1 /* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from GCC.
2 Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011
4 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com).
6 Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com).
7 Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com).
9 This file is part of GCC.
11 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
12 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
13 Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later
16 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
17 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
18 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
21 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
22 along with GCC; see the file COPYING3. If not see
23 <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
25 /* TODO: Emit .debug_line header even when there are no functions, since
26 the file numbers are used by .debug_info. Alternately, leave
27 out locations for types and decls.
28 Avoid talking about ctors and op= for PODs.
29 Factor out common prologue sequences into multiple CIEs. */
31 /* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind
32 information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling
33 mechanism. The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef
34 DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging
37 /* DWARF2 Abbreviation Glossary:
39 CFA = Canonical Frame Address
40 a fixed address on the stack which identifies a call frame.
41 We define it to be the value of SP just before the call insn.
42 The CFA register and offset, which may change during the course
43 of the function, are used to calculate its value at runtime.
45 CFI = Call Frame Instruction
46 an instruction for the DWARF2 abstract machine
48 CIE = Common Information Entry
49 information describing information common to one or more FDEs
51 DIE = Debugging Information Entry
53 FDE = Frame Description Entry
54 information describing the stack call frame, in particular,
55 how to restore registers
57 DW_CFA_... = DWARF2 CFA call frame instruction
58 DW_TAG_... = DWARF2 DIE tag */
62 #include "coretypes.h"
68 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
70 #include "insn-config.h"
78 #include "dwarf2out.h"
79 #include "dwarf2asm.h"
84 #include "diagnostic.h"
85 #include "tree-pretty-print.h"
88 #include "langhooks.h"
93 #include "tree-pass.h"
94 #include "tree-flow.h"
95 #include "cfglayout.h"
97 static void dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int, const char *, int, bool);
98 static rtx last_var_location_insn
;
100 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
101 int vms_file_stats_name (const char *, long long *, long *, char *, int *);
103 /* Define this macro to be a nonzero value if the directory specifications
104 which are output in the debug info should end with a separator. */
105 #define DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR 1
106 /* Define this macro to evaluate to a nonzero value if GCC should refrain
107 from generating indirect strings in DWARF2 debug information, for instance
108 if your target is stuck with an old version of GDB that is unable to
109 process them properly or uses VMS Debug. */
110 #define DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET 1
112 #define DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR 0
113 #define DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET 0
116 /* ??? Poison these here until it can be done generically. They've been
117 totally replaced in this file; make sure it stays that way. */
118 #undef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
119 #undef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
120 #if (GCC_VERSION >= 3000)
121 #pragma GCC poison DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
124 #ifndef INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX
125 #define INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX (gcc_unreachable (), NULL_RTX)
128 /* Map register numbers held in the call frame info that gcc has
129 collected using DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM to those that should be output in
130 .debug_frame and .eh_frame. */
131 #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT
132 #define DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT(REGNO, FOR_EH) (REGNO)
135 /* Save the result of dwarf2out_do_frame across PCH. */
136 static GTY(()) bool saved_do_cfi_asm
= 0;
138 /* Decide whether we want to emit frame unwind information for the current
142 dwarf2out_do_frame (void)
144 /* We want to emit correct CFA location expressions or lists, so we
145 have to return true if we're going to output debug info, even if
146 we're not going to output frame or unwind info. */
147 if (write_symbols
== DWARF2_DEBUG
|| write_symbols
== VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
)
150 if (saved_do_cfi_asm
)
153 if (targetm
.debug_unwind_info () == UI_DWARF2
)
156 if ((flag_unwind_tables
|| flag_exceptions
)
157 && targetm
.except_unwind_info (&global_options
) == UI_DWARF2
)
163 /* Decide whether to emit frame unwind via assembler directives. */
166 dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm (void)
170 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
173 if (saved_do_cfi_asm
)
175 if (!flag_dwarf2_cfi_asm
|| !dwarf2out_do_frame ())
177 if (!HAVE_GAS_CFI_PERSONALITY_DIRECTIVE
)
180 /* Make sure the personality encoding is one the assembler can support.
181 In particular, aligned addresses can't be handled. */
182 enc
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2,/*global=*/1);
183 if ((enc
& 0x70) != 0 && (enc
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_pcrel
)
185 enc
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0,/*global=*/0);
186 if ((enc
& 0x70) != 0 && (enc
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_pcrel
)
189 /* If we can't get the assembler to emit only .debug_frame, and we don't need
190 dwarf2 unwind info for exceptions, then emit .debug_frame by hand. */
191 if (!HAVE_GAS_CFI_SECTIONS_DIRECTIVE
192 && !flag_unwind_tables
&& !flag_exceptions
193 && targetm
.except_unwind_info (&global_options
) != UI_DWARF2
)
196 saved_do_cfi_asm
= true;
200 /* The size of the target's pointer type. */
202 #define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
205 /* Array of RTXes referenced by the debugging information, which therefore
206 must be kept around forever. */
207 static GTY(()) VEC(rtx
,gc
) *used_rtx_array
;
209 /* A pointer to the base of a list of incomplete types which might be
210 completed at some later time. incomplete_types_list needs to be a
211 VEC(tree,gc) because we want to tell the garbage collector about
213 static GTY(()) VEC(tree
,gc
) *incomplete_types
;
215 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to declaration
216 scopes. This table is a display which tracks the nesting
217 of declaration scopes at the current scope and containing
218 scopes. This table is used to find the proper place to
219 define type declaration DIE's. */
220 static GTY(()) VEC(tree
,gc
) *decl_scope_table
;
222 /* Pointers to various DWARF2 sections. */
223 static GTY(()) section
*debug_info_section
;
224 static GTY(()) section
*debug_abbrev_section
;
225 static GTY(()) section
*debug_aranges_section
;
226 static GTY(()) section
*debug_macinfo_section
;
227 static GTY(()) section
*debug_line_section
;
228 static GTY(()) section
*debug_loc_section
;
229 static GTY(()) section
*debug_pubnames_section
;
230 static GTY(()) section
*debug_pubtypes_section
;
231 static GTY(()) section
*debug_str_section
;
232 static GTY(()) section
*debug_ranges_section
;
233 static GTY(()) section
*debug_frame_section
;
235 /* Personality decl of current unit. Used only when assembler does not support
237 static GTY(()) rtx current_unit_personality
;
239 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
240 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
241 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
244 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct
*dw_cfi_ref
;
245 typedef struct dw_fde_struct
*dw_fde_ref
;
246 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct
*dw_cfi_oprnd_ref
;
248 /* Call frames are described using a sequence of Call Frame
249 Information instructions. The register number, offset
250 and address fields are provided as possible operands;
251 their use is selected by the opcode field. */
253 enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
{
255 dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
,
261 typedef union GTY(()) dw_cfi_oprnd_struct
{
262 unsigned int GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num"))) dw_cfi_reg_num
;
263 HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_offset"))) dw_cfi_offset
;
264 const char * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_addr"))) dw_cfi_addr
;
265 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
* GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_loc"))) dw_cfi_loc
;
269 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_cfi_struct
{
270 dw_cfi_ref dw_cfi_next
;
271 enum dwarf_call_frame_info dw_cfi_opc
;
272 dw_cfi_oprnd
GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
274 dw_cfi_oprnd
GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
279 /* This is how we define the location of the CFA. We use to handle it
280 as REG + OFFSET all the time, but now it can be more complex.
281 It can now be either REG + CFA_OFFSET or *(REG + BASE_OFFSET) + CFA_OFFSET.
282 Instead of passing around REG and OFFSET, we pass a copy
283 of this structure. */
284 typedef struct cfa_loc
{
285 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
286 HOST_WIDE_INT base_offset
;
288 BOOL_BITFIELD indirect
: 1; /* 1 if CFA is accessed via a dereference. */
289 BOOL_BITFIELD in_use
: 1; /* 1 if a saved cfa is stored here. */
292 /* All call frame descriptions (FDE's) in the GCC generated DWARF
293 refer to a single Common Information Entry (CIE), defined at
294 the beginning of the .debug_frame section. This use of a single
295 CIE obviates the need to keep track of multiple CIE's
296 in the DWARF generation routines below. */
298 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_fde_struct
{
300 const char *dw_fde_begin
;
301 const char *dw_fde_current_label
;
302 const char *dw_fde_end
;
303 const char *dw_fde_vms_end_prologue
;
304 const char *dw_fde_vms_begin_epilogue
;
305 const char *dw_fde_second_begin
;
306 const char *dw_fde_second_end
;
307 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_cfi
;
308 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_switch_cfi
; /* Last CFI before switching sections. */
309 HOST_WIDE_INT stack_realignment
;
310 unsigned funcdef_number
;
311 /* Dynamic realign argument pointer register. */
312 unsigned int drap_reg
;
313 /* Virtual dynamic realign argument pointer register. */
314 unsigned int vdrap_reg
;
315 /* These 3 flags are copied from rtl_data in function.h. */
316 unsigned all_throwers_are_sibcalls
: 1;
317 unsigned uses_eh_lsda
: 1;
318 unsigned nothrow
: 1;
319 /* Whether we did stack realign in this call frame. */
320 unsigned stack_realign
: 1;
321 /* Whether dynamic realign argument pointer register has been saved. */
322 unsigned drap_reg_saved
: 1;
323 /* True iff dw_fde_begin label is in text_section or cold_text_section. */
324 unsigned in_std_section
: 1;
325 /* True iff dw_fde_second_begin label is in text_section or
326 cold_text_section. */
327 unsigned second_in_std_section
: 1;
331 /* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */
332 #define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 30
334 /* The size of addresses as they appear in the Dwarf 2 data.
335 Some architectures use word addresses to refer to code locations,
336 but Dwarf 2 info always uses byte addresses. On such machines,
337 Dwarf 2 addresses need to be larger than the architecture's
339 #ifndef DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
340 #define DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
343 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF field indicating an offset or length
344 relative to a debug info section, specified to be 4 bytes in the
345 DWARF-2 specification. The SGI/MIPS ABI defines it to be the same
348 #ifndef DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
349 #define DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE 4
352 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF 4 type signature. */
354 #ifndef DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
355 #define DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE 8
358 /* According to the (draft) DWARF 3 specification, the initial length
359 should either be 4 or 12 bytes. When it's 12 bytes, the first 4
360 bytes are 0xffffffff, followed by the length stored in the next 8
363 However, the SGI/MIPS ABI uses an initial length which is equal to
364 DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE. It is defined (elsewhere) accordingly. */
366 #ifndef DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
367 #define DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? 4 : 12)
370 /* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY. */
371 #define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \
372 ((((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) / (BOUNDARY)) * (BOUNDARY))
374 /* Offsets recorded in opcodes are a multiple of this alignment factor. */
375 #ifndef DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
376 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
377 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT (-((int) UNITS_PER_WORD))
379 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT ((int) UNITS_PER_WORD)
383 /* CIE identifier. */
384 #if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64
385 #define DWARF_CIE_ID \
386 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? DW_CIE_ID : DW64_CIE_ID)
388 #define DWARF_CIE_ID DW_CIE_ID
391 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains frame description
392 information for each routine. */
393 static GTY((length ("fde_table_allocated"))) dw_fde_ref fde_table
;
395 /* Number of elements currently allocated for fde_table. */
396 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_allocated
;
398 /* Number of elements in fde_table currently in use. */
399 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_in_use
;
401 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
403 #define FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
405 /* Get the current fde_table entry we should use. */
407 static inline dw_fde_ref
410 return fde_table_in_use
? &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1] : NULL
;
413 /* A list of call frame insns for the CIE. */
414 static GTY(()) dw_cfi_ref cie_cfi_head
;
416 /* Some DWARF extensions (e.g., MIPS/SGI) implement a subprogram
417 attribute that accelerates the lookup of the FDE associated
418 with the subprogram. This variable holds the table index of the FDE
419 associated with the current function (body) definition. */
420 static unsigned current_funcdef_fde
;
422 struct GTY(()) indirect_string_node
{
424 unsigned int refcount
;
425 enum dwarf_form form
;
429 static GTY ((param_is (struct indirect_string_node
))) htab_t debug_str_hash
;
431 /* True if the compilation unit has location entries that reference
433 static GTY(()) bool debug_str_hash_forced
= false;
435 static GTY(()) int dw2_string_counter
;
436 static GTY(()) unsigned long dwarf2out_cfi_label_num
;
438 /* True if the compilation unit places functions in more than one section. */
439 static GTY(()) bool have_multiple_function_sections
= false;
441 /* Whether the default text and cold text sections have been used at all. */
443 static GTY(()) bool text_section_used
= false;
444 static GTY(()) bool cold_text_section_used
= false;
446 /* The default cold text section. */
447 static GTY(()) section
*cold_text_section
;
449 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
451 static char *stripattributes (const char *);
452 static const char *dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned);
453 static dw_cfi_ref
new_cfi (void);
454 static void add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref
*, dw_cfi_ref
);
455 static void add_fde_cfi (const char *, dw_cfi_ref
);
456 static void lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref
, dw_cfa_location
*, dw_cfa_location
*);
457 static void lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location
*);
458 static void reg_save (const char *, unsigned, unsigned, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
459 static void initial_return_save (rtx
);
460 static HOST_WIDE_INT
stack_adjust_offset (const_rtx
, HOST_WIDE_INT
,
462 static void output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref
, dw_fde_ref
, int);
463 static void output_cfi_directive (dw_cfi_ref
);
464 static void output_call_frame_info (int);
465 static void dwarf2out_note_section_used (void);
466 static bool clobbers_queued_reg_save (const_rtx
);
467 static void dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx
, const char *);
469 /* Support for complex CFA locations. */
470 static void output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref
, int);
471 static void output_cfa_loc_raw (dw_cfi_ref
);
472 static void get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location
*,
473 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*);
474 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*build_cfa_loc
475 (dw_cfa_location
*, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
476 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*build_cfa_aligned_loc
477 (HOST_WIDE_INT
, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
478 static void def_cfa_1 (const char *, dw_cfa_location
*);
479 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*mem_loc_descriptor
480 (rtx
, enum machine_mode mode
, enum var_init_status
);
482 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
483 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
484 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
487 /* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */
488 #define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4)
489 #define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4)
491 #ifndef DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
492 #define DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION ".debug_frame"
495 #ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
496 #define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL "LFB"
499 #ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL
500 #define FUNC_END_LABEL "LFE"
503 #ifndef PROLOGUE_END_LABEL
504 #define PROLOGUE_END_LABEL "LPE"
507 #ifndef EPILOGUE_BEGIN_LABEL
508 #define EPILOGUE_BEGIN_LABEL "LEB"
511 #ifndef FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
512 #define FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL "Lframe"
514 #define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSCIE"
515 #define CIE_END_LABEL "LECIE"
516 #define FDE_LABEL "LSFDE"
517 #define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LASFDE"
518 #define FDE_END_LABEL "LEFDE"
519 #define LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL "LSLT"
520 #define LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL "LELT"
521 #define LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL "LASLTP"
522 #define LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL "LELTP"
523 #define DIE_LABEL_PREFIX "DW"
525 /* The DWARF 2 CFA column which tracks the return address. Normally this
526 is the column for PC, or the first column after all of the hard
528 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
530 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM)
532 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
536 /* The mapping from gcc register number to DWARF 2 CFA column number. By
537 default, we just provide columns for all registers. */
538 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM
539 #define DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM(REG) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (REG)
542 /* Match the base name of a file to the base name of a compilation unit. */
545 matches_main_base (const char *path
)
547 /* Cache the last query. */
548 static const char *last_path
= NULL
;
549 static int last_match
= 0;
550 if (path
!= last_path
)
553 int length
= base_of_path (path
, &base
);
555 last_match
= (length
== main_input_baselength
556 && memcmp (base
, main_input_basename
, length
) == 0);
561 #ifdef DEBUG_DEBUG_STRUCT
564 dump_struct_debug (tree type
, enum debug_info_usage usage
,
565 enum debug_struct_file criterion
, int generic
,
566 int matches
, int result
)
568 /* Find the type name. */
569 tree type_decl
= TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
);
571 const char *name
= 0;
572 if (TREE_CODE (t
) == TYPE_DECL
)
575 name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t
);
577 fprintf (stderr
, " struct %d %s %s %s %s %d %p %s\n",
579 DECL_IN_SYSTEM_HEADER (type_decl
) ? "sys" : "usr",
580 matches
? "bas" : "hdr",
581 generic
? "gen" : "ord",
582 usage
== DINFO_USAGE_DFN
? ";" :
583 usage
== DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
? "." : "*",
585 (void*) type_decl
, name
);
588 #define DUMP_GSTRUCT(type, usage, criterion, generic, matches, result) \
589 dump_struct_debug (type, usage, criterion, generic, matches, result)
593 #define DUMP_GSTRUCT(type, usage, criterion, generic, matches, result) \
599 should_emit_struct_debug (tree type
, enum debug_info_usage usage
)
601 enum debug_struct_file criterion
;
603 bool generic
= lang_hooks
.types
.generic_p (type
);
606 criterion
= debug_struct_generic
[usage
];
608 criterion
= debug_struct_ordinary
[usage
];
610 if (criterion
== DINFO_STRUCT_FILE_NONE
)
611 return DUMP_GSTRUCT (type
, usage
, criterion
, generic
, false, false);
612 if (criterion
== DINFO_STRUCT_FILE_ANY
)
613 return DUMP_GSTRUCT (type
, usage
, criterion
, generic
, false, true);
615 type_decl
= TYPE_STUB_DECL (TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
));
617 if (criterion
== DINFO_STRUCT_FILE_SYS
&& DECL_IN_SYSTEM_HEADER (type_decl
))
618 return DUMP_GSTRUCT (type
, usage
, criterion
, generic
, false, true);
620 if (matches_main_base (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (type_decl
)))
621 return DUMP_GSTRUCT (type
, usage
, criterion
, generic
, true, true);
622 return DUMP_GSTRUCT (type
, usage
, criterion
, generic
, false, false);
625 /* Hook used by __throw. */
628 expand_builtin_dwarf_sp_column (void)
630 unsigned int dwarf_regnum
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
631 return GEN_INT (DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (dwarf_regnum
, 1));
634 /* Return a pointer to a copy of the section string name S with all
635 attributes stripped off, and an asterisk prepended (for assemble_name). */
638 stripattributes (const char *s
)
640 char *stripped
= XNEWVEC (char, strlen (s
) + 2);
645 while (*s
&& *s
!= ',')
652 /* MEM is a memory reference for the register size table, each element of
653 which has mode MODE. Initialize column C as a return address column. */
656 init_return_column_size (enum machine_mode mode
, rtx mem
, unsigned int c
)
658 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= c
* GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
659 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode
);
660 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem
, mode
, offset
), GEN_INT (size
));
663 /* Divide OFF by DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, asserting no remainder. */
665 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
666 div_data_align (HOST_WIDE_INT off
)
668 HOST_WIDE_INT r
= off
/ DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
;
669 gcc_assert (r
* DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
== off
);
673 /* Return true if we need a signed version of a given opcode
674 (e.g. DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf vs DW_CFA_offset_extended). */
677 need_data_align_sf_opcode (HOST_WIDE_INT off
)
679 return DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
< 0 ? off
> 0 : off
< 0;
682 /* Generate code to initialize the register size table. */
685 expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes (tree address
)
688 enum machine_mode mode
= TYPE_MODE (char_type_node
);
689 rtx addr
= expand_normal (address
);
690 rtx mem
= gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode
, addr
);
691 bool wrote_return_column
= false;
693 for (i
= 0; i
< FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
; i
++)
695 int rnum
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i
), 1);
697 if (rnum
< DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
)
699 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= rnum
* GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
700 enum machine_mode save_mode
= reg_raw_mode
[i
];
703 if (HARD_REGNO_CALL_PART_CLOBBERED (i
, save_mode
))
704 save_mode
= choose_hard_reg_mode (i
, 1, true);
705 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i
) == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
)
707 if (save_mode
== VOIDmode
)
709 wrote_return_column
= true;
711 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode
);
715 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem
, mode
, offset
),
716 gen_int_mode (size
, mode
));
720 if (!wrote_return_column
)
721 init_return_column_size (mode
, mem
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
);
723 #ifdef DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
724 init_return_column_size (mode
, mem
, DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
);
727 targetm
.init_dwarf_reg_sizes_extra (address
);
730 /* Convert a DWARF call frame info. operation to its string name */
733 dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned int cfi_opc
)
737 case DW_CFA_advance_loc
:
738 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc";
740 return "DW_CFA_offset";
742 return "DW_CFA_restore";
746 return "DW_CFA_set_loc";
747 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
748 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc1";
749 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
750 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc2";
751 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
752 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc4";
753 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
754 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended";
755 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
756 return "DW_CFA_restore_extended";
757 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
758 return "DW_CFA_undefined";
759 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
760 return "DW_CFA_same_value";
761 case DW_CFA_register
:
762 return "DW_CFA_register";
763 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
764 return "DW_CFA_remember_state";
765 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
766 return "DW_CFA_restore_state";
768 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa";
769 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
770 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register";
771 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
772 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset";
775 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
776 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression";
777 case DW_CFA_expression
:
778 return "DW_CFA_expression";
779 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
780 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf";
781 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
782 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf";
783 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
784 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf";
786 /* SGI/MIPS specific */
787 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
788 return "DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8";
791 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
792 return "DW_CFA_GNU_window_save";
793 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
794 return "DW_CFA_GNU_args_size";
795 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended
:
796 return "DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended";
799 return "DW_CFA_<unknown>";
803 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated Call Frame Instruction. */
805 static inline dw_cfi_ref
808 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= ggc_alloc_dw_cfi_node ();
810 cfi
->dw_cfi_next
= NULL
;
811 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= 0;
812 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= 0;
817 /* Add a Call Frame Instruction to list of instructions. */
820 add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref
*list_head
, dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
823 dw_fde_ref fde
= current_fde ();
825 /* When DRAP is used, CFA is defined with an expression. Redefine
826 CFA may lead to a different CFA value. */
827 /* ??? Of course, this heuristic fails when we're annotating epilogues,
828 because of course we'll always want to redefine the CFA back to the
829 stack pointer on the way out. Where should we move this check? */
830 if (0 && fde
&& fde
->drap_reg
!= INVALID_REGNUM
)
831 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
833 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
834 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
835 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
837 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
844 /* Find the end of the chain. */
845 for (p
= list_head
; (*p
) != NULL
; p
= &(*p
)->dw_cfi_next
)
851 /* Generate a new label for the CFI info to refer to. FORCE is true
852 if a label needs to be output even when using .cfi_* directives. */
855 dwarf2out_cfi_label (bool force
)
857 static char label
[20];
859 if (!force
&& dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
861 /* In this case, we will be emitting the asm directive instead of
862 the label, so just return a placeholder to keep the rest of the
864 strcpy (label
, "<do not output>");
868 int num
= dwarf2out_cfi_label_num
++;
869 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LCFI", num
);
870 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, "LCFI", num
);
876 /* True if remember_state should be emitted before following CFI directive. */
877 static bool emit_cfa_remember
;
879 /* True if any CFI directives were emitted at the current insn. */
880 static bool any_cfis_emitted
;
882 /* Add CFI to the current fde at the PC value indicated by LABEL if specified,
883 or to the CIE if LABEL is NULL. */
886 add_fde_cfi (const char *label
, dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
888 dw_cfi_ref
*list_head
;
890 if (emit_cfa_remember
)
892 dw_cfi_ref cfi_remember
;
894 /* Emit the state save. */
895 emit_cfa_remember
= false;
896 cfi_remember
= new_cfi ();
897 cfi_remember
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_remember_state
;
898 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi_remember
);
901 list_head
= &cie_cfi_head
;
903 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
907 dw_fde_ref fde
= current_fde ();
909 gcc_assert (fde
!= NULL
);
911 /* We still have to add the cfi to the list so that lookup_cfa
912 works later on. When -g2 and above we even need to force
913 emitting of CFI labels and add to list a DW_CFA_set_loc for
914 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list purposes. If we're generating
915 DWARF3 output we use DW_OP_call_frame_cfa and so don't use
916 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list. */
917 if (dwarf_version
== 2
918 && debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
919 && (write_symbols
== DWARF2_DEBUG
920 || write_symbols
== VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
))
922 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
924 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
925 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
926 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
928 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
929 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
930 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
931 if (*label
== 0 || strcmp (label
, "<do not output>") == 0)
932 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label (true);
934 if (fde
->dw_fde_current_label
== NULL
935 || strcmp (label
, fde
->dw_fde_current_label
) != 0)
939 label
= xstrdup (label
);
941 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
943 /* It doesn't metter whether DW_CFA_set_loc
944 or DW_CFA_advance_loc4 is added here, those aren't
945 emitted into assembly, only looked up by
946 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list. */
947 xcfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_set_loc
;
948 xcfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
= label
;
949 add_cfi (&fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, xcfi
);
950 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= label
;
958 output_cfi_directive (cfi
);
960 list_head
= &fde
->dw_fde_cfi
;
961 any_cfis_emitted
= true;
963 /* ??? If this is a CFI for the CIE, we don't emit. This
964 assumes that the standard CIE contents that the assembler
965 uses matches the standard CIE contents that the compiler
966 uses. This is probably a bad assumption. I'm not quite
967 sure how to address this for now. */
971 dw_fde_ref fde
= current_fde ();
973 gcc_assert (fde
!= NULL
);
976 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
978 if (fde
->dw_fde_current_label
== NULL
979 || strcmp (label
, fde
->dw_fde_current_label
) != 0)
983 label
= xstrdup (label
);
985 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
987 /* If we have a current label, advance from there, otherwise
988 set the location directly using set_loc. */
989 xcfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= fde
->dw_fde_current_label
990 ? DW_CFA_advance_loc4
992 xcfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
= label
;
993 add_cfi (&fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, xcfi
);
995 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= label
;
998 list_head
= &fde
->dw_fde_cfi
;
999 any_cfis_emitted
= true;
1002 add_cfi (list_head
, cfi
);
1005 /* Subroutine of lookup_cfa. */
1008 lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref cfi
, dw_cfa_location
*loc
, dw_cfa_location
*remember
)
1010 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
1012 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
1013 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
1014 loc
->offset
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
;
1016 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
1017 loc
->reg
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
;
1019 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
1020 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
1021 loc
->reg
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
;
1022 loc
->offset
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
;
1024 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
1025 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (loc
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
);
1028 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
1029 gcc_assert (!remember
->in_use
);
1031 remember
->in_use
= 1;
1033 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
1034 gcc_assert (remember
->in_use
);
1036 remember
->in_use
= 0;
1044 /* Find the previous value for the CFA. */
1047 lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location
*loc
)
1051 dw_cfa_location remember
;
1053 memset (loc
, 0, sizeof (*loc
));
1054 loc
->reg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
1057 for (cfi
= cie_cfi_head
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
1058 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, loc
, &remember
);
1060 fde
= current_fde ();
1062 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
1063 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, loc
, &remember
);
1066 /* The current rule for calculating the DWARF2 canonical frame address. */
1067 static dw_cfa_location cfa
;
1069 /* The register used for saving registers to the stack, and its offset
1071 static dw_cfa_location cfa_store
;
1073 /* The current save location around an epilogue. */
1074 static dw_cfa_location cfa_remember
;
1076 /* The running total of the size of arguments pushed onto the stack. */
1077 static HOST_WIDE_INT args_size
;
1079 /* The last args_size we actually output. */
1080 static HOST_WIDE_INT old_args_size
;
1082 /* Entry point to update the canonical frame address (CFA).
1083 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi. The value of CFA is now to be
1084 calculated from REG+OFFSET. */
1087 dwarf2out_def_cfa (const char *label
, unsigned int reg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
1089 dw_cfa_location loc
;
1091 loc
.base_offset
= 0;
1093 loc
.offset
= offset
;
1094 def_cfa_1 (label
, &loc
);
1097 /* Determine if two dw_cfa_location structures define the same data. */
1100 cfa_equal_p (const dw_cfa_location
*loc1
, const dw_cfa_location
*loc2
)
1102 return (loc1
->reg
== loc2
->reg
1103 && loc1
->offset
== loc2
->offset
1104 && loc1
->indirect
== loc2
->indirect
1105 && (loc1
->indirect
== 0
1106 || loc1
->base_offset
== loc2
->base_offset
));
1109 /* This routine does the actual work. The CFA is now calculated from
1110 the dw_cfa_location structure. */
1113 def_cfa_1 (const char *label
, dw_cfa_location
*loc_p
)
1116 dw_cfa_location old_cfa
, loc
;
1121 if (cfa_store
.reg
== loc
.reg
&& loc
.indirect
== 0)
1122 cfa_store
.offset
= loc
.offset
;
1124 loc
.reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (loc
.reg
);
1125 lookup_cfa (&old_cfa
);
1127 /* If nothing changed, no need to issue any call frame instructions. */
1128 if (cfa_equal_p (&loc
, &old_cfa
))
1133 if (loc
.reg
== old_cfa
.reg
&& !loc
.indirect
&& !old_cfa
.indirect
)
1135 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset <offset>" instruction, indicating
1136 the CFA register did not change but the offset did. The data
1137 factoring for DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf happens in output_cfi, or
1138 in the assembler via the .cfi_def_cfa_offset directive. */
1140 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
;
1142 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
;
1143 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
= loc
.offset
;
1146 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO /* SGI dbx thinks this means no offset. */
1147 else if (loc
.offset
== old_cfa
.offset
1148 && old_cfa
.reg
!= INVALID_REGNUM
1150 && !old_cfa
.indirect
)
1152 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register <register>" instruction,
1153 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> but the
1154 offset has not changed. */
1155 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
;
1156 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= loc
.reg
;
1160 else if (loc
.indirect
== 0)
1162 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa <register> <offset>" instruction,
1163 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> with
1164 the specified offset. The data factoring for DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
1165 happens in output_cfi, or in the assembler via the .cfi_def_cfa
1168 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
;
1170 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa
;
1171 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= loc
.reg
;
1172 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
= loc
.offset
;
1176 /* Construct a DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instruction to
1177 calculate the CFA using a full location expression since no
1178 register-offset pair is available. */
1179 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*loc_list
;
1181 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
;
1182 loc_list
= build_cfa_loc (&loc
, 0);
1183 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
= loc_list
;
1186 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
1189 /* Add the CFI for saving a register. REG is the CFA column number.
1190 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi.
1191 If SREG is -1, the register is saved at OFFSET from the CFA;
1192 otherwise it is saved in SREG. */
1195 reg_save (const char *label
, unsigned int reg
, unsigned int sreg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
1197 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
1198 dw_fde_ref fde
= current_fde ();
1200 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= reg
;
1202 /* When stack is aligned, store REG using DW_CFA_expression with
1205 && fde
->stack_realign
1206 && sreg
== INVALID_REGNUM
)
1208 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_expression
;
1209 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= reg
;
1210 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_loc
1211 = build_cfa_aligned_loc (offset
, fde
->stack_realignment
);
1213 else if (sreg
== INVALID_REGNUM
)
1215 if (need_data_align_sf_opcode (offset
))
1216 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
;
1217 else if (reg
& ~0x3f)
1218 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset_extended
;
1220 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset
;
1221 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
= offset
;
1223 else if (sreg
== reg
)
1224 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_same_value
;
1227 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_register
;
1228 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= sreg
;
1231 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
1234 /* Add the CFI for saving a register window. LABEL is passed to reg_save.
1235 This CFI tells the unwinder that it needs to restore the window registers
1236 from the previous frame's window save area.
1238 ??? Perhaps we should note in the CIE where windows are saved (instead of
1239 assuming 0(cfa)) and what registers are in the window. */
1242 dwarf2out_window_save (const char *label
)
1244 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
1246 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
;
1247 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
1250 /* Entry point for saving a register to the stack. REG is the GCC register
1251 number. LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
1254 dwarf2out_reg_save (const char *label
, unsigned int reg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
1256 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (reg
), INVALID_REGNUM
, offset
);
1259 /* Entry point for saving the return address in the stack.
1260 LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
1263 dwarf2out_return_save (const char *label
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
1265 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, INVALID_REGNUM
, offset
);
1268 /* Entry point for saving the return address in a register.
1269 LABEL and SREG are passed to reg_save. */
1272 dwarf2out_return_reg (const char *label
, unsigned int sreg
)
1274 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (sreg
), 0);
1277 /* Record the initial position of the return address. RTL is
1278 INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX. */
1281 initial_return_save (rtx rtl
)
1283 unsigned int reg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
1284 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
1286 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
1289 /* RA is in a register. */
1290 reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (rtl
));
1294 /* RA is on the stack. */
1295 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
1296 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
1299 gcc_assert (REGNO (rtl
) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
1304 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
1305 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
1309 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
1310 offset
= -INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
1320 /* The return address is at some offset from any value we can
1321 actually load. For instance, on the SPARC it is in %i7+8. Just
1322 ignore the offset for now; it doesn't matter for unwinding frames. */
1323 gcc_assert (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1)));
1324 initial_return_save (XEXP (rtl
, 0));
1331 if (reg
!= DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
)
1332 reg_save (NULL
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, reg
, offset
- cfa
.offset
);
1335 /* Given a SET, calculate the amount of stack adjustment it
1338 static HOST_WIDE_INT
1339 stack_adjust_offset (const_rtx pattern
, HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size
,
1340 HOST_WIDE_INT cur_offset
)
1342 const_rtx src
= SET_SRC (pattern
);
1343 const_rtx dest
= SET_DEST (pattern
);
1344 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
1347 if (dest
== stack_pointer_rtx
)
1349 code
= GET_CODE (src
);
1351 /* Assume (set (reg sp) (reg whatever)) sets args_size
1353 if (code
== REG
&& src
!= stack_pointer_rtx
)
1355 offset
= -cur_args_size
;
1356 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1359 return offset
- cur_offset
;
1362 if (! (code
== PLUS
|| code
== MINUS
)
1363 || XEXP (src
, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
1364 || !CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src
, 1)))
1367 /* (set (reg sp) (plus (reg sp) (const_int))) */
1368 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1374 if (MEM_P (src
) && !MEM_P (dest
))
1378 /* (set (mem (pre_dec (reg sp))) (foo)) */
1379 src
= XEXP (dest
, 0);
1380 code
= GET_CODE (src
);
1386 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1388 rtx val
= XEXP (XEXP (src
, 1), 1);
1389 /* We handle only adjustments by constant amount. */
1390 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == PLUS
1391 && CONST_INT_P (val
));
1392 offset
= -INTVAL (val
);
1399 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1401 offset
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1408 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1410 offset
= -GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1425 /* Precomputed args_size for CODE_LABELs and BARRIERs preceeding them,
1426 indexed by INSN_UID. */
1428 static HOST_WIDE_INT
*barrier_args_size
;
1430 /* Helper function for compute_barrier_args_size. Handle one insn. */
1432 static HOST_WIDE_INT
1433 compute_barrier_args_size_1 (rtx insn
, HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size
,
1434 VEC (rtx
, heap
) **next
)
1436 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
1439 if (! RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn
))
1441 if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn
))
1443 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SET
)
1444 offset
= stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn
), cur_args_size
, 0);
1445 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == PARALLEL
1446 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SEQUENCE
)
1448 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1450 for (i
= XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn
), 0) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
1451 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
)) == SET
)
1452 offset
+= stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
),
1453 cur_args_size
, offset
);
1458 rtx expr
= find_reg_note (insn
, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR
, NULL_RTX
);
1462 expr
= XEXP (expr
, 0);
1463 if (GET_CODE (expr
) == PARALLEL
1464 || GET_CODE (expr
) == SEQUENCE
)
1465 for (i
= 1; i
< XVECLEN (expr
, 0); i
++)
1467 rtx elem
= XVECEXP (expr
, 0, i
);
1469 if (GET_CODE (elem
) == SET
&& !RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem
))
1470 offset
+= stack_adjust_offset (elem
, cur_args_size
, offset
);
1475 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1479 cur_args_size
+= offset
;
1480 if (cur_args_size
< 0)
1485 rtx dest
= JUMP_LABEL (insn
);
1489 if (barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (dest
)] < 0)
1491 barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (dest
)] = cur_args_size
;
1492 VEC_safe_push (rtx
, heap
, *next
, dest
);
1497 return cur_args_size
;
1500 /* Walk the whole function and compute args_size on BARRIERs. */
1503 compute_barrier_args_size (void)
1505 int max_uid
= get_max_uid (), i
;
1507 VEC (rtx
, heap
) *worklist
, *next
, *tmp
;
1509 barrier_args_size
= XNEWVEC (HOST_WIDE_INT
, max_uid
);
1510 for (i
= 0; i
< max_uid
; i
++)
1511 barrier_args_size
[i
] = -1;
1513 worklist
= VEC_alloc (rtx
, heap
, 20);
1514 next
= VEC_alloc (rtx
, heap
, 20);
1515 insn
= get_insns ();
1516 barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (insn
)] = 0;
1517 VEC_quick_push (rtx
, worklist
, insn
);
1520 while (!VEC_empty (rtx
, worklist
))
1522 rtx prev
, body
, first_insn
;
1523 HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size
;
1525 first_insn
= insn
= VEC_pop (rtx
, worklist
);
1526 cur_args_size
= barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (insn
)];
1527 prev
= prev_nonnote_insn (insn
);
1528 if (prev
&& BARRIER_P (prev
))
1529 barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (prev
)] = cur_args_size
;
1531 for (; insn
; insn
= NEXT_INSN (insn
))
1533 if (INSN_DELETED_P (insn
) || NOTE_P (insn
))
1535 if (BARRIER_P (insn
))
1540 if (insn
== first_insn
)
1542 else if (barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (insn
)] < 0)
1544 barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (insn
)] = cur_args_size
;
1549 /* The insns starting with this label have been
1550 already scanned or are in the worklist. */
1555 body
= PATTERN (insn
);
1556 if (GET_CODE (body
) == SEQUENCE
)
1558 HOST_WIDE_INT dest_args_size
= cur_args_size
;
1559 for (i
= 1; i
< XVECLEN (body
, 0); i
++)
1560 if (INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (body
, 0, 0))
1561 && INSN_FROM_TARGET_P (XVECEXP (body
, 0, i
)))
1563 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body
, 0, i
),
1564 dest_args_size
, &next
);
1567 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body
, 0, i
),
1568 cur_args_size
, &next
);
1570 if (INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (body
, 0, 0)))
1571 compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body
, 0, 0),
1572 dest_args_size
, &next
);
1575 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body
, 0, 0),
1576 cur_args_size
, &next
);
1580 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (insn
, cur_args_size
, &next
);
1584 if (VEC_empty (rtx
, next
))
1587 /* Swap WORKLIST with NEXT and truncate NEXT for next iteration. */
1591 VEC_truncate (rtx
, next
, 0);
1594 VEC_free (rtx
, heap
, worklist
);
1595 VEC_free (rtx
, heap
, next
);
1598 /* Add a CFI to update the running total of the size of arguments
1599 pushed onto the stack. */
1602 dwarf2out_args_size (const char *label
, HOST_WIDE_INT size
)
1606 if (size
== old_args_size
)
1609 old_args_size
= size
;
1612 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
;
1613 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
= size
;
1614 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
1617 /* Record a stack adjustment of OFFSET bytes. */
1620 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (HOST_WIDE_INT offset
, const char *label
)
1622 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1623 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1625 if (cfa_store
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1626 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
1628 if (ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS
)
1631 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1635 args_size
+= offset
;
1639 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1640 if (flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
)
1641 dwarf2out_args_size (label
, args_size
);
1644 /* Check INSN to see if it looks like a push or a stack adjustment, and
1645 make a note of it if it does. EH uses this information to find out
1646 how much extra space it needs to pop off the stack. */
1649 dwarf2out_notice_stack_adjust (rtx insn
, bool after_p
)
1651 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
1655 /* Don't handle epilogues at all. Certainly it would be wrong to do so
1656 with this function. Proper support would require all frame-related
1657 insns to be marked, and to be able to handle saving state around
1658 epilogues textually in the middle of the function. */
1659 if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn
))
1662 /* If INSN is an instruction from target of an annulled branch, the
1663 effects are for the target only and so current argument size
1664 shouldn't change at all. */
1666 && INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (final_sequence
, 0, 0))
1667 && INSN_FROM_TARGET_P (insn
))
1670 /* If only calls can throw, and we have a frame pointer,
1671 save up adjustments until we see the CALL_INSN. */
1672 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
&& cfa
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1674 if (CALL_P (insn
) && !after_p
)
1676 /* Extract the size of the args from the CALL rtx itself. */
1677 insn
= PATTERN (insn
);
1678 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == PARALLEL
)
1679 insn
= XVECEXP (insn
, 0, 0);
1680 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == SET
)
1681 insn
= SET_SRC (insn
);
1682 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (insn
) == CALL
);
1683 dwarf2out_args_size ("", INTVAL (XEXP (insn
, 1)));
1688 if (CALL_P (insn
) && !after_p
)
1690 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
)
1691 dwarf2out_args_size ("", args_size
);
1694 else if (BARRIER_P (insn
))
1696 /* Don't call compute_barrier_args_size () if the only
1697 BARRIER is at the end of function. */
1698 if (barrier_args_size
== NULL
&& next_nonnote_insn (insn
))
1699 compute_barrier_args_size ();
1700 if (barrier_args_size
== NULL
)
1704 offset
= barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (insn
)];
1709 offset
-= args_size
;
1710 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1714 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SET
)
1715 offset
= stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn
), args_size
, 0);
1716 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == PARALLEL
1717 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SEQUENCE
)
1719 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1721 for (offset
= 0, i
= XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn
), 0) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
1722 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
)) == SET
)
1723 offset
+= stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
),
1732 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
1733 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (offset
, label
);
1736 /* We delay emitting a register save until either (a) we reach the end
1737 of the prologue or (b) the register is clobbered. This clusters
1738 register saves so that there are fewer pc advances. */
1740 struct GTY(()) queued_reg_save
{
1741 struct queued_reg_save
*next
;
1743 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_offset
;
1747 static GTY(()) struct queued_reg_save
*queued_reg_saves
;
1749 /* The caller's ORIG_REG is saved in SAVED_IN_REG. */
1750 struct GTY(()) reg_saved_in_data
{
1755 /* A list of registers saved in other registers.
1756 The list intentionally has a small maximum capacity of 4; if your
1757 port needs more than that, you might consider implementing a
1758 more efficient data structure. */
1759 static GTY(()) struct reg_saved_in_data regs_saved_in_regs
[4];
1760 static GTY(()) size_t num_regs_saved_in_regs
;
1762 static const char *last_reg_save_label
;
1764 /* Add an entry to QUEUED_REG_SAVES saying that REG is now saved at
1765 SREG, or if SREG is NULL then it is saved at OFFSET to the CFA. */
1768 queue_reg_save (const char *label
, rtx reg
, rtx sreg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
1770 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1772 /* Duplicates waste space, but it's also necessary to remove them
1773 for correctness, since the queue gets output in reverse
1775 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
!= NULL
; q
= q
->next
)
1776 if (REGNO (q
->reg
) == REGNO (reg
))
1781 q
= ggc_alloc_queued_reg_save ();
1782 q
->next
= queued_reg_saves
;
1783 queued_reg_saves
= q
;
1787 q
->cfa_offset
= offset
;
1788 q
->saved_reg
= sreg
;
1790 last_reg_save_label
= label
;
1793 /* Output all the entries in QUEUED_REG_SAVES. */
1796 dwarf2out_flush_queued_reg_saves (void)
1798 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1800 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= q
->next
)
1803 unsigned int reg
, sreg
;
1805 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
1806 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
) == REGNO (q
->reg
))
1808 if (q
->saved_reg
&& i
== num_regs_saved_in_regs
)
1810 gcc_assert (i
!= ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs
));
1811 num_regs_saved_in_regs
++;
1813 if (i
!= num_regs_saved_in_regs
)
1815 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
= q
->reg
;
1816 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
= q
->saved_reg
;
1819 reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q
->reg
));
1821 sreg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q
->saved_reg
));
1823 sreg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
1824 reg_save (last_reg_save_label
, reg
, sreg
, q
->cfa_offset
);
1827 queued_reg_saves
= NULL
;
1828 last_reg_save_label
= NULL
;
1831 /* Does INSN clobber any register which QUEUED_REG_SAVES lists a saved
1832 location for? Or, does it clobber a register which we've previously
1833 said that some other register is saved in, and for which we now
1834 have a new location for? */
1837 clobbers_queued_reg_save (const_rtx insn
)
1839 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1841 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= q
->next
)
1844 if (modified_in_p (q
->reg
, insn
))
1846 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
1847 if (REGNO (q
->reg
) == REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
)
1848 && modified_in_p (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
, insn
))
1855 /* Entry point for saving the first register into the second. */
1858 dwarf2out_reg_save_reg (const char *label
, rtx reg
, rtx sreg
)
1861 unsigned int regno
, sregno
;
1863 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
1864 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
) == REGNO (reg
))
1866 if (i
== num_regs_saved_in_regs
)
1868 gcc_assert (i
!= ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs
));
1869 num_regs_saved_in_regs
++;
1871 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
= reg
;
1872 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
= sreg
;
1874 regno
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (reg
));
1875 sregno
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (sreg
));
1876 reg_save (label
, regno
, sregno
, 0);
1879 /* What register, if any, is currently saved in REG? */
1882 reg_saved_in (rtx reg
)
1884 unsigned int regn
= REGNO (reg
);
1886 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1888 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= q
->next
)
1889 if (q
->saved_reg
&& regn
== REGNO (q
->saved_reg
))
1892 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
1893 if (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
1894 && regn
== REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
))
1895 return regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
;
1901 /* A temporary register holding an integral value used in adjusting SP
1902 or setting up the store_reg. The "offset" field holds the integer
1903 value, not an offset. */
1904 static dw_cfa_location cfa_temp
;
1906 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_DEF_CFA note. */
1909 dwarf2out_frame_debug_def_cfa (rtx pat
, const char *label
)
1911 memset (&cfa
, 0, sizeof (cfa
));
1913 switch (GET_CODE (pat
))
1916 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (XEXP (pat
, 0));
1917 cfa
.offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (pat
, 1));
1921 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (pat
);
1926 pat
= XEXP (pat
, 0);
1927 if (GET_CODE (pat
) == PLUS
)
1929 cfa
.base_offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (pat
, 1));
1930 pat
= XEXP (pat
, 0);
1932 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (pat
);
1936 /* Recurse and define an expression. */
1940 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1943 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_ADJUST_CFA note. */
1946 dwarf2out_frame_debug_adjust_cfa (rtx pat
, const char *label
)
1950 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (pat
) == SET
);
1951 dest
= XEXP (pat
, 0);
1952 src
= XEXP (pat
, 1);
1954 switch (GET_CODE (src
))
1957 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
);
1958 cfa
.offset
-= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1968 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1969 gcc_assert (cfa
.indirect
== 0);
1971 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1974 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_OFFSET note. */
1977 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_offset (rtx set
, const char *label
)
1979 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
1980 rtx src
, addr
, span
;
1982 src
= XEXP (set
, 1);
1983 addr
= XEXP (set
, 0);
1984 gcc_assert (MEM_P (addr
));
1985 addr
= XEXP (addr
, 0);
1987 /* As documented, only consider extremely simple addresses. */
1988 switch (GET_CODE (addr
))
1991 gcc_assert (REGNO (addr
) == cfa
.reg
);
1992 offset
= -cfa
.offset
;
1995 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (addr
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
);
1996 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (addr
, 1)) - cfa
.offset
;
2002 span
= targetm
.dwarf_register_span (src
);
2004 /* ??? We'd like to use queue_reg_save, but we need to come up with
2005 a different flushing heuristic for epilogues. */
2007 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src
)), INVALID_REGNUM
, offset
);
2010 /* We have a PARALLEL describing where the contents of SRC live.
2011 Queue register saves for each piece of the PARALLEL. */
2014 HOST_WIDE_INT span_offset
= offset
;
2016 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (span
) == PARALLEL
);
2018 limit
= XVECLEN (span
, 0);
2019 for (par_index
= 0; par_index
< limit
; par_index
++)
2021 rtx elem
= XVECEXP (span
, 0, par_index
);
2023 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (elem
)),
2024 INVALID_REGNUM
, span_offset
);
2025 span_offset
+= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (elem
));
2030 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_REGISTER note. */
2033 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_register (rtx set
, const char *label
)
2036 unsigned sregno
, dregno
;
2038 src
= XEXP (set
, 1);
2039 dest
= XEXP (set
, 0);
2042 sregno
= DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
;
2044 sregno
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src
));
2046 dregno
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (dest
));
2048 /* ??? We'd like to use queue_reg_save, but we need to come up with
2049 a different flushing heuristic for epilogues. */
2050 reg_save (label
, sregno
, dregno
, 0);
2053 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_EXPRESSION note. */
2056 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_expression (rtx set
, const char *label
)
2058 rtx src
, dest
, span
;
2059 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
2061 dest
= SET_DEST (set
);
2062 src
= SET_SRC (set
);
2064 gcc_assert (REG_P (src
));
2065 gcc_assert (MEM_P (dest
));
2067 span
= targetm
.dwarf_register_span (src
);
2070 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_expression
;
2071 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src
));
2072 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_loc
2073 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (dest
, 0), GET_MODE (dest
),
2074 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
2076 /* ??? We'd like to use queue_reg_save, were the interface different,
2077 and, as above, we could manage flushing for epilogues. */
2078 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
2081 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_RESTORE note. */
2084 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_restore (rtx reg
, const char *label
)
2086 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
2087 unsigned int regno
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (reg
));
2089 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= (regno
& ~0x3f ? DW_CFA_restore_extended
: DW_CFA_restore
);
2090 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= regno
;
2092 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
2095 /* Record call frame debugging information for an expression EXPR,
2096 which either sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame
2097 address) or saves a register to the stack or another register.
2098 LABEL indicates the address of EXPR.
2100 This function encodes a state machine mapping rtxes to actions on
2101 cfa, cfa_store, and cfa_temp.reg. We describe these rules so
2102 users need not read the source code.
2104 The High-Level Picture
2106 Changes in the register we use to calculate the CFA: Currently we
2107 assume that if you copy the CFA register into another register, we
2108 should take the other one as the new CFA register; this seems to
2109 work pretty well. If it's wrong for some target, it's simple
2110 enough not to set RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on the insn in question.
2112 Changes in the register we use for saving registers to the stack:
2113 This is usually SP, but not always. Again, we deduce that if you
2114 copy SP into another register (and SP is not the CFA register),
2115 then the new register is the one we will be using for register
2116 saves. This also seems to work.
2118 Register saves: There's not much guesswork about this one; if
2119 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on an insn which modifies memory, it's a
2120 register save, and the register used to calculate the destination
2121 had better be the one we think we're using for this purpose.
2122 It's also assumed that a copy from a call-saved register to another
2123 register is saving that register if RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on
2124 that instruction. If the copy is from a call-saved register to
2125 the *same* register, that means that the register is now the same
2126 value as in the caller.
2128 Except: If the register being saved is the CFA register, and the
2129 offset is nonzero, we are saving the CFA, so we assume we have to
2130 use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression. If the offset is 0, we assume that
2131 the intent is to save the value of SP from the previous frame.
2133 In addition, if a register has previously been saved to a different
2136 Invariants / Summaries of Rules
2138 cfa current rule for calculating the CFA. It usually
2139 consists of a register and an offset.
2140 cfa_store register used by prologue code to save things to the stack
2141 cfa_store.offset is the offset from the value of
2142 cfa_store.reg to the actual CFA
2143 cfa_temp register holding an integral value. cfa_temp.offset
2144 stores the value, which will be used to adjust the
2145 stack pointer. cfa_temp is also used like cfa_store,
2146 to track stores to the stack via fp or a temp reg.
2148 Rules 1- 4: Setting a register's value to cfa.reg or an expression
2149 with cfa.reg as the first operand changes the cfa.reg and its
2150 cfa.offset. Rule 1 and 4 also set cfa_temp.reg and
2153 Rules 6- 9: Set a non-cfa.reg register value to a constant or an
2154 expression yielding a constant. This sets cfa_temp.reg
2155 and cfa_temp.offset.
2157 Rule 5: Create a new register cfa_store used to save items to the
2160 Rules 10-14: Save a register to the stack. Define offset as the
2161 difference of the original location and cfa_store's
2162 location (or cfa_temp's location if cfa_temp is used).
2164 Rules 16-20: If AND operation happens on sp in prologue, we assume
2165 stack is realigned. We will use a group of DW_OP_XXX
2166 expressions to represent the location of the stored
2167 register instead of CFA+offset.
2171 "{a,b}" indicates a choice of a xor b.
2172 "<reg>:cfa.reg" indicates that <reg> must equal cfa.reg.
2175 (set <reg1> <reg2>:cfa.reg)
2176 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2177 cfa.offset unchanged
2178 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
2179 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
2182 (set sp ({minus,plus,losum} {sp,fp}:cfa.reg
2183 {<const_int>,<reg>:cfa_temp.reg}))
2184 effects: cfa.reg = sp if fp used
2185 cfa.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset} if cfa.reg==sp
2186 cfa_store.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset}
2187 if cfa_store.reg==sp
2190 (set fp ({minus,plus,losum} <reg>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
2191 effects: cfa.reg = fp
2192 cfa_offset += +/- <const_int>
2195 (set <reg1> ({plus,losum} <reg2>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
2196 constraints: <reg1> != fp
2198 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2199 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
2200 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
2203 (set <reg1> (plus <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg sp:cfa.reg))
2204 constraints: <reg1> != fp
2206 effects: cfa_store.reg = <reg1>
2207 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset
2210 (set <reg> <const_int>)
2211 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
2212 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
2215 (set <reg1>:cfa_temp.reg (ior <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg <const_int>))
2216 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
2217 cfa_temp.offset |= <const_int>
2220 (set <reg> (high <exp>))
2224 (set <reg> (lo_sum <exp> <const_int>))
2225 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
2226 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
2229 (set (mem (pre_modify sp:cfa_store (???? <reg1> <const_int>))) <reg2>)
2230 effects: cfa_store.offset -= <const_int>
2231 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
2233 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
2236 (set (mem ({pre_inc,pre_dec,post_dec} sp:cfa_store.reg)) <reg>)
2237 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
2238 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
2240 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
2243 (set (mem ({minus,plus,losum} <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp} <const_int>))
2246 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2247 cfa.base_offset = -/+ <const_int> - {cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
2250 (set (mem <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp}) <reg2>)
2251 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2252 cfa.base_offset = -{cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
2255 (set (mem (post_inc <reg1>:cfa_temp <const_int>)) <reg2>)
2256 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2257 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_temp.offset
2258 cfa_temp.offset -= mode_size(mem)
2261 (set <reg> {unspec, unspec_volatile})
2262 effects: target-dependent
2265 (set sp (and: sp <const_int>))
2266 constraints: cfa_store.reg == sp
2267 effects: current_fde.stack_realign = 1
2268 cfa_store.offset = 0
2269 fde->drap_reg = cfa.reg if cfa.reg != sp and cfa.reg != fp
2272 (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) (mem (plus (cfa.reg) (const_int))))
2273 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
2276 (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) fp)
2277 constraints: fde->stack_realign == 1
2278 effects: cfa_store.offset = 0
2279 cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2282 (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) cfa.reg)
2283 constraints: fde->stack_realign == 1
2285 && cfa.indirect == 0
2286 && cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2287 effects: Use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression to define cfa
2288 cfa.reg == fde->drap_reg */
2291 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx expr
, const char *label
)
2293 rtx src
, dest
, span
;
2294 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
2297 /* If RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on a PARALLEL, process each member of
2298 the PARALLEL independently. The first element is always processed if
2299 it is a SET. This is for backward compatibility. Other elements
2300 are processed only if they are SETs and the RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P
2301 flag is set in them. */
2302 if (GET_CODE (expr
) == PARALLEL
|| GET_CODE (expr
) == SEQUENCE
)
2305 int limit
= XVECLEN (expr
, 0);
2308 /* PARALLELs have strict read-modify-write semantics, so we
2309 ought to evaluate every rvalue before changing any lvalue.
2310 It's cumbersome to do that in general, but there's an
2311 easy approximation that is enough for all current users:
2312 handle register saves before register assignments. */
2313 if (GET_CODE (expr
) == PARALLEL
)
2314 for (par_index
= 0; par_index
< limit
; par_index
++)
2316 elem
= XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
);
2317 if (GET_CODE (elem
) == SET
2318 && MEM_P (SET_DEST (elem
))
2319 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem
) || par_index
== 0))
2320 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (elem
, label
);
2323 for (par_index
= 0; par_index
< limit
; par_index
++)
2325 elem
= XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
);
2326 if (GET_CODE (elem
) == SET
2327 && (!MEM_P (SET_DEST (elem
)) || GET_CODE (expr
) == SEQUENCE
)
2328 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem
) || par_index
== 0))
2329 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (elem
, label
);
2330 else if (GET_CODE (elem
) == SET
2332 && !RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem
))
2334 /* Stack adjustment combining might combine some post-prologue
2335 stack adjustment into a prologue stack adjustment. */
2336 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= stack_adjust_offset (elem
, args_size
, 0);
2339 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (offset
, label
);
2345 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (expr
) == SET
);
2347 src
= SET_SRC (expr
);
2348 dest
= SET_DEST (expr
);
2352 rtx rsi
= reg_saved_in (src
);
2357 fde
= current_fde ();
2359 switch (GET_CODE (dest
))
2362 switch (GET_CODE (src
))
2364 /* Setting FP from SP. */
2366 if (cfa
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (src
))
2369 /* Update the CFA rule wrt SP or FP. Make sure src is
2370 relative to the current CFA register.
2372 We used to require that dest be either SP or FP, but the
2373 ARM copies SP to a temporary register, and from there to
2374 FP. So we just rely on the backends to only set
2375 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on appropriate insns. */
2376 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
2377 cfa_temp
.reg
= cfa
.reg
;
2378 cfa_temp
.offset
= cfa
.offset
;
2382 /* Saving a register in a register. */
2383 gcc_assert (!fixed_regs
[REGNO (dest
)]
2384 /* For the SPARC and its register window. */
2385 || (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src
))
2386 == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
));
2388 /* After stack is aligned, we can only save SP in FP
2389 if drap register is used. In this case, we have
2390 to restore stack pointer with the CFA value and we
2391 don't generate this DWARF information. */
2393 && fde
->stack_realign
2394 && REGNO (src
) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2395 gcc_assert (REGNO (dest
) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2396 && fde
->drap_reg
!= INVALID_REGNUM
2397 && cfa
.reg
!= REGNO (src
));
2399 queue_reg_save (label
, src
, dest
, 0);
2406 if (dest
== stack_pointer_rtx
)
2410 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)))
2413 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
2416 gcc_assert ((unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 1))
2418 offset
= cfa_temp
.offset
;
2424 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
2426 /* Restoring SP from FP in the epilogue. */
2427 gcc_assert (cfa
.reg
== (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
);
2428 cfa
.reg
= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
;
2430 else if (GET_CODE (src
) == LO_SUM
)
2431 /* Assume we've set the source reg of the LO_SUM from sp. */
2434 gcc_assert (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
);
2436 if (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
)
2438 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2439 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
2440 if (cfa_store
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2441 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
2443 else if (dest
== hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
2446 /* Either setting the FP from an offset of the SP,
2447 or adjusting the FP */
2448 gcc_assert (frame_pointer_needed
);
2450 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src
, 0))
2451 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
2452 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src
, 1)));
2453 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
2454 if (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
)
2456 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
2457 cfa
.reg
= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
;
2461 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
);
2464 if (REG_P (XEXP (src
, 0))
2465 && REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
2466 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src
, 1)))
2468 /* Setting a temporary CFA register that will be copied
2469 into the FP later on. */
2470 offset
= - INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
2471 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
2472 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
2473 /* Or used to save regs to the stack. */
2474 cfa_temp
.reg
= cfa
.reg
;
2475 cfa_temp
.offset
= cfa
.offset
;
2479 else if (REG_P (XEXP (src
, 0))
2480 && REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa_temp
.reg
2481 && XEXP (src
, 1) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
2483 /* Setting a scratch register that we will use instead
2484 of SP for saving registers to the stack. */
2485 gcc_assert (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
2486 cfa_store
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
2487 cfa_store
.offset
= cfa
.offset
- cfa_temp
.offset
;
2491 else if (GET_CODE (src
) == LO_SUM
2492 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src
, 1)))
2494 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
2495 cfa_temp
.offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
2504 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
2505 cfa_temp
.offset
= INTVAL (src
);
2510 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src
, 0))
2511 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa_temp
.reg
2512 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src
, 1)));
2514 if ((unsigned) REGNO (dest
) != cfa_temp
.reg
)
2515 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
2516 cfa_temp
.offset
|= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
2519 /* Skip over HIGH, assuming it will be followed by a LO_SUM,
2520 which will fill in all of the bits. */
2527 case UNSPEC_VOLATILE
:
2528 gcc_assert (targetm
.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec
);
2529 targetm
.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec (label
, expr
, XINT (src
, 1));
2534 /* If this AND operation happens on stack pointer in prologue,
2535 we assume the stack is realigned and we extract the
2537 if (fde
&& XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
2539 /* We interpret reg_save differently with stack_realign set.
2540 Thus we must flush whatever we have queued first. */
2541 dwarf2out_flush_queued_reg_saves ();
2543 gcc_assert (cfa_store
.reg
== REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)));
2544 fde
->stack_realign
= 1;
2545 fde
->stack_realignment
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
2546 cfa_store
.offset
= 0;
2548 if (cfa
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2549 && cfa
.reg
!= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2550 fde
->drap_reg
= cfa
.reg
;
2558 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
2563 /* Saving a register to the stack. Make sure dest is relative to the
2565 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)))
2570 /* We can't handle variable size modifications. */
2571 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1), 1))
2573 offset
= -INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1), 1));
2575 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2576 && cfa_store
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
2578 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
2579 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2580 cfa
.offset
= cfa_store
.offset
;
2582 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
2589 offset
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
2590 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)) == PRE_INC
)
2593 gcc_assert ((REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0))
2594 == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2595 && cfa_store
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
2597 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
2599 /* Rule 18: If stack is aligned, we will use FP as a
2600 reference to represent the address of the stored
2603 && fde
->stack_realign
2604 && src
== hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
2606 gcc_assert (cfa
.reg
!= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
);
2607 cfa_store
.offset
= 0;
2610 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2611 cfa
.offset
= cfa_store
.offset
;
2613 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)) == POST_DEC
)
2614 offset
+= -cfa_store
.offset
;
2616 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
2620 /* With an offset. */
2627 gcc_assert (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1))
2628 && REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)));
2629 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1));
2630 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)) == MINUS
)
2633 regno
= REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0));
2635 if (cfa
.reg
== (unsigned) regno
)
2636 offset
-= cfa
.offset
;
2637 else if (cfa_store
.reg
== (unsigned) regno
)
2638 offset
-= cfa_store
.offset
;
2641 gcc_assert (cfa_temp
.reg
== (unsigned) regno
);
2642 offset
-= cfa_temp
.offset
;
2648 /* Without an offset. */
2651 int regno
= REGNO (XEXP (dest
, 0));
2653 if (cfa
.reg
== (unsigned) regno
)
2654 offset
= -cfa
.offset
;
2655 else if (cfa_store
.reg
== (unsigned) regno
)
2656 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
2659 gcc_assert (cfa_temp
.reg
== (unsigned) regno
);
2660 offset
= -cfa_temp
.offset
;
2667 gcc_assert (cfa_temp
.reg
2668 == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)));
2669 offset
= -cfa_temp
.offset
;
2670 cfa_temp
.offset
-= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
2678 /* If the source operand of this MEM operation is not a
2679 register, basically the source is return address. Here
2680 we only care how much stack grew and we don't save it. */
2684 if (REGNO (src
) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2685 && REGNO (src
) != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2686 && (unsigned) REGNO (src
) == cfa
.reg
)
2688 /* We're storing the current CFA reg into the stack. */
2690 if (cfa
.offset
== 0)
2693 /* If stack is aligned, putting CFA reg into stack means
2694 we can no longer use reg + offset to represent CFA.
2695 Here we use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instead. The
2696 result of this expression equals to the original CFA
2699 && fde
->stack_realign
2700 && cfa
.indirect
== 0
2701 && cfa
.reg
!= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2703 dw_cfa_location cfa_exp
;
2705 gcc_assert (fde
->drap_reg
== cfa
.reg
);
2707 cfa_exp
.indirect
= 1;
2708 cfa_exp
.reg
= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
;
2709 cfa_exp
.base_offset
= offset
;
2712 fde
->drap_reg_saved
= 1;
2714 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa_exp
);
2718 /* If the source register is exactly the CFA, assume
2719 we're saving SP like any other register; this happens
2721 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
2722 queue_reg_save (label
, stack_pointer_rtx
, NULL_RTX
, offset
);
2727 /* Otherwise, we'll need to look in the stack to
2728 calculate the CFA. */
2729 rtx x
= XEXP (dest
, 0);
2733 gcc_assert (REG_P (x
));
2735 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (x
);
2736 cfa
.base_offset
= offset
;
2738 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
2743 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
2745 span
= targetm
.dwarf_register_span (src
);
2748 queue_reg_save (label
, src
, NULL_RTX
, offset
);
2751 /* We have a PARALLEL describing where the contents of SRC
2752 live. Queue register saves for each piece of the
2756 HOST_WIDE_INT span_offset
= offset
;
2758 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (span
) == PARALLEL
);
2760 limit
= XVECLEN (span
, 0);
2761 for (par_index
= 0; par_index
< limit
; par_index
++)
2763 rtx elem
= XVECEXP (span
, 0, par_index
);
2765 queue_reg_save (label
, elem
, NULL_RTX
, span_offset
);
2766 span_offset
+= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (elem
));
2777 /* Record call frame debugging information for INSN, which either
2778 sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame address) or saves a
2779 register to the stack. If INSN is NULL_RTX, initialize our state.
2781 If AFTER_P is false, we're being called before the insn is emitted,
2782 otherwise after. Call instructions get invoked twice. */
2785 dwarf2out_frame_debug (rtx insn
, bool after_p
)
2789 bool handled_one
= false;
2791 if (!NONJUMP_INSN_P (insn
) || clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn
))
2792 dwarf2out_flush_queued_reg_saves ();
2794 if (!RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn
))
2796 /* ??? This should be done unconditionally since stack adjustments
2797 matter if the stack pointer is not the CFA register anymore but
2798 is still used to save registers. */
2799 if (!ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS
)
2800 dwarf2out_notice_stack_adjust (insn
, after_p
);
2804 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
2805 any_cfis_emitted
= false;
2807 for (note
= REG_NOTES (insn
); note
; note
= XEXP (note
, 1))
2808 switch (REG_NOTE_KIND (note
))
2810 case REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR
:
2811 insn
= XEXP (note
, 0);
2814 case REG_CFA_DEF_CFA
:
2815 dwarf2out_frame_debug_def_cfa (XEXP (note
, 0), label
);
2819 case REG_CFA_ADJUST_CFA
:
2824 if (GET_CODE (n
) == PARALLEL
)
2825 n
= XVECEXP (n
, 0, 0);
2827 dwarf2out_frame_debug_adjust_cfa (n
, label
);
2831 case REG_CFA_OFFSET
:
2834 n
= single_set (insn
);
2835 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_offset (n
, label
);
2839 case REG_CFA_REGISTER
:
2844 if (GET_CODE (n
) == PARALLEL
)
2845 n
= XVECEXP (n
, 0, 0);
2847 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_register (n
, label
);
2851 case REG_CFA_EXPRESSION
:
2854 n
= single_set (insn
);
2855 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_expression (n
, label
);
2859 case REG_CFA_RESTORE
:
2864 if (GET_CODE (n
) == PARALLEL
)
2865 n
= XVECEXP (n
, 0, 0);
2868 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_restore (n
, label
);
2872 case REG_CFA_SET_VDRAP
:
2876 dw_fde_ref fde
= current_fde ();
2879 gcc_assert (fde
->vdrap_reg
== INVALID_REGNUM
);
2881 fde
->vdrap_reg
= REGNO (n
);
2892 if (any_cfis_emitted
)
2893 dwarf2out_flush_queued_reg_saves ();
2897 insn
= PATTERN (insn
);
2899 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (insn
, label
);
2901 /* Check again. A parallel can save and update the same register.
2902 We could probably check just once, here, but this is safer than
2903 removing the check above. */
2904 if (any_cfis_emitted
|| clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn
))
2905 dwarf2out_flush_queued_reg_saves ();
2908 /* Called once at the start of final to initialize some data for the
2909 current function. */
2911 dwarf2out_frame_debug_init (void)
2915 /* Flush any queued register saves. */
2916 dwarf2out_flush_queued_reg_saves ();
2918 /* Set up state for generating call frame debug info. */
2921 == (unsigned long)DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
));
2923 cfa
.reg
= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
;
2926 cfa_temp
.offset
= 0;
2928 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
2930 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
= NULL_RTX
;
2931 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
= NULL_RTX
;
2933 num_regs_saved_in_regs
= 0;
2935 if (barrier_args_size
)
2937 XDELETEVEC (barrier_args_size
);
2938 barrier_args_size
= NULL
;
2942 /* Determine if we need to save and restore CFI information around this
2943 epilogue. If SIBCALL is true, then this is a sibcall epilogue. If
2944 we do need to save/restore, then emit the save now, and insert a
2945 NOTE_INSN_CFA_RESTORE_STATE at the appropriate place in the stream. */
2948 dwarf2out_cfi_begin_epilogue (rtx insn
)
2950 bool saw_frp
= false;
2953 /* Scan forward to the return insn, noticing if there are possible
2954 frame related insns. */
2955 for (i
= NEXT_INSN (insn
); i
; i
= NEXT_INSN (i
))
2960 /* Look for both regular and sibcalls to end the block. */
2961 if (returnjump_p (i
))
2963 if (CALL_P (i
) && SIBLING_CALL_P (i
))
2966 if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (i
)) == SEQUENCE
)
2969 rtx seq
= PATTERN (i
);
2971 if (returnjump_p (XVECEXP (seq
, 0, 0)))
2973 if (CALL_P (XVECEXP (seq
, 0, 0))
2974 && SIBLING_CALL_P (XVECEXP (seq
, 0, 0)))
2977 for (idx
= 0; idx
< XVECLEN (seq
, 0); idx
++)
2978 if (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (XVECEXP (seq
, 0, idx
)))
2982 if (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (i
))
2986 /* If the port doesn't emit epilogue unwind info, we don't need a
2987 save/restore pair. */
2991 /* Otherwise, search forward to see if the return insn was the last
2992 basic block of the function. If so, we don't need save/restore. */
2993 gcc_assert (i
!= NULL
);
2994 i
= next_real_insn (i
);
2998 /* Insert the restore before that next real insn in the stream, and before
2999 a potential NOTE_INSN_EPILOGUE_BEG -- we do need these notes to be
3000 properly nested. This should be after any label or alignment. This
3001 will be pushed into the CFI stream by the function below. */
3004 rtx p
= PREV_INSN (i
);
3007 if (NOTE_KIND (p
) == NOTE_INSN_BASIC_BLOCK
)
3011 emit_note_before (NOTE_INSN_CFA_RESTORE_STATE
, i
);
3013 emit_cfa_remember
= true;
3015 /* And emulate the state save. */
3016 gcc_assert (!cfa_remember
.in_use
);
3018 cfa_remember
.in_use
= 1;
3021 /* A "subroutine" of dwarf2out_cfi_begin_epilogue. Emit the restore
3025 dwarf2out_frame_debug_restore_state (void)
3027 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
3028 const char *label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
3030 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_restore_state
;
3031 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
3033 gcc_assert (cfa_remember
.in_use
);
3035 cfa_remember
.in_use
= 0;
3038 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd1 are used. */
3039 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc
3040 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
);
3042 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
3043 dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
)
3048 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
3049 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
3050 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
3051 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused
;
3053 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
3054 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
3055 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
3056 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
3057 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
3058 return dw_cfi_oprnd_addr
;
3061 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
3062 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
3063 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
3064 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
3065 case DW_CFA_restore
:
3066 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
3067 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
3068 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
3069 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
3070 case DW_CFA_register
:
3071 case DW_CFA_expression
:
3072 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
;
3074 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
3075 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
3076 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
3077 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset
;
3079 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
3080 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc
;
3087 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd2 are used. */
3088 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc
3089 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
);
3091 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
3092 dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
)
3096 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
3097 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
3099 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
3100 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
3101 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset
;
3103 case DW_CFA_register
:
3104 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
;
3106 case DW_CFA_expression
:
3107 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc
;
3110 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused
;
3114 /* Switch [BACK] to eh_frame_section. If we don't have an eh_frame_section,
3115 switch to the data section instead, and write out a synthetic start label
3116 for collect2 the first time around. */
3119 switch_to_eh_frame_section (bool back
)
3123 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
3124 if (eh_frame_section
== 0)
3128 if (EH_TABLES_CAN_BE_READ_ONLY
)
3134 fde_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1,
3136 per_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2,
3138 lsda_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0,
3140 flags
= ((! flag_pic
3141 || ((fde_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
3142 && (fde_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
3143 && (per_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
3144 && (per_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
3145 && (lsda_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
3146 && (lsda_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
))
3147 ? 0 : SECTION_WRITE
);
3150 flags
= SECTION_WRITE
;
3151 eh_frame_section
= get_section (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
, flags
, NULL
);
3153 #endif /* EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME */
3155 if (eh_frame_section
)
3156 switch_to_section (eh_frame_section
);
3159 /* We have no special eh_frame section. Put the information in
3160 the data section and emit special labels to guide collect2. */
3161 switch_to_section (data_section
);
3165 label
= get_file_function_name ("F");
3166 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE
));
3167 targetm
.asm_out
.globalize_label (asm_out_file
,
3168 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label
));
3169 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label
));
3174 /* Switch [BACK] to the eh or debug frame table section, depending on
3178 switch_to_frame_table_section (int for_eh
, bool back
)
3181 switch_to_eh_frame_section (back
);
3184 if (!debug_frame_section
)
3185 debug_frame_section
= get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
,
3186 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
3187 switch_to_section (debug_frame_section
);
3191 /* Output a Call Frame Information opcode and its operand(s). */
3194 output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref cfi
, dw_fde_ref fde
, int for_eh
)
3199 if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_advance_loc
)
3200 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
3201 | (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
& 0x3f)),
3202 "DW_CFA_advance_loc " HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX
,
3203 ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
)
3204 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
));
3205 else if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_offset
)
3207 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3208 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
| (r
& 0x3f)),
3209 "DW_CFA_offset, column %#lx", r
);
3210 off
= div_data_align (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3211 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (off
, NULL
);
3213 else if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_restore
)
3215 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3216 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
| (r
& 0x3f)),
3217 "DW_CFA_restore, column %#lx", r
);
3221 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
,
3222 "%s", dwarf_cfi_name (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
));
3224 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
3226 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
3228 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
3229 ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0),
3230 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
),
3233 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
3234 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
, NULL
);
3235 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
3238 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
3239 dw2_asm_output_delta (1, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
3240 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
3241 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
3244 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
3245 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
3246 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
3247 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
3250 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
3251 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
3252 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
3253 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
3256 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
3257 dw2_asm_output_delta (8, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
3258 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
3259 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
3262 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
3263 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3264 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
3265 off
= div_data_align (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3266 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (off
, NULL
);
3269 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
3270 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3271 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
3272 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
3275 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
3276 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3277 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
3278 off
= div_data_align (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3279 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off
, NULL
);
3282 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
3283 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3284 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
3285 off
= div_data_align (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3286 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off
, NULL
);
3289 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
3290 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
3291 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
3292 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
3293 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3294 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
3297 case DW_CFA_register
:
3298 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3299 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
3300 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3301 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
3304 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
3305 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
3306 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
3309 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
3310 off
= div_data_align (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3311 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off
, NULL
);
3314 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
3317 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
3318 case DW_CFA_expression
:
3319 output_cfa_loc (cfi
, for_eh
);
3322 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended
:
3323 /* Obsoleted by DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf. */
3332 /* Similar, but do it via assembler directives instead. */
3335 output_cfi_directive (dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
3337 unsigned long r
, r2
;
3339 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
3341 case DW_CFA_advance_loc
:
3342 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
3343 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
3344 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
3345 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
3346 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
3347 /* Should only be created by add_fde_cfi in a code path not
3348 followed when emitting via directives. The assembler is
3349 going to take care of this for us. */
3353 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
3354 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
3355 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3356 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_offset %lu, "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
"\n",
3357 r
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3360 case DW_CFA_restore
:
3361 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
3362 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3363 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_restore %lu\n", r
);
3366 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
3367 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3368 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_undefined %lu\n", r
);
3371 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
3372 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3373 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_same_value %lu\n", r
);
3376 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
3377 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
3378 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3379 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_def_cfa %lu, "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
"\n",
3380 r
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3383 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
3384 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3385 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_def_cfa_register %lu\n", r
);
3388 case DW_CFA_register
:
3389 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3390 r2
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3391 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_register %lu, %lu\n", r
, r2
);
3394 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
3395 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
3396 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_def_cfa_offset "
3397 HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
"\n",
3398 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3401 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
3402 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_remember_state\n");
3404 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
3405 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_restore_state\n");
3408 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
3409 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_escape %#x,", DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
);
3410 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3412 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t%s args_size "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
,
3413 ASM_COMMENT_START
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3414 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
3417 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
3418 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_window_save\n");
3421 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
3422 case DW_CFA_expression
:
3423 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_escape %#x,", cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
);
3424 output_cfa_loc_raw (cfi
);
3425 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
3433 DEF_VEC_P (dw_cfi_ref
);
3434 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_P (dw_cfi_ref
, heap
);
3436 /* Output CFIs to bring current FDE to the same state as after executing
3437 CFIs in CFI chain. DO_CFI_ASM is true if .cfi_* directives shall
3438 be emitted, false otherwise. If it is false, FDE and FOR_EH are the
3439 other arguments to pass to output_cfi. */
3442 output_cfis (dw_cfi_ref cfi
, bool do_cfi_asm
, dw_fde_ref fde
, bool for_eh
)
3444 struct dw_cfi_struct cfi_buf
;
3446 dw_cfi_ref cfi_args_size
= NULL
, cfi_cfa
= NULL
, cfi_cfa_offset
= NULL
;
3447 VEC (dw_cfi_ref
, heap
) *regs
= VEC_alloc (dw_cfi_ref
, heap
, 32);
3448 unsigned int len
, idx
;
3450 for (;; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
3451 switch (cfi
? cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
: DW_CFA_nop
)
3453 case DW_CFA_advance_loc
:
3454 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
3455 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
3456 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
3457 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
3458 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
3459 /* All advances should be ignored. */
3461 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
3463 dw_cfi_ref args_size
= cfi_args_size
;
3465 /* Skip everything between .cfi_remember_state and
3466 .cfi_restore_state. */
3467 for (cfi2
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
; cfi2
; cfi2
= cfi2
->dw_cfi_next
)
3468 if (cfi2
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_restore_state
)
3470 else if (cfi2
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
)
3473 gcc_assert (cfi2
->dw_cfi_opc
!= DW_CFA_remember_state
);
3480 cfi_args_size
= args_size
;
3484 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
3485 cfi_args_size
= cfi
;
3487 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
3490 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
3491 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
3492 case DW_CFA_restore
:
3493 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
3494 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
3495 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
3496 case DW_CFA_register
:
3497 case DW_CFA_val_offset
:
3498 case DW_CFA_val_offset_sf
:
3499 case DW_CFA_expression
:
3500 case DW_CFA_val_expression
:
3501 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended
:
3502 if (VEC_length (dw_cfi_ref
, regs
) <= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
)
3503 VEC_safe_grow_cleared (dw_cfi_ref
, heap
, regs
,
3504 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
+ 1);
3505 VEC_replace (dw_cfi_ref
, regs
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, cfi
);
3507 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
3508 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
3509 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
3511 cfi_cfa_offset
= cfi
;
3513 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
3516 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
3517 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
3518 cfi_cfa_offset
= cfi
;
3521 gcc_assert (cfi
== NULL
);
3523 len
= VEC_length (dw_cfi_ref
, regs
);
3524 for (idx
= 0; idx
< len
; idx
++)
3526 cfi2
= VEC_replace (dw_cfi_ref
, regs
, idx
, NULL
);
3528 && cfi2
->dw_cfi_opc
!= DW_CFA_restore
3529 && cfi2
->dw_cfi_opc
!= DW_CFA_restore_extended
)
3532 output_cfi_directive (cfi2
);
3534 output_cfi (cfi2
, fde
, for_eh
);
3537 if (cfi_cfa
&& cfi_cfa_offset
&& cfi_cfa_offset
!= cfi_cfa
)
3539 gcc_assert (cfi_cfa
->dw_cfi_opc
!= DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
);
3541 switch (cfi_cfa_offset
->dw_cfi_opc
)
3543 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
3544 cfi_buf
.dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa
;
3545 cfi_buf
.dw_cfi_oprnd2
= cfi_cfa_offset
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
;
3547 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
3548 cfi_buf
.dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
;
3549 cfi_buf
.dw_cfi_oprnd2
= cfi_cfa_offset
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
;
3551 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
3552 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
3553 cfi_buf
.dw_cfi_opc
= cfi_cfa_offset
->dw_cfi_opc
;
3554 cfi_buf
.dw_cfi_oprnd2
= cfi_cfa_offset
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
;
3561 else if (cfi_cfa_offset
)
3562 cfi_cfa
= cfi_cfa_offset
;
3566 output_cfi_directive (cfi_cfa
);
3568 output_cfi (cfi_cfa
, fde
, for_eh
);
3571 cfi_cfa_offset
= NULL
;
3573 && cfi_args_size
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
)
3576 output_cfi_directive (cfi_args_size
);
3578 output_cfi (cfi_args_size
, fde
, for_eh
);
3580 cfi_args_size
= NULL
;
3583 VEC_free (dw_cfi_ref
, heap
, regs
);
3586 else if (do_cfi_asm
)
3587 output_cfi_directive (cfi
);
3589 output_cfi (cfi
, fde
, for_eh
);
3596 /* Output one FDE. */
3599 output_fde (dw_fde_ref fde
, bool for_eh
, bool second
,
3600 char *section_start_label
, int fde_encoding
, char *augmentation
,
3601 bool any_lsda_needed
, int lsda_encoding
)
3603 const char *begin
, *end
;
3604 static unsigned int j
;
3605 char l1
[20], l2
[20];
3608 targetm
.asm_out
.emit_unwind_label (asm_out_file
, fde
->decl
, for_eh
,
3610 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, FDE_LABEL
,
3612 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL
, for_eh
+ j
);
3613 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, FDE_END_LABEL
, for_eh
+ j
);
3614 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4 && !for_eh
)
3615 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff, "Initial length escape value"
3616 " indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
3617 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
3619 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
3622 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, l1
, section_start_label
, "FDE CIE offset");
3624 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, section_start_label
,
3625 debug_frame_section
, "FDE CIE offset");
3627 begin
= second
? fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
: fde
->dw_fde_begin
;
3628 end
= second
? fde
->dw_fde_second_end
: fde
->dw_fde_end
;
3632 rtx sym_ref
= gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, begin
);
3633 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref
) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL
;
3634 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding
, sym_ref
, false,
3635 "FDE initial location");
3636 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
),
3637 end
, begin
, "FDE address range");
3641 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, begin
, "FDE initial location");
3642 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, end
, begin
, "FDE address range");
3645 if (augmentation
[0])
3647 if (any_lsda_needed
)
3649 int size
= size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding
);
3651 if (lsda_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
3653 int offset
= ( 4 /* Length */
3654 + 4 /* CIE offset */
3655 + 2 * size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
)
3656 + 1 /* Augmentation size */ );
3657 int pad
= -offset
& (PTR_SIZE
- 1);
3660 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (size
) == 1);
3663 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size
, "Augmentation size");
3665 if (fde
->uses_eh_lsda
)
3667 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, second
? "LLSDAC" : "LLSDA",
3668 fde
->funcdef_number
);
3669 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (lsda_encoding
,
3670 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, l1
),
3672 "Language Specific Data Area");
3676 if (lsda_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
3677 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE
));
3678 dw2_asm_output_data (size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding
), 0,
3679 "Language Specific Data Area (none)");
3683 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Augmentation size");
3686 /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with
3688 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= begin
;
3689 if (fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
== NULL
)
3690 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
3691 output_cfi (cfi
, fde
, for_eh
);
3694 if (fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
)
3695 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
3697 output_cfi (cfi
, fde
, for_eh
);
3698 if (cfi
== fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
)
3704 dw_cfi_ref cfi_next
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
;
3706 if (fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
)
3708 cfi_next
= fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
->dw_cfi_next
;
3709 fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
->dw_cfi_next
= NULL
;
3710 output_cfis (fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, false, fde
, for_eh
);
3711 fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
->dw_cfi_next
= cfi_next
;
3713 for (cfi
= cfi_next
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
3714 output_cfi (cfi
, fde
, for_eh
);
3717 /* If we are to emit a ref/link from function bodies to their frame tables,
3718 do it now. This is typically performed to make sure that tables
3719 associated with functions are dragged with them and not discarded in
3720 garbage collecting links. We need to do this on a per function basis to
3721 cope with -ffunction-sections. */
3723 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_TABLE_REF
3724 /* Switch to the function section, emit the ref to the tables, and
3725 switch *back* into the table section. */
3726 switch_to_section (function_section (fde
->decl
));
3727 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_TABLE_REF (section_start_label
);
3728 switch_to_frame_table_section (for_eh
, true);
3731 /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */
3732 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
,
3733 floor_log2 ((for_eh
? PTR_SIZE
: DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)));
3734 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
3739 /* Return true if frame description entry FDE is needed for EH. */
3742 fde_needed_for_eh_p (dw_fde_ref fde
)
3744 if (flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
)
3747 if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
&& DECL_WEAK (fde
->decl
))
3750 if (fde
->uses_eh_lsda
)
3753 /* If exceptions are enabled, we have collected nothrow info. */
3754 if (flag_exceptions
&& (fde
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
|| fde
->nothrow
))
3760 /* Output the call frame information used to record information
3761 that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
3762 location of saved registers. */
3765 output_call_frame_info (int for_eh
)
3770 char l1
[20], l2
[20], section_start_label
[20];
3771 bool any_lsda_needed
= false;
3772 char augmentation
[6];
3773 int augmentation_size
;
3774 int fde_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
3775 int per_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
3776 int lsda_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
3778 rtx personality
= NULL
;
3781 /* Don't emit a CIE if there won't be any FDEs. */
3782 if (fde_table_in_use
== 0)
3785 /* Nothing to do if the assembler's doing it all. */
3786 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
3789 /* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't emit
3790 any EH unwind information. If we make FDEs linkonce, we may have to
3791 emit an empty label for an FDE that wouldn't otherwise be emitted. We
3792 want to avoid having an FDE kept around when the function it refers to
3793 is discarded. Example where this matters: a primary function template
3794 in C++ requires EH information, an explicit specialization doesn't. */
3797 bool any_eh_needed
= false;
3799 for (i
= 0; i
< fde_table_in_use
; i
++)
3800 if (fde_table
[i
].uses_eh_lsda
)
3801 any_eh_needed
= any_lsda_needed
= true;
3802 else if (fde_needed_for_eh_p (&fde_table
[i
]))
3803 any_eh_needed
= true;
3804 else if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
)
3805 targetm
.asm_out
.emit_unwind_label (asm_out_file
, fde_table
[i
].decl
,
3812 /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */
3816 /* Switch to the proper frame section, first time. */
3817 switch_to_frame_table_section (for_eh
, false);
3819 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (section_start_label
, FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
, for_eh
);
3820 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, section_start_label
);
3822 /* Output the CIE. */
3823 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL
, for_eh
);
3824 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, CIE_END_LABEL
, for_eh
);
3825 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4 && !for_eh
)
3826 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
3827 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
3828 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
3829 "Length of Common Information Entry");
3830 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
3832 /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
3833 use 0 to identify the CIE. */
3834 dw2_asm_output_data ((for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
),
3835 (for_eh
? 0 : DWARF_CIE_ID
),
3836 "CIE Identifier Tag");
3838 /* Use the CIE version 3 for DWARF3; allow DWARF2 to continue to
3839 use CIE version 1, unless that would produce incorrect results
3840 due to overflowing the return register column. */
3841 return_reg
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, for_eh
);
3843 if (return_reg
>= 256 || dwarf_version
> 2)
3845 dw2_asm_output_data (1, dw_cie_version
, "CIE Version");
3847 augmentation
[0] = 0;
3848 augmentation_size
= 0;
3850 personality
= current_unit_personality
;
3856 z Indicates that a uleb128 is present to size the
3857 augmentation section.
3858 L Indicates the encoding (and thus presence) of
3859 an LSDA pointer in the FDE augmentation.
3860 R Indicates a non-default pointer encoding for
3862 P Indicates the presence of an encoding + language
3863 personality routine in the CIE augmentation. */
3865 fde_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
3866 per_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
3867 lsda_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
3869 p
= augmentation
+ 1;
3873 augmentation_size
+= 1 + size_of_encoded_value (per_encoding
);
3874 assemble_external_libcall (personality
);
3876 if (any_lsda_needed
)
3879 augmentation_size
+= 1;
3881 if (fde_encoding
!= DW_EH_PE_absptr
)
3884 augmentation_size
+= 1;
3886 if (p
> augmentation
+ 1)
3888 augmentation
[0] = 'z';
3892 /* Ug. Some platforms can't do unaligned dynamic relocations at all. */
3893 if (personality
&& per_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
3895 int offset
= ( 4 /* Length */
3897 + 1 /* CIE version */
3898 + strlen (augmentation
) + 1 /* Augmentation */
3899 + size_of_uleb128 (1) /* Code alignment */
3900 + size_of_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
)
3902 + 1 /* Augmentation size */
3903 + 1 /* Personality encoding */ );
3904 int pad
= -offset
& (PTR_SIZE
- 1);
3906 augmentation_size
+= pad
;
3908 /* Augmentations should be small, so there's scarce need to
3909 iterate for a solution. Die if we exceed one uleb128 byte. */
3910 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (augmentation_size
) == 1);
3914 dw2_asm_output_nstring (augmentation
, -1, "CIE Augmentation");
3915 if (dw_cie_version
>= 4)
3917 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "CIE Address Size");
3918 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "CIE Segment Size");
3920 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, "CIE Code Alignment Factor");
3921 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
,
3922 "CIE Data Alignment Factor");
3924 if (dw_cie_version
== 1)
3925 dw2_asm_output_data (1, return_reg
, "CIE RA Column");
3927 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (return_reg
, "CIE RA Column");
3929 if (augmentation
[0])
3931 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (augmentation_size
, "Augmentation size");
3934 dw2_asm_output_data (1, per_encoding
, "Personality (%s)",
3935 eh_data_format_name (per_encoding
));
3936 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (per_encoding
,
3941 if (any_lsda_needed
)
3942 dw2_asm_output_data (1, lsda_encoding
, "LSDA Encoding (%s)",
3943 eh_data_format_name (lsda_encoding
));
3945 if (fde_encoding
!= DW_EH_PE_absptr
)
3946 dw2_asm_output_data (1, fde_encoding
, "FDE Encoding (%s)",
3947 eh_data_format_name (fde_encoding
));
3950 for (cfi
= cie_cfi_head
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
3951 output_cfi (cfi
, NULL
, for_eh
);
3953 /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */
3954 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
,
3955 floor_log2 (for_eh
? PTR_SIZE
: DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
));
3956 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
3958 /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */
3959 for (i
= 0; i
< fde_table_in_use
; i
++)
3962 fde
= &fde_table
[i
];
3964 /* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions that don't need it. */
3965 if (for_eh
&& !fde_needed_for_eh_p (fde
))
3968 for (k
= 0; k
< (fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
? 2 : 1); k
++)
3969 output_fde (fde
, for_eh
, k
, section_start_label
, fde_encoding
,
3970 augmentation
, any_lsda_needed
, lsda_encoding
);
3973 if (for_eh
&& targetm
.terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info
)
3974 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0, "End of Table");
3975 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
3976 /* Work around Irix 6 assembler bug whereby labels at the end of a section
3977 get a value of 0. Putting .align 0 after the label fixes it. */
3978 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, 0);
3981 /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */
3986 /* Emit .cfi_startproc and .cfi_personality/.cfi_lsda if needed. */
3989 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (bool second
)
3993 rtx personality
= get_personality_function (current_function_decl
);
3995 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_startproc\n");
3999 enc
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
4002 /* ??? The GAS support isn't entirely consistent. We have to
4003 handle indirect support ourselves, but PC-relative is done
4004 in the assembler. Further, the assembler can't handle any
4005 of the weirder relocation types. */
4006 if (enc
& DW_EH_PE_indirect
)
4007 ref
= dw2_force_const_mem (ref
, true);
4009 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_personality %#x,", enc
);
4010 output_addr_const (asm_out_file
, ref
);
4011 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
4014 if (crtl
->uses_eh_lsda
)
4018 enc
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
4019 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (lab
, second
? "LLSDAC" : "LLSDA",
4020 current_function_funcdef_no
);
4021 ref
= gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, lab
);
4022 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (ref
) = SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL
;
4024 if (enc
& DW_EH_PE_indirect
)
4025 ref
= dw2_force_const_mem (ref
, true);
4027 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_lsda %#x,", enc
);
4028 output_addr_const (asm_out_file
, ref
);
4029 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
4033 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
4037 dwarf2out_begin_prologue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4038 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
4040 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4046 current_function_func_begin_label
= NULL
;
4048 do_frame
= dwarf2out_do_frame ();
4050 /* ??? current_function_func_begin_label is also used by except.c for
4051 call-site information. We must emit this label if it might be used. */
4053 && (!flag_exceptions
4054 || targetm
.except_unwind_info (&global_options
) != UI_TARGET
))
4057 fnsec
= function_section (current_function_decl
);
4058 switch_to_section (fnsec
);
4059 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
4060 current_function_funcdef_no
);
4061 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
4062 current_function_funcdef_no
);
4063 dup_label
= xstrdup (label
);
4064 current_function_func_begin_label
= dup_label
;
4066 /* We can elide the fde allocation if we're not emitting debug info. */
4070 /* Expand the fde table if necessary. */
4071 if (fde_table_in_use
== fde_table_allocated
)
4073 fde_table_allocated
+= FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
4074 fde_table
= GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_fde_node
, fde_table
, fde_table_allocated
);
4075 memset (fde_table
+ fde_table_in_use
, 0,
4076 FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_fde_node
));
4079 /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */
4080 current_funcdef_fde
= fde_table_in_use
;
4082 /* Add the new FDE at the end of the fde_table. */
4083 fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
++];
4084 fde
->decl
= current_function_decl
;
4085 fde
->dw_fde_begin
= dup_label
;
4086 fde
->dw_fde_end
= NULL
;
4087 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= dup_label
;
4088 fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
= NULL
;
4089 fde
->dw_fde_second_end
= NULL
;
4090 fde
->dw_fde_vms_end_prologue
= NULL
;
4091 fde
->dw_fde_vms_begin_epilogue
= NULL
;
4092 fde
->dw_fde_cfi
= NULL
;
4093 fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
= NULL
;
4094 fde
->funcdef_number
= current_function_funcdef_no
;
4095 fde
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
= crtl
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
;
4096 fde
->uses_eh_lsda
= crtl
->uses_eh_lsda
;
4097 fde
->nothrow
= crtl
->nothrow
;
4098 fde
->drap_reg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
4099 fde
->vdrap_reg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
4100 fde
->in_std_section
= (fnsec
== text_section
4101 || (cold_text_section
&& fnsec
== cold_text_section
));
4102 fde
->second_in_std_section
= 0;
4104 args_size
= old_args_size
= 0;
4106 /* We only want to output line number information for the genuine dwarf2
4107 prologue case, not the eh frame case. */
4108 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4110 dwarf2out_source_line (line
, file
, 0, true);
4113 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4114 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (false);
4117 rtx personality
= get_personality_function (current_function_decl
);
4118 if (!current_unit_personality
)
4119 current_unit_personality
= personality
;
4121 /* We cannot keep a current personality per function as without CFI
4122 asm, at the point where we emit the CFI data, there is no current
4123 function anymore. */
4124 if (personality
&& current_unit_personality
!= personality
)
4125 sorry ("multiple EH personalities are supported only with assemblers "
4126 "supporting .cfi_personality directive");
4130 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code
4131 for a function prologue. This gets called *after* the prologue code has
4135 dwarf2out_vms_end_prologue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4136 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
4139 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4141 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
4143 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, PROLOGUE_END_LABEL
,
4144 current_function_funcdef_no
);
4145 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, PROLOGUE_END_LABEL
,
4146 current_function_funcdef_no
);
4147 fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
4148 fde
->dw_fde_vms_end_prologue
= xstrdup (label
);
4151 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code
4152 for a function epilogue. This gets called *before* the prologue code has
4156 dwarf2out_vms_begin_epilogue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4157 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
4160 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4162 fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
4163 if (fde
->dw_fde_vms_begin_epilogue
)
4166 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
4168 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, EPILOGUE_BEGIN_LABEL
,
4169 current_function_funcdef_no
);
4170 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, EPILOGUE_BEGIN_LABEL
,
4171 current_function_funcdef_no
);
4172 fde
->dw_fde_vms_begin_epilogue
= xstrdup (label
);
4175 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
4176 for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
4180 dwarf2out_end_epilogue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4181 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
4184 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4186 last_var_location_insn
= NULL_RTX
;
4188 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4189 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_endproc\n");
4191 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
4193 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
4194 current_function_funcdef_no
);
4195 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, label
);
4196 fde
= current_fde ();
4197 gcc_assert (fde
!= NULL
);
4198 if (fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
== NULL
)
4199 fde
->dw_fde_end
= xstrdup (label
);
4203 dwarf2out_frame_init (void)
4205 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the fde_table. */
4206 fde_table
= ggc_alloc_cleared_vec_dw_fde_node (FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
);
4207 fde_table_allocated
= FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
4208 fde_table_in_use
= 0;
4210 /* Generate the CFA instructions common to all FDE's. Do it now for the
4211 sake of lookup_cfa. */
4213 /* On entry, the Canonical Frame Address is at SP. */
4214 dwarf2out_def_cfa (NULL
, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
, INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
);
4216 if (targetm
.debug_unwind_info () == UI_DWARF2
4217 || targetm
.except_unwind_info (&global_options
) == UI_DWARF2
)
4218 initial_return_save (INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX
);
4222 dwarf2out_frame_finish (void)
4224 /* Output call frame information. */
4225 if (targetm
.debug_unwind_info () == UI_DWARF2
)
4226 output_call_frame_info (0);
4228 /* Output another copy for the unwinder. */
4229 if ((flag_unwind_tables
|| flag_exceptions
)
4230 && targetm
.except_unwind_info (&global_options
) == UI_DWARF2
)
4231 output_call_frame_info (1);
4234 /* Note that the current function section is being used for code. */
4237 dwarf2out_note_section_used (void)
4239 section
*sec
= current_function_section ();
4240 if (sec
== text_section
)
4241 text_section_used
= true;
4242 else if (sec
== cold_text_section
)
4243 cold_text_section_used
= true;
4246 static void var_location_switch_text_section (void);
4247 static void set_cur_line_info_table (section
*);
4250 dwarf2out_switch_text_section (void)
4253 dw_fde_ref fde
= current_fde ();
4256 gcc_assert (cfun
&& fde
&& fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
== NULL
);
4258 if (!in_cold_section_p
)
4260 fde
->dw_fde_end
= crtl
->subsections
.cold_section_end_label
;
4261 fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
= crtl
->subsections
.hot_section_label
;
4262 fde
->dw_fde_second_end
= crtl
->subsections
.hot_section_end_label
;
4266 fde
->dw_fde_end
= crtl
->subsections
.hot_section_end_label
;
4267 fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
= crtl
->subsections
.cold_section_label
;
4268 fde
->dw_fde_second_end
= crtl
->subsections
.cold_section_end_label
;
4270 have_multiple_function_sections
= true;
4272 /* Reset the current label on switching text sections, so that we
4273 don't attempt to advance_loc4 between labels in different sections. */
4274 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= NULL
;
4276 /* There is no need to mark used sections when not debugging. */
4277 if (cold_text_section
!= NULL
)
4278 dwarf2out_note_section_used ();
4280 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4281 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_endproc\n");
4283 /* Now do the real section switch. */
4284 sect
= current_function_section ();
4285 switch_to_section (sect
);
4287 fde
->second_in_std_section
4288 = (sect
== text_section
4289 || (cold_text_section
&& sect
== cold_text_section
));
4291 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4293 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (true);
4294 /* As this is a different FDE, insert all current CFI instructions
4296 output_cfis (fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, true, fde
, true);
4298 cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
;
4300 while (cfi
->dw_cfi_next
!= NULL
)
4301 cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
;
4302 fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
= cfi
;
4303 var_location_switch_text_section ();
4305 set_cur_line_info_table (sect
);
4308 /* And now, the subset of the debugging information support code necessary
4309 for emitting location expressions. */
4311 /* Data about a single source file. */
4312 struct GTY(()) dwarf_file_data
{
4313 const char * filename
;
4317 typedef struct dw_val_struct
*dw_val_ref
;
4318 typedef struct die_struct
*dw_die_ref
;
4319 typedef const struct die_struct
*const_dw_die_ref
;
4320 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*dw_loc_descr_ref
;
4321 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct
*dw_loc_list_ref
;
4323 typedef struct GTY(()) deferred_locations_struct
4327 } deferred_locations
;
4329 DEF_VEC_O(deferred_locations
);
4330 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(deferred_locations
,gc
);
4332 static GTY(()) VEC(deferred_locations
, gc
) *deferred_locations_list
;
4334 DEF_VEC_P(dw_die_ref
);
4335 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_P(dw_die_ref
,heap
);
4337 /* Each DIE may have a series of attribute/value pairs. Values
4338 can take on several forms. The forms that are used in this
4339 implementation are listed below. */
4344 dw_val_class_offset
,
4346 dw_val_class_loc_list
,
4347 dw_val_class_range_list
,
4349 dw_val_class_unsigned_const
,
4350 dw_val_class_const_double
,
4353 dw_val_class_die_ref
,
4354 dw_val_class_fde_ref
,
4355 dw_val_class_lbl_id
,
4356 dw_val_class_lineptr
,
4358 dw_val_class_macptr
,
4361 dw_val_class_decl_ref
,
4362 dw_val_class_vms_delta
4365 /* Describe a floating point constant value, or a vector constant value. */
4367 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_vec_struct
{
4368 unsigned char * GTY((length ("%h.length"))) array
;
4374 /* The dw_val_node describes an attribute's value, as it is
4375 represented internally. */
4377 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_val_struct
{
4378 enum dw_val_class val_class
;
4379 union dw_val_struct_union
4381 rtx
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_addr"))) val_addr
;
4382 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_offset"))) val_offset
;
4383 dw_loc_list_ref
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc_list"))) val_loc_list
;
4384 dw_loc_descr_ref
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc"))) val_loc
;
4385 HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((default)) val_int
;
4386 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_unsigned_const"))) val_unsigned
;
4387 double_int
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_const_double"))) val_double
;
4388 dw_vec_const
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_vec"))) val_vec
;
4389 struct dw_val_die_union
4393 } GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_die_ref"))) val_die_ref
;
4394 unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_fde_ref"))) val_fde_index
;
4395 struct indirect_string_node
* GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_str"))) val_str
;
4396 char * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_lbl_id"))) val_lbl_id
;
4397 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_flag"))) val_flag
;
4398 struct dwarf_file_data
* GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_file"))) val_file
;
4399 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_data8"))) val_data8
[8];
4400 tree
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_decl_ref"))) val_decl_ref
;
4401 struct dw_val_vms_delta_union
4405 } GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_vms_delta"))) val_vms_delta
;
4407 GTY ((desc ("%1.val_class"))) v
;
4411 /* Locations in memory are described using a sequence of stack machine
4414 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_loc_descr_struct
{
4415 dw_loc_descr_ref dw_loc_next
;
4416 ENUM_BITFIELD (dwarf_location_atom
) dw_loc_opc
: 8;
4417 /* Used to distinguish DW_OP_addr with a direct symbol relocation
4418 from DW_OP_addr with a dtp-relative symbol relocation. */
4419 unsigned int dtprel
: 1;
4421 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd1
;
4422 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd2
;
4426 /* Location lists are ranges + location descriptions for that range,
4427 so you can track variables that are in different places over
4428 their entire life. */
4429 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_loc_list_struct
{
4430 dw_loc_list_ref dw_loc_next
;
4431 const char *begin
; /* Label for begin address of range */
4432 const char *end
; /* Label for end address of range */
4433 char *ll_symbol
; /* Label for beginning of location list.
4434 Only on head of list */
4435 const char *section
; /* Section this loclist is relative to */
4436 dw_loc_descr_ref expr
;
4438 /* True if all addresses in this and subsequent lists are known to be
4441 /* True if this list has been replaced by dw_loc_next. */
4446 static dw_loc_descr_ref
int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT
);
4448 /* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name. */
4451 dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned int op
)
4456 return "DW_OP_addr";
4458 return "DW_OP_deref";
4460 return "DW_OP_const1u";
4462 return "DW_OP_const1s";
4464 return "DW_OP_const2u";
4466 return "DW_OP_const2s";
4468 return "DW_OP_const4u";
4470 return "DW_OP_const4s";
4472 return "DW_OP_const8u";
4474 return "DW_OP_const8s";
4476 return "DW_OP_constu";
4478 return "DW_OP_consts";
4482 return "DW_OP_drop";
4484 return "DW_OP_over";
4486 return "DW_OP_pick";
4488 return "DW_OP_swap";
4492 return "DW_OP_xderef";
4500 return "DW_OP_minus";
4512 return "DW_OP_plus";
4513 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
4514 return "DW_OP_plus_uconst";
4520 return "DW_OP_shra";
4538 return "DW_OP_skip";
4540 return "DW_OP_lit0";
4542 return "DW_OP_lit1";
4544 return "DW_OP_lit2";
4546 return "DW_OP_lit3";
4548 return "DW_OP_lit4";
4550 return "DW_OP_lit5";
4552 return "DW_OP_lit6";
4554 return "DW_OP_lit7";
4556 return "DW_OP_lit8";
4558 return "DW_OP_lit9";
4560 return "DW_OP_lit10";
4562 return "DW_OP_lit11";
4564 return "DW_OP_lit12";
4566 return "DW_OP_lit13";
4568 return "DW_OP_lit14";
4570 return "DW_OP_lit15";
4572 return "DW_OP_lit16";
4574 return "DW_OP_lit17";
4576 return "DW_OP_lit18";
4578 return "DW_OP_lit19";
4580 return "DW_OP_lit20";
4582 return "DW_OP_lit21";
4584 return "DW_OP_lit22";
4586 return "DW_OP_lit23";
4588 return "DW_OP_lit24";
4590 return "DW_OP_lit25";
4592 return "DW_OP_lit26";
4594 return "DW_OP_lit27";
4596 return "DW_OP_lit28";
4598 return "DW_OP_lit29";
4600 return "DW_OP_lit30";
4602 return "DW_OP_lit31";
4604 return "DW_OP_reg0";
4606 return "DW_OP_reg1";
4608 return "DW_OP_reg2";
4610 return "DW_OP_reg3";
4612 return "DW_OP_reg4";
4614 return "DW_OP_reg5";
4616 return "DW_OP_reg6";
4618 return "DW_OP_reg7";
4620 return "DW_OP_reg8";
4622 return "DW_OP_reg9";
4624 return "DW_OP_reg10";
4626 return "DW_OP_reg11";
4628 return "DW_OP_reg12";
4630 return "DW_OP_reg13";
4632 return "DW_OP_reg14";
4634 return "DW_OP_reg15";
4636 return "DW_OP_reg16";
4638 return "DW_OP_reg17";
4640 return "DW_OP_reg18";
4642 return "DW_OP_reg19";
4644 return "DW_OP_reg20";
4646 return "DW_OP_reg21";
4648 return "DW_OP_reg22";
4650 return "DW_OP_reg23";
4652 return "DW_OP_reg24";
4654 return "DW_OP_reg25";
4656 return "DW_OP_reg26";
4658 return "DW_OP_reg27";
4660 return "DW_OP_reg28";
4662 return "DW_OP_reg29";
4664 return "DW_OP_reg30";
4666 return "DW_OP_reg31";
4668 return "DW_OP_breg0";
4670 return "DW_OP_breg1";
4672 return "DW_OP_breg2";
4674 return "DW_OP_breg3";
4676 return "DW_OP_breg4";
4678 return "DW_OP_breg5";
4680 return "DW_OP_breg6";
4682 return "DW_OP_breg7";
4684 return "DW_OP_breg8";
4686 return "DW_OP_breg9";
4688 return "DW_OP_breg10";
4690 return "DW_OP_breg11";
4692 return "DW_OP_breg12";
4694 return "DW_OP_breg13";
4696 return "DW_OP_breg14";
4698 return "DW_OP_breg15";
4700 return "DW_OP_breg16";
4702 return "DW_OP_breg17";
4704 return "DW_OP_breg18";
4706 return "DW_OP_breg19";
4708 return "DW_OP_breg20";
4710 return "DW_OP_breg21";
4712 return "DW_OP_breg22";
4714 return "DW_OP_breg23";
4716 return "DW_OP_breg24";
4718 return "DW_OP_breg25";
4720 return "DW_OP_breg26";
4722 return "DW_OP_breg27";
4724 return "DW_OP_breg28";
4726 return "DW_OP_breg29";
4728 return "DW_OP_breg30";
4730 return "DW_OP_breg31";
4732 return "DW_OP_regx";
4734 return "DW_OP_fbreg";
4736 return "DW_OP_bregx";
4738 return "DW_OP_piece";
4739 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
4740 return "DW_OP_deref_size";
4741 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
4742 return "DW_OP_xderef_size";
4746 case DW_OP_push_object_address
:
4747 return "DW_OP_push_object_address";
4749 return "DW_OP_call2";
4751 return "DW_OP_call4";
4752 case DW_OP_call_ref
:
4753 return "DW_OP_call_ref";
4754 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
4755 return "DW_OP_implicit_value";
4756 case DW_OP_stack_value
:
4757 return "DW_OP_stack_value";
4758 case DW_OP_form_tls_address
:
4759 return "DW_OP_form_tls_address";
4760 case DW_OP_call_frame_cfa
:
4761 return "DW_OP_call_frame_cfa";
4762 case DW_OP_bit_piece
:
4763 return "DW_OP_bit_piece";
4765 case DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
:
4766 return "DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address";
4767 case DW_OP_GNU_uninit
:
4768 return "DW_OP_GNU_uninit";
4769 case DW_OP_GNU_encoded_addr
:
4770 return "DW_OP_GNU_encoded_addr";
4771 case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer
:
4772 return "DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer";
4773 case DW_OP_GNU_entry_value
:
4774 return "DW_OP_GNU_entry_value";
4777 return "OP_<unknown>";
4781 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description. Location
4782 descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung
4783 together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions. */
4785 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4786 new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom op
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd1
,
4787 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd2
)
4789 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
= ggc_alloc_cleared_dw_loc_descr_node ();
4791 descr
->dw_loc_opc
= op
;
4792 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
4793 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
= oprnd1
;
4794 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
4795 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_unsigned
= oprnd2
;
4800 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description for
4803 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4804 new_reg_loc_descr (unsigned int reg
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
4807 return new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_breg0
+ reg
),
4810 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx
, reg
, offset
);
4813 /* Add a location description term to a location description expression. */
4816 add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref
*list_head
, dw_loc_descr_ref descr
)
4818 dw_loc_descr_ref
*d
;
4820 /* Find the end of the chain. */
4821 for (d
= list_head
; (*d
) != NULL
; d
= &(*d
)->dw_loc_next
)
4827 /* Add a constant OFFSET to a location expression. */
4830 loc_descr_plus_const (dw_loc_descr_ref
*list_head
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
4832 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
4835 gcc_assert (*list_head
!= NULL
);
4840 /* Find the end of the chain. */
4841 for (loc
= *list_head
; loc
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
4845 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_fbreg
4846 || (loc
->dw_loc_opc
>= DW_OP_breg0
&& loc
->dw_loc_opc
<= DW_OP_breg31
))
4847 p
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
4848 else if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_bregx
)
4849 p
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
;
4851 /* If the last operation is fbreg, breg{0..31,x}, optimize by adjusting its
4852 offset. Don't optimize if an signed integer overflow would happen. */
4854 && ((offset
> 0 && *p
<= INTTYPE_MAXIMUM (HOST_WIDE_INT
) - offset
)
4855 || (offset
< 0 && *p
>= INTTYPE_MINIMUM (HOST_WIDE_INT
) - offset
)))
4858 else if (offset
> 0)
4859 loc
->dw_loc_next
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, offset
, 0);
4863 loc
->dw_loc_next
= int_loc_descriptor (-offset
);
4864 add_loc_descr (&loc
->dw_loc_next
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus
, 0, 0));
4868 /* Add a constant OFFSET to a location list. */
4871 loc_list_plus_const (dw_loc_list_ref list_head
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
4874 for (d
= list_head
; d
!= NULL
; d
= d
->dw_loc_next
)
4875 loc_descr_plus_const (&d
->expr
, offset
);
4878 #define DWARF_REF_SIZE \
4879 (dwarf_version == 2 ? DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
4881 static unsigned long size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref
);
4883 /* Return the size of a location descriptor. */
4885 static unsigned long
4886 size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
4888 unsigned long size
= 1;
4890 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
4893 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
4912 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
4915 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
4920 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
4921 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
4959 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
4962 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
4965 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
4968 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
4969 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
);
4972 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
4974 case DW_OP_bit_piece
:
4975 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
4976 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_unsigned
);
4978 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
4979 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
4988 case DW_OP_call_ref
:
4989 size
+= DWARF_REF_SIZE
;
4991 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
4992 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
)
4993 + loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
;
4995 case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer
:
4996 size
+= DWARF_REF_SIZE
+ size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
);
4998 case DW_OP_GNU_entry_value
:
5000 unsigned long op_size
= size_of_locs (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
);
5001 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (op_size
) + op_size
;
5011 /* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */
5013 static unsigned long
5014 size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
5019 /* If there are no skip or bra opcodes, don't fill in the dw_loc_addr
5020 field, to avoid writing to a PCH file. */
5021 for (size
= 0, l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->dw_loc_next
)
5023 if (l
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_skip
|| l
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_bra
)
5025 size
+= size_of_loc_descr (l
);
5030 for (size
= 0, l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->dw_loc_next
)
5032 l
->dw_loc_addr
= size
;
5033 size
+= size_of_loc_descr (l
);
5039 static HOST_WIDE_INT
extract_int (const unsigned char *, unsigned);
5040 static void get_ref_die_offset_label (char *, dw_die_ref
);
5041 static void output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref
, int);
5043 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any).
5044 The for_eh_or_skip parameter controls whether register numbers are
5045 converted using DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT, which is needed in the case that
5046 hard reg numbers have been processed via DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i.e. for unwind
5047 info). This should be suppressed for the cases that have not been converted
5048 (i.e. symbolic debug info), by setting the parameter < 0. See PR47324. */
5051 output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, int for_eh_or_skip
)
5053 dw_val_ref val1
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
;
5054 dw_val_ref val2
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
;
5056 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
5058 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5061 dw2_asm_output_data (2, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
5066 gcc_assert (targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel
);
5067 targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel (asm_out_file
, 4,
5069 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
5074 dw2_asm_output_data (4, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
5079 gcc_assert (targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel
);
5080 targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel (asm_out_file
, 8,
5082 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
5087 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
>= 64);
5088 dw2_asm_output_data (8, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
5095 gcc_assert (val1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_loc
);
5096 offset
= val1
->v
.val_loc
->dw_loc_addr
- (loc
->dw_loc_addr
+ 3);
5098 dw2_asm_output_data (2, offset
, NULL
);
5101 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
5102 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
5103 switch (val2
->val_class
)
5105 case dw_val_class_const
:
5106 dw2_asm_output_data (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, val2
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
5108 case dw_val_class_vec
:
5110 unsigned int elt_size
= val2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
;
5111 unsigned int len
= val2
->v
.val_vec
.length
;
5115 if (elt_size
> sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
))
5120 for (i
= 0, p
= val2
->v
.val_vec
.array
;
5123 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size
, extract_int (p
, elt_size
),
5124 "fp or vector constant word %u", i
);
5127 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
5129 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first
, second
;
5131 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
5133 first
= val2
->v
.val_double
.high
;
5134 second
= val2
->v
.val_double
.low
;
5138 first
= val2
->v
.val_double
.low
;
5139 second
= val2
->v
.val_double
.high
;
5141 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
5143 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
5147 case dw_val_class_addr
:
5148 gcc_assert (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
== DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
5149 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, val2
->v
.val_addr
, NULL
);
5164 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
5165 /* We currently don't make any attempt to make sure these are
5166 aligned properly like we do for the main unwind info, so
5167 don't support emitting things larger than a byte if we're
5168 only doing unwinding. */
5173 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
5176 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
5179 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
5182 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
5184 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
5185 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
5219 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
5223 unsigned r
= val1
->v
.val_unsigned
;
5224 if (for_eh_or_skip
>= 0)
5225 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (r
, for_eh_or_skip
);
5226 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (r
)
5227 == size_of_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
));
5228 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
5232 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
5236 unsigned r
= val1
->v
.val_unsigned
;
5237 if (for_eh_or_skip
>= 0)
5238 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (r
, for_eh_or_skip
);
5239 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (r
)
5240 == size_of_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
));
5241 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
5242 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
5246 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
5248 case DW_OP_bit_piece
:
5249 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
5250 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val2
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
5252 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
5253 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
5254 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
5260 if (targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel
)
5262 targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel (asm_out_file
,
5265 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
5272 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5273 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, val1
->v
.val_addr
, NULL
);
5280 case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer
:
5282 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
5283 + HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ 2 + 2];
5284 gcc_assert (val1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_die_ref
);
5285 get_ref_die_offset_label (label
, val1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
);
5286 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_REF_SIZE
, label
, debug_info_section
, NULL
);
5287 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
5291 case DW_OP_GNU_entry_value
:
5292 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size_of_locs (val1
->v
.val_loc
), NULL
);
5293 output_loc_sequence (val1
->v
.val_loc
, for_eh_or_skip
);
5297 /* Other codes have no operands. */
5302 /* Output a sequence of location operations.
5303 The for_eh_or_skip parameter controls whether register numbers are
5304 converted using DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT, which is needed in the case that
5305 hard reg numbers have been processed via DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i.e. for unwind
5306 info). This should be suppressed for the cases that have not been converted
5307 (i.e. symbolic debug info), by setting the parameter < 0. See PR47324. */
5310 output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, int for_eh_or_skip
)
5312 for (; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
5314 enum dwarf_location_atom opc
= loc
->dw_loc_opc
;
5315 /* Output the opcode. */
5316 if (for_eh_or_skip
>= 0
5317 && opc
>= DW_OP_breg0
&& opc
<= DW_OP_breg31
)
5319 unsigned r
= (opc
- DW_OP_breg0
);
5320 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (r
, for_eh_or_skip
);
5321 gcc_assert (r
<= 31);
5322 opc
= (enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_breg0
+ r
);
5324 else if (for_eh_or_skip
>= 0
5325 && opc
>= DW_OP_reg0
&& opc
<= DW_OP_reg31
)
5327 unsigned r
= (opc
- DW_OP_reg0
);
5328 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (r
, for_eh_or_skip
);
5329 gcc_assert (r
<= 31);
5330 opc
= (enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_reg0
+ r
);
5333 dw2_asm_output_data (1, opc
,
5334 "%s", dwarf_stack_op_name (opc
));
5336 /* Output the operand(s) (if any). */
5337 output_loc_operands (loc
, for_eh_or_skip
);
5341 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any).
5342 The output is single bytes on a line, suitable for .cfi_escape. */
5345 output_loc_operands_raw (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
5347 dw_val_ref val1
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
;
5348 dw_val_ref val2
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
;
5350 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
5353 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
5354 /* We cannot output addresses in .cfi_escape, only bytes. */
5360 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
5361 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
5362 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5363 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (1, val1
->v
.val_int
);
5368 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5369 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (2, val1
->v
.val_int
);
5374 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5375 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (4, val1
->v
.val_int
);
5380 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
>= 64);
5381 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5382 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (8, val1
->v
.val_int
);
5390 gcc_assert (val1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_loc
);
5391 offset
= val1
->v
.val_loc
->dw_loc_addr
- (loc
->dw_loc_addr
+ 3);
5393 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5394 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (2, offset
);
5400 unsigned r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, 1);
5401 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (r
)
5402 == size_of_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
));
5403 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5404 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (r
);
5409 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
5411 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5412 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
);
5415 case DW_OP_bit_piece
:
5416 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5417 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
);
5418 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val2
->v
.val_unsigned
);
5455 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5456 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128_raw (val1
->v
.val_int
);
5461 unsigned r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, 1);
5462 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (r
)
5463 == size_of_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
));
5464 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5465 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (r
);
5466 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5467 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128_raw (val2
->v
.val_int
);
5471 case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer
:
5472 case DW_OP_GNU_entry_value
:
5477 /* Other codes have no operands. */
5483 output_loc_sequence_raw (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
5487 enum dwarf_location_atom opc
= loc
->dw_loc_opc
;
5488 /* Output the opcode. */
5489 if (opc
>= DW_OP_breg0
&& opc
<= DW_OP_breg31
)
5491 unsigned r
= (opc
- DW_OP_breg0
);
5492 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (r
, 1);
5493 gcc_assert (r
<= 31);
5494 opc
= (enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_breg0
+ r
);
5496 else if (opc
>= DW_OP_reg0
&& opc
<= DW_OP_reg31
)
5498 unsigned r
= (opc
- DW_OP_reg0
);
5499 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (r
, 1);
5500 gcc_assert (r
<= 31);
5501 opc
= (enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_reg0
+ r
);
5503 /* Output the opcode. */
5504 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "%#x", opc
);
5505 output_loc_operands_raw (loc
);
5507 if (!loc
->dw_loc_next
)
5509 loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
;
5511 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5515 /* This routine will generate the correct assembly data for a location
5516 description based on a cfi entry with a complex address. */
5519 output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref cfi
, int for_eh
)
5521 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
5524 if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_expression
)
5527 DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
5528 dw2_asm_output_data (1, r
, NULL
);
5529 loc
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_loc
;
5532 loc
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
;
5534 /* Output the size of the block. */
5535 size
= size_of_locs (loc
);
5536 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size
, NULL
);
5538 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
5539 output_loc_sequence (loc
, for_eh
);
5542 /* Similar, but used for .cfi_escape. */
5545 output_cfa_loc_raw (dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
5547 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
5550 if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_expression
)
5553 DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
5554 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "%#x,", r
);
5555 loc
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_loc
;
5558 loc
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
;
5560 /* Output the size of the block. */
5561 size
= size_of_locs (loc
);
5562 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (size
);
5563 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5565 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
5566 output_loc_sequence_raw (loc
);
5569 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence from a
5570 dw_cfa_location, adding the given OFFSET to the result of the
5573 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*
5574 build_cfa_loc (dw_cfa_location
*cfa
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
5576 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*head
, *tmp
;
5578 offset
+= cfa
->offset
;
5582 head
= new_reg_loc_descr (cfa
->reg
, cfa
->base_offset
);
5583 head
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
5584 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
5585 add_loc_descr (&head
, tmp
);
5588 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, offset
, 0);
5589 add_loc_descr (&head
, tmp
);
5593 head
= new_reg_loc_descr (cfa
->reg
, offset
);
5598 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence for
5599 the address at OFFSET from the CFA when stack is aligned to
5602 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*
5603 build_cfa_aligned_loc (HOST_WIDE_INT offset
, HOST_WIDE_INT alignment
)
5605 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*head
;
5606 unsigned int dwarf_fp
5607 = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
);
5609 /* When CFA is defined as FP+OFFSET, emulate stack alignment. */
5610 if (cfa
.reg
== HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
&& cfa
.indirect
== 0)
5612 head
= new_reg_loc_descr (dwarf_fp
, 0);
5613 add_loc_descr (&head
, int_loc_descriptor (alignment
));
5614 add_loc_descr (&head
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
5615 loc_descr_plus_const (&head
, offset
);
5618 head
= new_reg_loc_descr (dwarf_fp
, offset
);
5622 /* This function fills in aa dw_cfa_location structure from a dwarf location
5623 descriptor sequence. */
5626 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location
*cfa
, struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*loc
)
5628 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*ptr
;
5630 cfa
->base_offset
= 0;
5634 for (ptr
= loc
; ptr
!= NULL
; ptr
= ptr
->dw_loc_next
)
5636 enum dwarf_location_atom op
= ptr
->dw_loc_opc
;
5672 cfa
->reg
= op
- DW_OP_reg0
;
5675 cfa
->reg
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
5709 cfa
->reg
= op
- DW_OP_breg0
;
5710 cfa
->base_offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
5713 cfa
->reg
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
5714 cfa
->base_offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
;
5719 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
5720 cfa
->offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
;
5723 internal_error ("DW_LOC_OP %s not implemented",
5724 dwarf_stack_op_name (ptr
->dw_loc_opc
));
5729 /* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */
5731 /* .debug_str support. */
5732 static int output_indirect_string (void **, void *);
5734 static void dwarf2out_init (const char *);
5735 static void dwarf2out_finish (const char *);
5736 static void dwarf2out_assembly_start (void);
5737 static void dwarf2out_define (unsigned int, const char *);
5738 static void dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int, const char *);
5739 static void dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned, const char *);
5740 static void dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned);
5741 static void dwarf2out_function_decl (tree
);
5742 static void dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned, unsigned);
5743 static void dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned, unsigned);
5744 static bool dwarf2out_ignore_block (const_tree
);
5745 static void dwarf2out_global_decl (tree
);
5746 static void dwarf2out_type_decl (tree
, int);
5747 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree
, tree
, tree
, bool);
5748 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (tree
, tree
, tree
,
5750 static void dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree
);
5751 static void dwarf2out_var_location (rtx
);
5752 static void dwarf2out_begin_function (tree
);
5753 static void dwarf2out_set_name (tree
, tree
);
5755 /* The debug hooks structure. */
5757 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks
=
5761 dwarf2out_assembly_start
,
5764 dwarf2out_start_source_file
,
5765 dwarf2out_end_source_file
,
5766 dwarf2out_begin_block
,
5767 dwarf2out_end_block
,
5768 dwarf2out_ignore_block
,
5769 dwarf2out_source_line
,
5770 dwarf2out_begin_prologue
,
5771 #if VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
5772 dwarf2out_vms_end_prologue
,
5773 dwarf2out_vms_begin_epilogue
,
5775 debug_nothing_int_charstar
,
5776 debug_nothing_int_charstar
,
5778 dwarf2out_end_epilogue
,
5779 dwarf2out_begin_function
,
5780 debug_nothing_int
, /* end_function */
5781 dwarf2out_function_decl
, /* function_decl */
5782 dwarf2out_global_decl
,
5783 dwarf2out_type_decl
, /* type_decl */
5784 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl
,
5785 debug_nothing_tree
, /* deferred_inline_function */
5786 /* The DWARF 2 backend tries to reduce debugging bloat by not
5787 emitting the abstract description of inline functions until
5788 something tries to reference them. */
5789 dwarf2out_abstract_function
, /* outlining_inline_function */
5790 debug_nothing_rtx
, /* label */
5791 debug_nothing_int
, /* handle_pch */
5792 dwarf2out_var_location
,
5793 dwarf2out_switch_text_section
,
5795 1, /* start_end_main_source_file */
5796 TYPE_SYMTAB_IS_DIE
/* tree_type_symtab_field */
5799 /* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to
5800 "Debugging Information Entries". This term is abbreviated as `DIE'
5801 throughout the remainder of this file. */
5803 /* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then
5804 walked to generate the DWARF debugging info. The walk of the internal
5805 representation is done after the entire program has been compiled.
5806 The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */
5808 /* Whether to put type DIEs into their own section .debug_types instead
5809 of making them part of the .debug_info section. Only supported for
5810 Dwarf V4 or higher and the user didn't disable them through
5811 -fno-debug-types-section. It is more efficient to put them in a
5812 separate comdat sections since the linker will then be able to
5813 remove duplicates. But not all tools support .debug_types sections
5816 #define use_debug_types (dwarf_version >= 4 && flag_debug_types_section)
5818 /* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the
5819 .debug_info section to refer to each other. */
5821 typedef long int dw_offset
;
5823 /* Define typedefs here to avoid circular dependencies. */
5825 typedef struct dw_attr_struct
*dw_attr_ref
;
5826 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct
*dw_line_info_ref
;
5827 typedef struct pubname_struct
*pubname_ref
;
5828 typedef struct dw_ranges_struct
*dw_ranges_ref
;
5829 typedef struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct
*dw_ranges_by_label_ref
;
5830 typedef struct comdat_type_struct
*comdat_type_node_ref
;
5832 /* The entries in the line_info table more-or-less mirror the opcodes
5833 that are used in the real dwarf line table. Arrays of these entries
5834 are collected per section when DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO is not
5837 enum dw_line_info_opcode
{
5838 /* Emit DW_LNE_set_address; the operand is the label index. */
5841 /* Emit a row to the matrix with the given line. This may be done
5842 via any combination of DW_LNS_copy, DW_LNS_advance_line, and
5846 /* Emit a DW_LNS_set_file. */
5849 /* Emit a DW_LNS_set_column. */
5852 /* Emit a DW_LNS_negate_stmt; the operand is ignored. */
5855 /* Emit a DW_LNS_set_prologue_end/epilogue_begin; the operand is ignored. */
5856 LI_set_prologue_end
,
5857 LI_set_epilogue_begin
,
5859 /* Emit a DW_LNE_set_discriminator. */
5860 LI_set_discriminator
5863 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_line_info_struct
{
5864 enum dw_line_info_opcode opcode
;
5866 } dw_line_info_entry
;
5868 DEF_VEC_O(dw_line_info_entry
);
5869 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(dw_line_info_entry
, gc
);
5871 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_line_info_table_struct
{
5872 /* The label that marks the end of this section. */
5873 const char *end_label
;
5875 /* The values for the last row of the matrix, as collected in the table.
5876 These are used to minimize the changes to the next row. */
5877 unsigned int file_num
;
5878 unsigned int line_num
;
5879 unsigned int column_num
;
5884 VEC(dw_line_info_entry
, gc
) *entries
;
5885 } dw_line_info_table
;
5887 typedef dw_line_info_table
*dw_line_info_table_p
;
5889 DEF_VEC_P(dw_line_info_table_p
);
5890 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_P(dw_line_info_table_p
, gc
);
5892 /* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind,
5893 a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value.
5894 Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify. */
5896 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_attr_struct
{
5897 enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr
;
5898 dw_val_node dw_attr_val
;
5902 DEF_VEC_O(dw_attr_node
);
5903 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(dw_attr_node
,gc
);
5905 /* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure. DIEs form a tree.
5906 The children of each node form a circular list linked by
5907 die_sib. die_child points to the node *before* the "first" child node. */
5909 typedef struct GTY((chain_circular ("%h.die_sib"))) die_struct
{
5910 union die_symbol_or_type_node
5912 char * GTY ((tag ("0"))) die_symbol
;
5913 comdat_type_node_ref
GTY ((tag ("1"))) die_type_node
;
5915 GTY ((desc ("use_debug_types"))) die_id
;
5916 VEC(dw_attr_node
,gc
) * die_attr
;
5917 dw_die_ref die_parent
;
5918 dw_die_ref die_child
;
5920 dw_die_ref die_definition
; /* ref from a specification to its definition */
5921 dw_offset die_offset
;
5922 unsigned long die_abbrev
;
5924 /* Die is used and must not be pruned as unused. */
5925 int die_perennial_p
;
5926 unsigned int decl_id
;
5927 enum dwarf_tag die_tag
;
5931 /* Evaluate 'expr' while 'c' is set to each child of DIE in order. */
5932 #define FOR_EACH_CHILD(die, c, expr) do { \
5933 c = die->die_child; \
5937 } while (c != die->die_child); \
5940 /* The pubname structure */
5942 typedef struct GTY(()) pubname_struct
{
5948 DEF_VEC_O(pubname_entry
);
5949 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(pubname_entry
, gc
);
5951 struct GTY(()) dw_ranges_struct
{
5952 /* If this is positive, it's a block number, otherwise it's a
5953 bitwise-negated index into dw_ranges_by_label. */
5957 /* A structure to hold a macinfo entry. */
5959 typedef struct GTY(()) macinfo_struct
{
5960 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT code
;
5961 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT lineno
;
5966 DEF_VEC_O(macinfo_entry
);
5967 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(macinfo_entry
, gc
);
5969 struct GTY(()) dw_ranges_by_label_struct
{
5974 /* The comdat type node structure. */
5975 typedef struct GTY(()) comdat_type_struct
5977 dw_die_ref root_die
;
5978 dw_die_ref type_die
;
5979 char signature
[DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
];
5980 struct comdat_type_struct
*next
;
5984 /* The limbo die list structure. */
5985 typedef struct GTY(()) limbo_die_struct
{
5988 struct limbo_die_struct
*next
;
5992 typedef struct skeleton_chain_struct
5996 struct skeleton_chain_struct
*parent
;
5998 skeleton_chain_node
;
6000 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
6001 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
6002 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
6005 /* Define a macro which returns nonzero for a TYPE_DECL which was
6006 implicitly generated for a tagged type.
6008 Note that unlike the gcc front end (which generates a NULL named
6009 TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type, and
6010 each function type node created) the g++ front end generates a
6011 _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
6012 These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to
6013 generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. */
6015 #define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \
6016 (DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \
6017 || (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \
6018 && is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)) \
6019 && ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \
6020 /* This is necessary for stub decls that \
6021 appear in nested inline functions. */ \
6022 || (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \
6023 && (decl_ultimate_origin (decl) \
6024 == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)))))))
6026 /* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming
6027 language, and compiler version. */
6029 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header. */
6030 #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
6031 (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 3)
6033 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF comdat type unit header. */
6034 #define DWARF_COMDAT_TYPE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
6035 (DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE \
6036 + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
6038 /* Fixed size portion of public names info. */
6039 #define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2)
6041 /* Fixed size portion of the address range info. */
6042 #define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE \
6043 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
6044 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
6045 - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE)
6047 /* Size of padding portion in the address range info. It must be
6048 aligned to twice the pointer size. */
6049 #define DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE \
6050 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
6051 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
6052 - (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4))
6054 /* Use assembler line directives if available. */
6055 #ifndef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
6056 #ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_LINE
6057 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 1
6059 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 0
6063 /* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode.
6064 This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values. */
6065 #define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10
6067 /* First special line opcode - leave room for the standard opcodes. */
6068 #define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE ((int)DW_LNS_set_isa + 1)
6070 /* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */
6071 #define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1)
6073 /* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag.
6074 In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as
6075 the beginning of a source statement, because that information
6076 is not made available by the GCC front-end. */
6077 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1
6079 /* Maximum number of operations per instruction bundle. */
6080 #ifndef DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_MAX_OPS_PER_INSN
6081 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_MAX_OPS_PER_INSN 1
6084 /* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track
6085 the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section. */
6086 static unsigned long next_die_offset
;
6088 /* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
6089 static GTY(()) dw_die_ref single_comp_unit_die
;
6091 /* A list of type DIEs that have been separated into comdat sections. */
6092 static GTY(()) comdat_type_node
*comdat_type_list
;
6094 /* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated. */
6095 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node
*limbo_die_list
;
6097 /* A list of DIEs for which we may have to generate
6098 DW_AT_{,MIPS_}linkage_name once their DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAMEs are set. */
6099 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node
*deferred_asm_name
;
6101 /* Filenames referenced by this compilation unit. */
6102 static GTY((param_is (struct dwarf_file_data
))) htab_t file_table
;
6104 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe declarations.
6105 The key is a DECL_UID() which is a unique number identifying each decl. */
6106 static GTY ((param_is (struct die_struct
))) htab_t decl_die_table
;
6108 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe COMMON blocks.
6109 The key is DECL_UID() ^ die_parent. */
6110 static GTY ((param_is (struct die_struct
))) htab_t common_block_die_table
;
6112 typedef struct GTY(()) die_arg_entry_struct
{
6117 DEF_VEC_O(die_arg_entry
);
6118 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(die_arg_entry
,gc
);
6120 /* Node of the variable location list. */
6121 struct GTY ((chain_next ("%h.next"))) var_loc_node
{
6122 /* Either NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION, or, for SRA optimized variables,
6123 EXPR_LIST chain. For small bitsizes, bitsize is encoded
6124 in mode of the EXPR_LIST node and first EXPR_LIST operand
6125 is either NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION for a piece with a known
6126 location or NULL for padding. For larger bitsizes,
6127 mode is 0 and first operand is a CONCAT with bitsize
6128 as first CONCAT operand and NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION resp.
6129 NULL as second operand. */
6131 const char * GTY (()) label
;
6132 struct var_loc_node
* GTY (()) next
;
6135 /* Variable location list. */
6136 struct GTY (()) var_loc_list_def
{
6137 struct var_loc_node
* GTY (()) first
;
6139 /* Pointer to the last but one or last element of the
6140 chained list. If the list is empty, both first and
6141 last are NULL, if the list contains just one node
6142 or the last node certainly is not redundant, it points
6143 to the last node, otherwise points to the last but one.
6144 Do not mark it for GC because it is marked through the chain. */
6145 struct var_loc_node
* GTY ((skip ("%h"))) last
;
6147 /* Pointer to the last element before section switch,
6148 if NULL, either sections weren't switched or first
6149 is after section switch. */
6150 struct var_loc_node
* GTY ((skip ("%h"))) last_before_switch
;
6152 /* DECL_UID of the variable decl. */
6153 unsigned int decl_id
;
6155 typedef struct var_loc_list_def var_loc_list
;
6157 /* Call argument location list. */
6158 struct GTY ((chain_next ("%h.next"))) call_arg_loc_node
{
6159 rtx
GTY (()) call_arg_loc_note
;
6160 const char * GTY (()) label
;
6161 tree
GTY (()) block
;
6163 rtx
GTY (()) symbol_ref
;
6164 struct call_arg_loc_node
* GTY (()) next
;
6168 /* Table of decl location linked lists. */
6169 static GTY ((param_is (var_loc_list
))) htab_t decl_loc_table
;
6171 /* Head and tail of call_arg_loc chain. */
6172 static GTY (()) struct call_arg_loc_node
*call_arg_locations
;
6173 static struct call_arg_loc_node
*call_arg_loc_last
;
6175 /* Number of call sites in the current function. */
6176 static int call_site_count
= -1;
6177 /* Number of tail call sites in the current function. */
6178 static int tail_call_site_count
= -1;
6180 /* Vector mapping block numbers to DW_TAG_{lexical_block,inlined_subroutine}
6182 static VEC (dw_die_ref
, heap
) *block_map
;
6184 /* A cached location list. */
6185 struct GTY (()) cached_dw_loc_list_def
{
6186 /* The DECL_UID of the decl that this entry describes. */
6187 unsigned int decl_id
;
6189 /* The cached location list. */
6190 dw_loc_list_ref loc_list
;
6192 typedef struct cached_dw_loc_list_def cached_dw_loc_list
;
6194 /* Table of cached location lists. */
6195 static GTY ((param_is (cached_dw_loc_list
))) htab_t cached_dw_loc_list_table
;
6197 /* A pointer to the base of a list of references to DIE's that
6198 are uniquely identified by their tag, presence/absence of
6199 children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */
6200 static GTY((length ("abbrev_die_table_allocated")))
6201 dw_die_ref
*abbrev_die_table
;
6203 /* Number of elements currently allocated for abbrev_die_table. */
6204 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_allocated
;
6206 /* Number of elements in type_die_table currently in use. */
6207 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_in_use
;
6209 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
6210 abbrev_die_table. */
6211 #define ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
6213 /* A global counter for generating labels for line number data. */
6214 static unsigned int line_info_label_num
;
6216 /* The current table to which we should emit line number information
6217 for the current function. This will be set up at the beginning of
6218 assembly for the function. */
6219 static dw_line_info_table
*cur_line_info_table
;
6221 /* The two default tables of line number info. */
6222 static GTY(()) dw_line_info_table
*text_section_line_info
;
6223 static GTY(()) dw_line_info_table
*cold_text_section_line_info
;
6225 /* The set of all non-default tables of line number info. */
6226 static GTY(()) VEC (dw_line_info_table_p
, gc
) *separate_line_info
;
6228 /* A flag to tell pubnames/types export if there is an info section to
6230 static bool info_section_emitted
;
6232 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
6233 accessible names. */
6234 static GTY (()) VEC (pubname_entry
, gc
) * pubname_table
;
6236 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
6237 accessible types. */
6238 static GTY (()) VEC (pubname_entry
, gc
) * pubtype_table
;
6240 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of macro
6241 defines/undefines (and file start/end markers). */
6242 static GTY (()) VEC (macinfo_entry
, gc
) * macinfo_table
;
6244 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_ranges info. */
6245 static GTY ((length ("ranges_table_allocated"))) dw_ranges_ref ranges_table
;
6247 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_table. */
6248 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_allocated
;
6250 /* Number of elements in ranges_table currently in use. */
6251 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_in_use
;
6253 /* Array of pairs of labels referenced in ranges_table. */
6254 static GTY ((length ("ranges_by_label_allocated")))
6255 dw_ranges_by_label_ref ranges_by_label
;
6257 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_by_label. */
6258 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_by_label_allocated
;
6260 /* Number of elements in ranges_by_label currently in use. */
6261 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_by_label_in_use
;
6263 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
6265 #define RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
6267 /* Whether we have location lists that need outputting */
6268 static GTY(()) bool have_location_lists
;
6270 /* Unique label counter. */
6271 static GTY(()) unsigned int loclabel_num
;
6273 /* Unique label counter for point-of-call tables. */
6274 static GTY(()) unsigned int poc_label_num
;
6276 /* Record whether the function being analyzed contains inlined functions. */
6277 static int current_function_has_inlines
;
6279 /* The last file entry emitted by maybe_emit_file(). */
6280 static GTY(()) struct dwarf_file_data
* last_emitted_file
;
6282 /* Number of internal labels generated by gen_internal_sym(). */
6283 static GTY(()) int label_num
;
6285 /* Cached result of previous call to lookup_filename. */
6286 static GTY(()) struct dwarf_file_data
* file_table_last_lookup
;
6288 static GTY(()) VEC(die_arg_entry
,gc
) *tmpl_value_parm_die_table
;
6290 /* Instances of generic types for which we need to generate debug
6291 info that describe their generic parameters and arguments. That
6292 generation needs to happen once all types are properly laid out so
6293 we do it at the end of compilation. */
6294 static GTY(()) VEC(tree
,gc
) *generic_type_instances
;
6296 /* Offset from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the frame base,
6297 within the current function. */
6298 static HOST_WIDE_INT frame_pointer_fb_offset
;
6300 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
6302 static int is_pseudo_reg (const_rtx
);
6303 static tree
type_main_variant (tree
);
6304 static int is_tagged_type (const_tree
);
6305 static const char *dwarf_tag_name (unsigned);
6306 static const char *dwarf_attr_name (unsigned);
6307 static const char *dwarf_form_name (unsigned);
6308 static tree
decl_ultimate_origin (const_tree
);
6309 static tree
decl_class_context (tree
);
6310 static void add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref
, dw_attr_ref
);
6311 static inline enum dw_val_class
AT_class (dw_attr_ref
);
6312 static void add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned);
6313 static inline unsigned AT_flag (dw_attr_ref
);
6314 static void add_AT_int (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
6315 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
AT_int (dw_attr_ref
);
6316 static void add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
6317 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref
);
6318 static void add_AT_double (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
6319 HOST_WIDE_INT
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
6320 static inline void add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned int,
6321 unsigned int, unsigned char *);
6322 static void add_AT_data8 (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned char *);
6323 static hashval_t
debug_str_do_hash (const void *);
6324 static int debug_str_eq (const void *, const void *);
6325 static void add_AT_string (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
6326 static inline const char *AT_string (dw_attr_ref
);
6327 static enum dwarf_form
AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref
);
6328 static void add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, dw_die_ref
);
6329 static void add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
6330 static inline dw_die_ref
AT_ref (dw_attr_ref
);
6331 static inline int AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref
);
6332 static inline void set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref
, int);
6333 static void add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned);
6334 static void add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, dw_loc_descr_ref
);
6335 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
AT_loc (dw_attr_ref
);
6336 static void add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
6338 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref
);
6339 static void add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, rtx
);
6340 static inline rtx
AT_addr (dw_attr_ref
);
6341 static void add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
6342 static void add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
6343 static void add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
6344 static void add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
6345 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
6346 static void add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
6348 static inline const char *AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref
);
6349 static dw_attr_ref
get_AT (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
6350 static const char *get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref
);
6351 static const char *get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref
);
6352 static const char *get_AT_string (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
6353 static int get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
6354 static unsigned get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
6355 static inline dw_die_ref
get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
6356 static bool is_cxx (void);
6357 static bool is_fortran (void);
6358 static bool is_ada (void);
6359 static void remove_AT (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
6360 static void remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_tag
);
6361 static void add_child_die (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
6362 static dw_die_ref
new_die (enum dwarf_tag
, dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6363 static dw_die_ref
lookup_type_die (tree
);
6364 static dw_die_ref
strip_naming_typedef (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6365 static dw_die_ref
lookup_type_die_strip_naming_typedef (tree
);
6366 static void equate_type_number_to_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6367 static hashval_t
decl_die_table_hash (const void *);
6368 static int decl_die_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
6369 static dw_die_ref
lookup_decl_die (tree
);
6370 static hashval_t
common_block_die_table_hash (const void *);
6371 static int common_block_die_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
6372 static hashval_t
decl_loc_table_hash (const void *);
6373 static int decl_loc_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
6374 static var_loc_list
*lookup_decl_loc (const_tree
);
6375 static void equate_decl_number_to_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6376 static struct var_loc_node
*add_var_loc_to_decl (tree
, rtx
, const char *);
6377 static void print_spaces (FILE *);
6378 static void print_die (dw_die_ref
, FILE *);
6379 static dw_die_ref
push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
6380 static dw_die_ref
pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref
);
6381 static void loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*);
6382 static void attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
6383 static void die_checksum (dw_die_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
6384 static void checksum_sleb128 (HOST_WIDE_INT
, struct md5_ctx
*);
6385 static void checksum_uleb128 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
, struct md5_ctx
*);
6386 static void loc_checksum_ordered (dw_loc_descr_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*);
6387 static void attr_checksum_ordered (enum dwarf_tag
, dw_attr_ref
,
6388 struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
6389 struct checksum_attributes
;
6390 static void collect_checksum_attributes (struct checksum_attributes
*, dw_die_ref
);
6391 static void die_checksum_ordered (dw_die_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
6392 static void checksum_die_context (dw_die_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*);
6393 static void generate_type_signature (dw_die_ref
, comdat_type_node
*);
6394 static int same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref
, dw_loc_descr_ref
, int *);
6395 static int same_dw_val_p (const dw_val_node
*, const dw_val_node
*, int *);
6396 static int same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref
, dw_attr_ref
, int *);
6397 static int same_die_p (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
, int *);
6398 static int same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
6399 static void compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref
);
6400 static int is_type_die (dw_die_ref
);
6401 static int is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref
);
6402 static int is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref
);
6403 static void assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref
);
6404 static void break_out_includes (dw_die_ref
);
6405 static int is_declaration_die (dw_die_ref
);
6406 static int should_move_die_to_comdat (dw_die_ref
);
6407 static dw_die_ref
clone_as_declaration (dw_die_ref
);
6408 static dw_die_ref
clone_die (dw_die_ref
);
6409 static dw_die_ref
clone_tree (dw_die_ref
);
6410 static void copy_declaration_context (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
6411 static void generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (skeleton_chain_node
*);
6412 static void generate_skeleton_bottom_up (skeleton_chain_node
*);
6413 static dw_die_ref
generate_skeleton (dw_die_ref
);
6414 static dw_die_ref
remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (dw_die_ref
,
6416 static void break_out_comdat_types (dw_die_ref
);
6417 static dw_die_ref
copy_ancestor_tree (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
, htab_t
);
6418 static void copy_decls_walk (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
, htab_t
);
6419 static void copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (dw_die_ref
);
6421 static hashval_t
htab_cu_hash (const void *);
6422 static int htab_cu_eq (const void *, const void *);
6423 static void htab_cu_del (void *);
6424 static int check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref
, htab_t
, unsigned *);
6425 static void record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref
, htab_t
, unsigned);
6426 static void add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref
);
6427 static void build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref
);
6428 static void output_location_lists (dw_die_ref
);
6429 static int constant_size (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
6430 static unsigned long size_of_die (dw_die_ref
);
6431 static void calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref
);
6432 static void mark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
6433 static void unmark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
6434 static void unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref
);
6435 static unsigned long size_of_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry
,gc
) *);
6436 static unsigned long size_of_aranges (void);
6437 static enum dwarf_form
value_format (dw_attr_ref
);
6438 static void output_value_format (dw_attr_ref
);
6439 static void output_abbrev_section (void);
6440 static void output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref
);
6441 static void output_die (dw_die_ref
);
6442 static void output_compilation_unit_header (void);
6443 static void output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref
, int);
6444 static void output_comdat_type_unit (comdat_type_node
*);
6445 static const char *dwarf2_name (tree
, int);
6446 static void add_pubname (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6447 static void add_pubname_string (const char *, dw_die_ref
);
6448 static void add_pubtype (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6449 static void output_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry
,gc
) *);
6450 static void output_aranges (unsigned long);
6451 static unsigned int add_ranges_num (int);
6452 static unsigned int add_ranges (const_tree
);
6453 static void add_ranges_by_labels (dw_die_ref
, const char *, const char *,
6455 static void output_ranges (void);
6456 static dw_line_info_table
*new_line_info_table (void);
6457 static void output_line_info (void);
6458 static void output_file_names (void);
6459 static dw_die_ref
base_type_die (tree
);
6460 static int is_base_type (tree
);
6461 static dw_die_ref
subrange_type_die (tree
, tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6462 static dw_die_ref
modified_type_die (tree
, int, int, dw_die_ref
);
6463 static dw_die_ref
generic_parameter_die (tree
, tree
, bool, dw_die_ref
);
6464 static dw_die_ref
template_parameter_pack_die (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6465 static int type_is_enum (const_tree
);
6466 static unsigned int dbx_reg_number (const_rtx
);
6467 static void add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref
*, int);
6468 static dw_loc_descr_ref
reg_loc_descriptor (rtx
, enum var_init_status
);
6469 static dw_loc_descr_ref
one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int,
6470 enum var_init_status
);
6471 static dw_loc_descr_ref
multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx
, rtx
,
6472 enum var_init_status
);
6473 static dw_loc_descr_ref
based_loc_descr (rtx
, HOST_WIDE_INT
,
6474 enum var_init_status
);
6475 static int is_based_loc (const_rtx
);
6476 static int resolve_one_addr (rtx
*, void *);
6477 static dw_loc_descr_ref
concat_loc_descriptor (rtx
, rtx
,
6478 enum var_init_status
);
6479 static dw_loc_descr_ref
loc_descriptor (rtx
, enum machine_mode mode
,
6480 enum var_init_status
);
6481 static dw_loc_list_ref
loc_list_from_tree (tree
, int);
6482 static dw_loc_descr_ref
loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree
, int);
6483 static HOST_WIDE_INT
ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT
, unsigned int);
6484 static tree
field_type (const_tree
);
6485 static unsigned int simple_type_align_in_bits (const_tree
);
6486 static unsigned int simple_decl_align_in_bits (const_tree
);
6487 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
simple_type_size_in_bits (const_tree
);
6488 static HOST_WIDE_INT
field_byte_offset (const_tree
);
6489 static void add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
6491 static void add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6492 static bool add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, rtx
);
6493 static void insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT
, unsigned, unsigned char *);
6494 static void insert_double (double_int
, unsigned char *);
6495 static void insert_float (const_rtx
, unsigned char *);
6496 static rtx
rtl_for_decl_location (tree
);
6497 static bool add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
, bool,
6498 enum dwarf_attribute
);
6499 static bool tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6500 static bool tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6501 static void add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref
, const char *);
6502 static void add_gnat_descriptive_type_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6503 static void add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref
);
6504 static void add_bound_info (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, tree
);
6505 static void add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref
, tree
, bool);
6506 static void add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6507 static void add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6508 static void add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6509 static void add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6510 static dw_die_ref
add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6511 static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6512 static void add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6513 static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6514 static void push_decl_scope (tree
);
6515 static void pop_decl_scope (void);
6516 static dw_die_ref
scope_die_for (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6517 static inline int local_scope_p (dw_die_ref
);
6518 static inline int class_scope_p (dw_die_ref
);
6519 static inline int class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref
);
6520 static void add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
, int, int, dw_die_ref
);
6521 static void add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6522 static const char *type_tag (const_tree
);
6523 static tree
member_declared_type (const_tree
);
6525 static const char *decl_start_label (tree
);
6527 static void gen_array_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6528 static void gen_descr_array_type_die (tree
, struct array_descr_info
*, dw_die_ref
);
6530 static void gen_entry_point_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6532 static dw_die_ref
gen_enumeration_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6533 static dw_die_ref
gen_formal_parameter_die (tree
, tree
, bool, dw_die_ref
);
6534 static dw_die_ref
gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
, tree
*);
6535 static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6536 static void gen_formal_types_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6537 static void gen_subprogram_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6538 static void gen_variable_die (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6539 static void gen_const_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6540 static void gen_label_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6541 static void gen_lexical_block_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
6542 static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
6543 static void gen_field_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6544 static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6545 static dw_die_ref
gen_compile_unit_die (const char *);
6546 static void gen_inheritance_die (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6547 static void gen_member_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6548 static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
,
6549 enum debug_info_usage
);
6550 static void gen_subroutine_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6551 static void gen_typedef_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6552 static void gen_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6553 static void gen_block_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
6554 static void decls_for_scope (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
6555 static int is_redundant_typedef (const_tree
);
6556 static bool is_naming_typedef_decl (const_tree
);
6557 static inline dw_die_ref
get_context_die (tree
);
6558 static void gen_namespace_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6559 static dw_die_ref
gen_decl_die (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6560 static dw_die_ref
force_decl_die (tree
);
6561 static dw_die_ref
force_type_die (tree
);
6562 static dw_die_ref
setup_namespace_context (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6563 static dw_die_ref
declare_in_namespace (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6564 static struct dwarf_file_data
* lookup_filename (const char *);
6565 static void retry_incomplete_types (void);
6566 static void gen_type_die_for_member (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6567 static void gen_generic_params_dies (tree
);
6568 static void gen_tagged_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, enum debug_info_usage
);
6569 static void gen_type_die_with_usage (tree
, dw_die_ref
, enum debug_info_usage
);
6570 static void splice_child_die (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
6571 static int file_info_cmp (const void *, const void *);
6572 static dw_loc_list_ref
new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref
, const char *,
6573 const char *, const char *);
6574 static void output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref
);
6575 static char *gen_internal_sym (const char *);
6577 static void prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
6578 static void prune_unused_types_mark_generic_parms_dies (dw_die_ref
);
6579 static void prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref
, int);
6580 static void prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref
);
6581 static void prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref
);
6582 static void prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref
);
6583 static void prune_unused_types (void);
6584 static int maybe_emit_file (struct dwarf_file_data
*fd
);
6585 static inline const char *AT_vms_delta1 (dw_attr_ref
);
6586 static inline const char *AT_vms_delta2 (dw_attr_ref
);
6587 static inline void add_AT_vms_delta (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
6588 const char *, const char *);
6589 static void append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6590 static void gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute (void);
6591 static bool generic_type_p (tree
);
6592 static void schedule_generic_params_dies_gen (tree t
);
6593 static void gen_scheduled_generic_parms_dies (void);
6595 /* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information. */
6596 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
6597 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info"
6599 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
6600 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev"
6602 #ifndef DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
6603 #define DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION ".debug_aranges"
6605 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
6606 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo"
6608 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
6609 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line"
6611 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
6612 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc"
6614 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
6615 #define DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION ".debug_pubnames"
6617 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION
6618 #define DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION ".debug_pubtypes"
6620 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_SECTION
6621 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION ".debug_str"
6623 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
6624 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION ".debug_ranges"
6627 /* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data. */
6628 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_NAME
6629 #define TEXT_SECTION_NAME ".text"
6632 /* Section flags for .debug_str section. */
6633 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS \
6634 (HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE && flag_merge_debug_strings \
6635 ? SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS | 1 \
6638 /* Labels we insert at beginning sections we can reference instead of
6639 the section names themselves. */
6641 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
6642 #define TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext"
6644 #ifndef COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
6645 #define COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext_cold"
6647 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
6648 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_line"
6650 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
6651 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_info"
6653 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
6654 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_abbrev"
6656 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
6657 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_loc"
6659 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
6660 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_ranges"
6662 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
6663 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macinfo"
6667 /* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special
6668 (artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g
6669 options is used and DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect.
6670 If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but
6671 typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary. */
6673 static char text_end_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6674 static char text_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6675 static char cold_text_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6676 static char cold_end_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6677 static char abbrev_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6678 static char debug_info_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6679 static char debug_line_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6680 static char macinfo_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6681 static char loc_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6682 static char ranges_section_label
[2 * MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6684 #ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL
6685 #define TEXT_END_LABEL "Letext"
6687 #ifndef COLD_END_LABEL
6688 #define COLD_END_LABEL "Letext_cold"
6690 #ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
6691 #define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL "LBB"
6693 #ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL
6694 #define BLOCK_END_LABEL "LBE"
6696 #ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL
6697 #define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM"
6701 /* Return the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
6703 comp_unit_die (void)
6705 if (!single_comp_unit_die
)
6706 single_comp_unit_die
= gen_compile_unit_die (NULL
);
6707 return single_comp_unit_die
;
6710 /* We allow a language front-end to designate a function that is to be
6711 called to "demangle" any name before it is put into a DIE. */
6713 static const char *(*demangle_name_func
) (const char *);
6716 dwarf2out_set_demangle_name_func (const char *(*func
) (const char *))
6718 demangle_name_func
= func
;
6721 /* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register. */
6724 is_pseudo_reg (const_rtx rtl
)
6726 return ((REG_P (rtl
) && REGNO (rtl
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
6727 || (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SUBREG
6728 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (rtl
)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
));
6731 /* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers
6735 type_main_variant (tree type
)
6737 type
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
);
6739 /* ??? There really should be only one main variant among any group of
6740 variants of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all
6741 members of the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C
6742 front-end messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug
6744 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
6745 while (type
!= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
))
6746 type
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
);
6751 /* Return nonzero if the given type node represents a tagged type. */
6754 is_tagged_type (const_tree type
)
6756 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
6758 return (code
== RECORD_TYPE
|| code
== UNION_TYPE
6759 || code
== QUAL_UNION_TYPE
|| code
== ENUMERAL_TYPE
);
6762 /* Set label to debug_info_section_label + die_offset of a DIE reference. */
6765 get_ref_die_offset_label (char *label
, dw_die_ref ref
)
6767 sprintf (label
, "%s+%ld", debug_info_section_label
, ref
->die_offset
);
6770 /* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */
6773 dwarf_tag_name (unsigned int tag
)
6777 case DW_TAG_padding
:
6778 return "DW_TAG_padding";
6779 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
6780 return "DW_TAG_array_type";
6781 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
6782 return "DW_TAG_class_type";
6783 case DW_TAG_entry_point
:
6784 return "DW_TAG_entry_point";
6785 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
6786 return "DW_TAG_enumeration_type";
6787 case DW_TAG_formal_parameter
:
6788 return "DW_TAG_formal_parameter";
6789 case DW_TAG_imported_declaration
:
6790 return "DW_TAG_imported_declaration";
6792 return "DW_TAG_label";
6793 case DW_TAG_lexical_block
:
6794 return "DW_TAG_lexical_block";
6796 return "DW_TAG_member";
6797 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
6798 return "DW_TAG_pointer_type";
6799 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
6800 return "DW_TAG_reference_type";
6801 case DW_TAG_compile_unit
:
6802 return "DW_TAG_compile_unit";
6803 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
6804 return "DW_TAG_string_type";
6805 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
6806 return "DW_TAG_structure_type";
6807 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
6808 return "DW_TAG_subroutine_type";
6809 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
6810 return "DW_TAG_typedef";
6811 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
6812 return "DW_TAG_union_type";
6813 case DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters
:
6814 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters";
6815 case DW_TAG_variant
:
6816 return "DW_TAG_variant";
6817 case DW_TAG_common_block
:
6818 return "DW_TAG_common_block";
6819 case DW_TAG_common_inclusion
:
6820 return "DW_TAG_common_inclusion";
6821 case DW_TAG_inheritance
:
6822 return "DW_TAG_inheritance";
6823 case DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
:
6824 return "DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine";
6826 return "DW_TAG_module";
6827 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
6828 return "DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type";
6829 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
6830 return "DW_TAG_set_type";
6831 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
6832 return "DW_TAG_subrange_type";
6833 case DW_TAG_with_stmt
:
6834 return "DW_TAG_with_stmt";
6835 case DW_TAG_access_declaration
:
6836 return "DW_TAG_access_declaration";
6837 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
6838 return "DW_TAG_base_type";
6839 case DW_TAG_catch_block
:
6840 return "DW_TAG_catch_block";
6841 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
6842 return "DW_TAG_const_type";
6843 case DW_TAG_constant
:
6844 return "DW_TAG_constant";
6845 case DW_TAG_enumerator
:
6846 return "DW_TAG_enumerator";
6847 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
6848 return "DW_TAG_file_type";
6850 return "DW_TAG_friend";
6851 case DW_TAG_namelist
:
6852 return "DW_TAG_namelist";
6853 case DW_TAG_namelist_item
:
6854 return "DW_TAG_namelist_item";
6855 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
6856 return "DW_TAG_packed_type";
6857 case DW_TAG_subprogram
:
6858 return "DW_TAG_subprogram";
6859 case DW_TAG_template_type_param
:
6860 return "DW_TAG_template_type_param";
6861 case DW_TAG_template_value_param
:
6862 return "DW_TAG_template_value_param";
6863 case DW_TAG_thrown_type
:
6864 return "DW_TAG_thrown_type";
6865 case DW_TAG_try_block
:
6866 return "DW_TAG_try_block";
6867 case DW_TAG_variant_part
:
6868 return "DW_TAG_variant_part";
6869 case DW_TAG_variable
:
6870 return "DW_TAG_variable";
6871 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
6872 return "DW_TAG_volatile_type";
6873 case DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure
:
6874 return "DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure";
6875 case DW_TAG_restrict_type
:
6876 return "DW_TAG_restrict_type";
6877 case DW_TAG_interface_type
:
6878 return "DW_TAG_interface_type";
6879 case DW_TAG_namespace
:
6880 return "DW_TAG_namespace";
6881 case DW_TAG_imported_module
:
6882 return "DW_TAG_imported_module";
6883 case DW_TAG_unspecified_type
:
6884 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_type";
6885 case DW_TAG_partial_unit
:
6886 return "DW_TAG_partial_unit";
6887 case DW_TAG_imported_unit
:
6888 return "DW_TAG_imported_unit";
6889 case DW_TAG_condition
:
6890 return "DW_TAG_condition";
6891 case DW_TAG_shared_type
:
6892 return "DW_TAG_shared_type";
6893 case DW_TAG_type_unit
:
6894 return "DW_TAG_type_unit";
6895 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
:
6896 return "DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type";
6897 case DW_TAG_template_alias
:
6898 return "DW_TAG_template_alias";
6899 case DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack
:
6900 return "DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack";
6901 case DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack
:
6902 return "DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack";
6903 case DW_TAG_MIPS_loop
:
6904 return "DW_TAG_MIPS_loop";
6905 case DW_TAG_format_label
:
6906 return "DW_TAG_format_label";
6907 case DW_TAG_function_template
:
6908 return "DW_TAG_function_template";
6909 case DW_TAG_class_template
:
6910 return "DW_TAG_class_template";
6911 case DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
:
6912 return "DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL";
6913 case DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
:
6914 return "DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL";
6915 case DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param
:
6916 return "DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param";
6917 case DW_TAG_GNU_call_site
:
6918 return "DW_TAG_GNU_call_site";
6919 case DW_TAG_GNU_call_site_parameter
:
6920 return "DW_TAG_GNU_call_site_parameter";
6922 return "DW_TAG_<unknown>";
6926 /* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name. */
6929 dwarf_attr_name (unsigned int attr
)
6934 return "DW_AT_sibling";
6935 case DW_AT_location
:
6936 return "DW_AT_location";
6938 return "DW_AT_name";
6939 case DW_AT_ordering
:
6940 return "DW_AT_ordering";
6941 case DW_AT_subscr_data
:
6942 return "DW_AT_subscr_data";
6943 case DW_AT_byte_size
:
6944 return "DW_AT_byte_size";
6945 case DW_AT_bit_offset
:
6946 return "DW_AT_bit_offset";
6947 case DW_AT_bit_size
:
6948 return "DW_AT_bit_size";
6949 case DW_AT_element_list
:
6950 return "DW_AT_element_list";
6951 case DW_AT_stmt_list
:
6952 return "DW_AT_stmt_list";
6954 return "DW_AT_low_pc";
6956 return "DW_AT_high_pc";
6957 case DW_AT_language
:
6958 return "DW_AT_language";
6960 return "DW_AT_member";
6962 return "DW_AT_discr";
6963 case DW_AT_discr_value
:
6964 return "DW_AT_discr_value";
6965 case DW_AT_visibility
:
6966 return "DW_AT_visibility";
6968 return "DW_AT_import";
6969 case DW_AT_string_length
:
6970 return "DW_AT_string_length";
6971 case DW_AT_common_reference
:
6972 return "DW_AT_common_reference";
6973 case DW_AT_comp_dir
:
6974 return "DW_AT_comp_dir";
6975 case DW_AT_const_value
:
6976 return "DW_AT_const_value";
6977 case DW_AT_containing_type
:
6978 return "DW_AT_containing_type";
6979 case DW_AT_default_value
:
6980 return "DW_AT_default_value";
6982 return "DW_AT_inline";
6983 case DW_AT_is_optional
:
6984 return "DW_AT_is_optional";
6985 case DW_AT_lower_bound
:
6986 return "DW_AT_lower_bound";
6987 case DW_AT_producer
:
6988 return "DW_AT_producer";
6989 case DW_AT_prototyped
:
6990 return "DW_AT_prototyped";
6991 case DW_AT_return_addr
:
6992 return "DW_AT_return_addr";
6993 case DW_AT_start_scope
:
6994 return "DW_AT_start_scope";
6995 case DW_AT_bit_stride
:
6996 return "DW_AT_bit_stride";
6997 case DW_AT_upper_bound
:
6998 return "DW_AT_upper_bound";
6999 case DW_AT_abstract_origin
:
7000 return "DW_AT_abstract_origin";
7001 case DW_AT_accessibility
:
7002 return "DW_AT_accessibility";
7003 case DW_AT_address_class
:
7004 return "DW_AT_address_class";
7005 case DW_AT_artificial
:
7006 return "DW_AT_artificial";
7007 case DW_AT_base_types
:
7008 return "DW_AT_base_types";
7009 case DW_AT_calling_convention
:
7010 return "DW_AT_calling_convention";
7012 return "DW_AT_count";
7013 case DW_AT_data_member_location
:
7014 return "DW_AT_data_member_location";
7015 case DW_AT_decl_column
:
7016 return "DW_AT_decl_column";
7017 case DW_AT_decl_file
:
7018 return "DW_AT_decl_file";
7019 case DW_AT_decl_line
:
7020 return "DW_AT_decl_line";
7021 case DW_AT_declaration
:
7022 return "DW_AT_declaration";
7023 case DW_AT_discr_list
:
7024 return "DW_AT_discr_list";
7025 case DW_AT_encoding
:
7026 return "DW_AT_encoding";
7027 case DW_AT_external
:
7028 return "DW_AT_external";
7029 case DW_AT_explicit
:
7030 return "DW_AT_explicit";
7031 case DW_AT_frame_base
:
7032 return "DW_AT_frame_base";
7034 return "DW_AT_friend";
7035 case DW_AT_identifier_case
:
7036 return "DW_AT_identifier_case";
7037 case DW_AT_macro_info
:
7038 return "DW_AT_macro_info";
7039 case DW_AT_namelist_items
:
7040 return "DW_AT_namelist_items";
7041 case DW_AT_priority
:
7042 return "DW_AT_priority";
7044 return "DW_AT_segment";
7045 case DW_AT_specification
:
7046 return "DW_AT_specification";
7047 case DW_AT_static_link
:
7048 return "DW_AT_static_link";
7050 return "DW_AT_type";
7051 case DW_AT_use_location
:
7052 return "DW_AT_use_location";
7053 case DW_AT_variable_parameter
:
7054 return "DW_AT_variable_parameter";
7055 case DW_AT_virtuality
:
7056 return "DW_AT_virtuality";
7057 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
:
7058 return "DW_AT_vtable_elem_location";
7060 case DW_AT_allocated
:
7061 return "DW_AT_allocated";
7062 case DW_AT_associated
:
7063 return "DW_AT_associated";
7064 case DW_AT_data_location
:
7065 return "DW_AT_data_location";
7066 case DW_AT_byte_stride
:
7067 return "DW_AT_byte_stride";
7068 case DW_AT_entry_pc
:
7069 return "DW_AT_entry_pc";
7070 case DW_AT_use_UTF8
:
7071 return "DW_AT_use_UTF8";
7072 case DW_AT_extension
:
7073 return "DW_AT_extension";
7075 return "DW_AT_ranges";
7076 case DW_AT_trampoline
:
7077 return "DW_AT_trampoline";
7078 case DW_AT_call_column
:
7079 return "DW_AT_call_column";
7080 case DW_AT_call_file
:
7081 return "DW_AT_call_file";
7082 case DW_AT_call_line
:
7083 return "DW_AT_call_line";
7084 case DW_AT_object_pointer
:
7085 return "DW_AT_object_pointer";
7087 case DW_AT_signature
:
7088 return "DW_AT_signature";
7089 case DW_AT_main_subprogram
:
7090 return "DW_AT_main_subprogram";
7091 case DW_AT_data_bit_offset
:
7092 return "DW_AT_data_bit_offset";
7093 case DW_AT_const_expr
:
7094 return "DW_AT_const_expr";
7095 case DW_AT_enum_class
:
7096 return "DW_AT_enum_class";
7097 case DW_AT_linkage_name
:
7098 return "DW_AT_linkage_name";
7100 case DW_AT_MIPS_fde
:
7101 return "DW_AT_MIPS_fde";
7102 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin
:
7103 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin";
7104 case DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin
:
7105 return "DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin";
7106 case DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin
:
7107 return "DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin";
7108 #if VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
7109 case DW_AT_HP_prologue
:
7110 return "DW_AT_HP_prologue";
7112 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor
:
7113 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor";
7115 case DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth
:
7116 return "DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth";
7117 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
:
7118 return "DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name";
7119 #if VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
7120 case DW_AT_HP_epilogue
:
7121 return "DW_AT_HP_epilogue";
7123 case DW_AT_MIPS_stride
:
7124 return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride";
7126 case DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name
:
7127 return "DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name";
7128 case DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin
:
7129 return "DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin";
7130 case DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
:
7131 return "DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines";
7133 case DW_AT_sf_names
:
7134 return "DW_AT_sf_names";
7135 case DW_AT_src_info
:
7136 return "DW_AT_src_info";
7137 case DW_AT_mac_info
:
7138 return "DW_AT_mac_info";
7139 case DW_AT_src_coords
:
7140 return "DW_AT_src_coords";
7141 case DW_AT_body_begin
:
7142 return "DW_AT_body_begin";
7143 case DW_AT_body_end
:
7144 return "DW_AT_body_end";
7146 case DW_AT_GNU_vector
:
7147 return "DW_AT_GNU_vector";
7148 case DW_AT_GNU_guarded_by
:
7149 return "DW_AT_GNU_guarded_by";
7150 case DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded_by
:
7151 return "DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded_by";
7152 case DW_AT_GNU_guarded
:
7153 return "DW_AT_GNU_guarded";
7154 case DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded
:
7155 return "DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded";
7156 case DW_AT_GNU_locks_excluded
:
7157 return "DW_AT_GNU_locks_excluded";
7158 case DW_AT_GNU_exclusive_locks_required
:
7159 return "DW_AT_GNU_exclusive_locks_required";
7160 case DW_AT_GNU_shared_locks_required
:
7161 return "DW_AT_GNU_shared_locks_required";
7162 case DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature
:
7163 return "DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature";
7164 case DW_AT_GNU_template_name
:
7165 return "DW_AT_GNU_template_name";
7166 case DW_AT_GNU_call_site_value
:
7167 return "DW_AT_GNU_call_site_value";
7168 case DW_AT_GNU_call_site_data_value
:
7169 return "DW_AT_GNU_call_site_data_value";
7170 case DW_AT_GNU_call_site_target
:
7171 return "DW_AT_GNU_call_site_target";
7172 case DW_AT_GNU_call_site_target_clobbered
:
7173 return "DW_AT_GNU_call_site_target_clobbered";
7174 case DW_AT_GNU_tail_call
:
7175 return "DW_AT_GNU_tail_call";
7176 case DW_AT_GNU_all_tail_call_sites
:
7177 return "DW_AT_GNU_all_tail_call_sites";
7178 case DW_AT_GNU_all_call_sites
:
7179 return "DW_AT_GNU_all_call_sites";
7180 case DW_AT_GNU_all_source_call_sites
:
7181 return "DW_AT_GNU_all_source_call_sites";
7183 case DW_AT_GNAT_descriptive_type
:
7184 return "DW_AT_GNAT_descriptive_type";
7186 case DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address
:
7187 return "DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address";
7190 return "DW_AT_<unknown>";
7194 /* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name. */
7197 dwarf_form_name (unsigned int form
)
7202 return "DW_FORM_addr";
7203 case DW_FORM_block2
:
7204 return "DW_FORM_block2";
7205 case DW_FORM_block4
:
7206 return "DW_FORM_block4";
7208 return "DW_FORM_data2";
7210 return "DW_FORM_data4";
7212 return "DW_FORM_data8";
7213 case DW_FORM_string
:
7214 return "DW_FORM_string";
7216 return "DW_FORM_block";
7217 case DW_FORM_block1
:
7218 return "DW_FORM_block1";
7220 return "DW_FORM_data1";
7222 return "DW_FORM_flag";
7224 return "DW_FORM_sdata";
7226 return "DW_FORM_strp";
7228 return "DW_FORM_udata";
7229 case DW_FORM_ref_addr
:
7230 return "DW_FORM_ref_addr";
7232 return "DW_FORM_ref1";
7234 return "DW_FORM_ref2";
7236 return "DW_FORM_ref4";
7238 return "DW_FORM_ref8";
7239 case DW_FORM_ref_udata
:
7240 return "DW_FORM_ref_udata";
7241 case DW_FORM_indirect
:
7242 return "DW_FORM_indirect";
7243 case DW_FORM_sec_offset
:
7244 return "DW_FORM_sec_offset";
7245 case DW_FORM_exprloc
:
7246 return "DW_FORM_exprloc";
7247 case DW_FORM_flag_present
:
7248 return "DW_FORM_flag_present";
7249 case DW_FORM_ref_sig8
:
7250 return "DW_FORM_ref_sig8";
7252 return "DW_FORM_<unknown>";
7256 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl. The decl may be an inlined
7257 instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline
7258 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
7259 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
7263 decl_ultimate_origin (const_tree decl
)
7265 if (!CODE_CONTAINS_STRUCT (TREE_CODE (decl
), TS_DECL_COMMON
))
7268 /* output_inline_function sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
7269 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
7270 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
7271 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
) == decl
)
7274 /* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the
7275 most distant ancestor, this should never happen. */
7276 gcc_assert (!DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl
)));
7278 return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
);
7281 /* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any. In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT
7282 of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this'
7286 decl_class_context (tree decl
)
7288 tree context
= NULL_TREE
;
7290 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FUNCTION_DECL
|| ! DECL_VINDEX (decl
))
7291 context
= DECL_CONTEXT (decl
);
7293 context
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT
7294 (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))));
7296 if (context
&& !TYPE_P (context
))
7297 context
= NULL_TREE
;
7302 /* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE. */
7305 add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref die
, dw_attr_ref attr
)
7307 /* Maybe this should be an assert? */
7311 if (die
->die_attr
== NULL
)
7312 die
->die_attr
= VEC_alloc (dw_attr_node
, gc
, 1);
7313 VEC_safe_push (dw_attr_node
, gc
, die
->die_attr
, attr
);
7316 static inline enum dw_val_class
7317 AT_class (dw_attr_ref a
)
7319 return a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
;
7322 /* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE. */
7325 add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, unsigned int flag
)
7329 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7330 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_flag
;
7331 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
= flag
;
7332 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7335 static inline unsigned
7336 AT_flag (dw_attr_ref a
)
7338 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_flag
);
7339 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
;
7342 /* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE. */
7345 add_AT_int (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, HOST_WIDE_INT int_val
)
7349 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7350 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
7351 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
= int_val
;
7352 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7355 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
7356 AT_int (dw_attr_ref a
)
7358 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_const
);
7359 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
;
7362 /* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE. */
7365 add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
7366 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned_val
)
7370 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7371 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
7372 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
= unsigned_val
;
7373 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7376 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
7377 AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref a
)
7379 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const
);
7380 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
;
7383 /* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE. */
7386 add_AT_double (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
7387 HOST_WIDE_INT high
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT low
)
7391 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7392 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const_double
;
7393 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.high
= high
;
7394 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.low
= low
;
7395 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7398 /* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it. */
7401 add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
7402 unsigned int length
, unsigned int elt_size
, unsigned char *array
)
7406 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7407 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_vec
;
7408 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
= length
;
7409 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
= elt_size
;
7410 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.array
= array
;
7411 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7414 /* Add an 8-byte data attribute value to a DIE. */
7417 add_AT_data8 (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
7418 unsigned char data8
[8])
7422 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7423 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_data8
;
7424 memcpy (attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_data8
, data8
, 8);
7425 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7428 /* Hash and equality functions for debug_str_hash. */
7431 debug_str_do_hash (const void *x
)
7433 return htab_hash_string (((const struct indirect_string_node
*)x
)->str
);
7437 debug_str_eq (const void *x1
, const void *x2
)
7439 return strcmp ((((const struct indirect_string_node
*)x1
)->str
),
7440 (const char *)x2
) == 0;
7443 /* Add STR to the indirect string hash table. */
7445 static struct indirect_string_node
*
7446 find_AT_string (const char *str
)
7448 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
7451 if (! debug_str_hash
)
7452 debug_str_hash
= htab_create_ggc (10, debug_str_do_hash
,
7453 debug_str_eq
, NULL
);
7455 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash
, str
,
7456 htab_hash_string (str
), INSERT
);
7459 node
= ggc_alloc_cleared_indirect_string_node ();
7460 node
->str
= ggc_strdup (str
);
7464 node
= (struct indirect_string_node
*) *slot
;
7470 /* Add a string attribute value to a DIE. */
7473 add_AT_string (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, const char *str
)
7476 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
7478 node
= find_AT_string (str
);
7480 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7481 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_str
;
7482 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
= node
;
7483 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7486 /* Create a label for an indirect string node, ensuring it is going to
7487 be output, unless its reference count goes down to zero. */
7490 gen_label_for_indirect_string (struct indirect_string_node
*node
)
7497 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LASF", dw2_string_counter
);
7498 ++dw2_string_counter
;
7499 node
->label
= xstrdup (label
);
7502 /* Create a SYMBOL_REF rtx whose value is the initial address of a
7503 debug string STR. */
7506 get_debug_string_label (const char *str
)
7508 struct indirect_string_node
*node
= find_AT_string (str
);
7510 debug_str_hash_forced
= true;
7512 gen_label_for_indirect_string (node
);
7514 return gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, node
->label
);
7517 static inline const char *
7518 AT_string (dw_attr_ref a
)
7520 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
);
7521 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->str
;
7524 /* Find out whether a string should be output inline in DIE
7525 or out-of-line in .debug_str section. */
7527 static enum dwarf_form
7528 AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref a
)
7530 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
7533 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
);
7535 node
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
;
7539 len
= strlen (node
->str
) + 1;
7541 /* If the string is shorter or equal to the size of the reference, it is
7542 always better to put it inline. */
7543 if (len
<= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
|| node
->refcount
== 0)
7544 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_string
;
7546 /* If we cannot expect the linker to merge strings in .debug_str
7547 section, only put it into .debug_str if it is worth even in this
7549 if (DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET
7550 || ((debug_str_section
->common
.flags
& SECTION_MERGE
) == 0
7551 && (len
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
) * node
->refcount
<= len
))
7552 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_string
;
7554 gen_label_for_indirect_string (node
);
7556 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_strp
;
7559 /* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
7562 add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_die_ref targ_die
)
7566 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
7567 gcc_assert (targ_die
!= NULL
);
7569 /* With LTO we can end up trying to reference something we didn't create
7570 a DIE for. Avoid crashing later on a NULL referenced DIE. */
7571 if (targ_die
== NULL
)
7575 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7576 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
7577 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= targ_die
;
7578 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
7579 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7582 /* Add an AT_specification attribute to a DIE, and also make the back
7583 pointer from the specification to the definition. */
7586 add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref die
, dw_die_ref targ_die
)
7588 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
, targ_die
);
7589 gcc_assert (!targ_die
->die_definition
);
7590 targ_die
->die_definition
= die
;
7593 static inline dw_die_ref
7594 AT_ref (dw_attr_ref a
)
7596 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
);
7597 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
7601 AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a
)
7603 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
7604 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
;
7610 set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a
, int i
)
7612 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
);
7613 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= i
;
7616 /* Add an FDE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
7619 add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, unsigned int targ_fde
)
7623 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7624 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_fde_ref
;
7625 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_fde_index
= targ_fde
;
7626 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7629 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. */
7632 add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
7636 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7637 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
7638 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc
= loc
;
7639 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7642 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
7643 AT_loc (dw_attr_ref a
)
7645 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc
);
7646 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc
;
7650 add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_loc_list_ref loc_list
)
7654 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7655 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc_list
;
7656 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
= loc_list
;
7657 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7658 have_location_lists
= true;
7661 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
7662 AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref a
)
7664 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
);
7665 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
;
7668 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
*
7669 AT_loc_list_ptr (dw_attr_ref a
)
7671 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
);
7672 return &a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
;
7675 /* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE. */
7678 add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, rtx addr
)
7682 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7683 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
7684 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
= addr
;
7685 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7688 /* Get the RTX from to an address DIE attribute. */
7691 AT_addr (dw_attr_ref a
)
7693 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_addr
);
7694 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
;
7697 /* Add a file attribute value to a DIE. */
7700 add_AT_file (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
7701 struct dwarf_file_data
*fd
)
7705 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7706 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_file
;
7707 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
= fd
;
7708 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7711 /* Get the dwarf_file_data from a file DIE attribute. */
7713 static inline struct dwarf_file_data
*
7714 AT_file (dw_attr_ref a
)
7716 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_file
);
7717 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
;
7720 /* Add a vms delta attribute value to a DIE. */
7723 add_AT_vms_delta (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
7724 const char *lbl1
, const char *lbl2
)
7728 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7729 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_vms_delta
;
7730 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vms_delta
.lbl1
= xstrdup (lbl1
);
7731 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vms_delta
.lbl2
= xstrdup (lbl2
);
7732 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7735 /* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
7738 add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, const char *lbl_id
)
7742 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7743 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_lbl_id
;
7744 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (lbl_id
);
7745 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7748 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
7749 debug_line section. */
7752 add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
7757 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7758 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_lineptr
;
7759 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (label
);
7760 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7763 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
7764 debug_macinfo section. */
7767 add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
7772 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7773 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_macptr
;
7774 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (label
);
7775 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7778 /* Add an offset attribute value to a DIE. */
7781 add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
7782 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
7786 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7787 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_offset
;
7788 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
= offset
;
7789 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7792 /* Add an range_list attribute value to a DIE. */
7795 add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
7796 long unsigned int offset
)
7800 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7801 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_range_list
;
7802 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
= offset
;
7803 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7806 /* Return the start label of a delta attribute. */
7808 static inline const char *
7809 AT_vms_delta1 (dw_attr_ref a
)
7811 gcc_assert (a
&& (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_vms_delta
));
7812 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vms_delta
.lbl1
;
7815 /* Return the end label of a delta attribute. */
7817 static inline const char *
7818 AT_vms_delta2 (dw_attr_ref a
)
7820 gcc_assert (a
&& (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_vms_delta
));
7821 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vms_delta
.lbl2
;
7824 static inline const char *
7825 AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref a
)
7827 gcc_assert (a
&& (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_lbl_id
7828 || AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_lineptr
7829 || AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_macptr
));
7830 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
;
7833 /* Get the attribute of type attr_kind. */
7836 get_AT (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
7840 dw_die_ref spec
= NULL
;
7845 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
7846 if (a
->dw_attr
== attr_kind
)
7848 else if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_specification
7849 || a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_abstract_origin
)
7853 return get_AT (spec
, attr_kind
);
7858 /* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
7859 DIE. Return null if the "low pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
7860 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
7862 static inline const char *
7863 get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref die
)
7865 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_low_pc
);
7867 return a
? AT_lbl (a
) : NULL
;
7870 /* Return the "high pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
7871 DIE. Return null if the "high pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
7872 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
7874 static inline const char *
7875 get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref die
)
7877 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_high_pc
);
7879 return a
? AT_lbl (a
) : NULL
;
7882 /* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or
7883 NULL if it is not present. */
7885 static inline const char *
7886 get_AT_string (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
7888 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
7890 return a
? AT_string (a
) : NULL
;
7893 /* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1
7894 if it is not present. */
7897 get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
7899 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
7901 return a
? AT_flag (a
) : 0;
7904 /* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0
7905 if it is not present. */
7907 static inline unsigned
7908 get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
7910 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
7912 return a
? AT_unsigned (a
) : 0;
7915 static inline dw_die_ref
7916 get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
7918 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
7920 return a
? AT_ref (a
) : NULL
;
7923 static inline struct dwarf_file_data
*
7924 get_AT_file (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
7926 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
7928 return a
? AT_file (a
) : NULL
;
7931 /* Return TRUE if the language is C++. */
7936 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_language
);
7938 return lang
== DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
|| lang
== DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus
;
7941 /* Return TRUE if the language is Fortran. */
7946 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_language
);
7948 return (lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran77
7949 || lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran90
7950 || lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran95
);
7953 /* Return TRUE if the language is Ada. */
7958 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_language
);
7960 return lang
== DW_LANG_Ada95
|| lang
== DW_LANG_Ada83
;
7963 /* Remove the specified attribute if present. */
7966 remove_AT (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
7974 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
7975 if (a
->dw_attr
== attr_kind
)
7977 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
7978 if (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
)
7979 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
--;
7981 /* VEC_ordered_remove should help reduce the number of abbrevs
7983 VEC_ordered_remove (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
);
7988 /* Remove CHILD from its parent. PREV must have the property that
7989 PREV->DIE_SIB == CHILD. Does not alter CHILD. */
7992 remove_child_with_prev (dw_die_ref child
, dw_die_ref prev
)
7994 gcc_assert (child
->die_parent
== prev
->die_parent
);
7995 gcc_assert (prev
->die_sib
== child
);
7998 gcc_assert (child
->die_parent
->die_child
== child
);
8002 prev
->die_sib
= child
->die_sib
;
8003 if (child
->die_parent
->die_child
== child
)
8004 child
->die_parent
->die_child
= prev
;
8007 /* Replace OLD_CHILD with NEW_CHILD. PREV must have the property that
8008 PREV->DIE_SIB == OLD_CHILD. Does not alter OLD_CHILD. */
8011 replace_child (dw_die_ref old_child
, dw_die_ref new_child
, dw_die_ref prev
)
8013 dw_die_ref parent
= old_child
->die_parent
;
8015 gcc_assert (parent
== prev
->die_parent
);
8016 gcc_assert (prev
->die_sib
== old_child
);
8018 new_child
->die_parent
= parent
;
8019 if (prev
== old_child
)
8021 gcc_assert (parent
->die_child
== old_child
);
8022 new_child
->die_sib
= new_child
;
8026 prev
->die_sib
= new_child
;
8027 new_child
->die_sib
= old_child
->die_sib
;
8029 if (old_child
->die_parent
->die_child
== old_child
)
8030 old_child
->die_parent
->die_child
= new_child
;
8033 /* Move all children from OLD_PARENT to NEW_PARENT. */
8036 move_all_children (dw_die_ref old_parent
, dw_die_ref new_parent
)
8039 new_parent
->die_child
= old_parent
->die_child
;
8040 old_parent
->die_child
= NULL
;
8041 FOR_EACH_CHILD (new_parent
, c
, c
->die_parent
= new_parent
);
8044 /* Remove child DIE whose die_tag is TAG. Do nothing if no child
8048 remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_tag tag
)
8054 dw_die_ref prev
= c
;
8056 while (c
->die_tag
== tag
)
8058 remove_child_with_prev (c
, prev
);
8059 /* Might have removed every child. */
8060 if (c
== c
->die_sib
)
8064 } while (c
!= die
->die_child
);
8067 /* Add a CHILD_DIE as the last child of DIE. */
8070 add_child_die (dw_die_ref die
, dw_die_ref child_die
)
8072 /* FIXME this should probably be an assert. */
8073 if (! die
|| ! child_die
)
8075 gcc_assert (die
!= child_die
);
8077 child_die
->die_parent
= die
;
8080 child_die
->die_sib
= die
->die_child
->die_sib
;
8081 die
->die_child
->die_sib
= child_die
;
8084 child_die
->die_sib
= child_die
;
8085 die
->die_child
= child_die
;
8088 /* Move CHILD, which must be a child of PARENT or the DIE for which PARENT
8089 is the specification, to the end of PARENT's list of children.
8090 This is done by removing and re-adding it. */
8093 splice_child_die (dw_die_ref parent
, dw_die_ref child
)
8097 /* We want the declaration DIE from inside the class, not the
8098 specification DIE at toplevel. */
8099 if (child
->die_parent
!= parent
)
8101 dw_die_ref tmp
= get_AT_ref (child
, DW_AT_specification
);
8107 gcc_assert (child
->die_parent
== parent
8108 || (child
->die_parent
8109 == get_AT_ref (parent
, DW_AT_specification
)));
8111 for (p
= child
->die_parent
->die_child
; ; p
= p
->die_sib
)
8112 if (p
->die_sib
== child
)
8114 remove_child_with_prev (child
, p
);
8118 add_child_die (parent
, child
);
8121 /* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node. */
8123 static inline dw_die_ref
8124 new_die (enum dwarf_tag tag_value
, dw_die_ref parent_die
, tree t
)
8126 dw_die_ref die
= ggc_alloc_cleared_die_node ();
8128 die
->die_tag
= tag_value
;
8130 if (parent_die
!= NULL
)
8131 add_child_die (parent_die
, die
);
8134 limbo_die_node
*limbo_node
;
8136 limbo_node
= ggc_alloc_cleared_limbo_die_node ();
8137 limbo_node
->die
= die
;
8138 limbo_node
->created_for
= t
;
8139 limbo_node
->next
= limbo_die_list
;
8140 limbo_die_list
= limbo_node
;
8146 /* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier. */
8148 static inline dw_die_ref
8149 lookup_type_die (tree type
)
8151 return TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type
);
8154 /* Given a TYPE_DIE representing the type TYPE, if TYPE is an
8155 anonymous type named by the typedef TYPE_DIE, return the DIE of the
8156 anonymous type instead the one of the naming typedef. */
8158 static inline dw_die_ref
8159 strip_naming_typedef (tree type
, dw_die_ref type_die
)
8162 && TREE_CODE (type
) == RECORD_TYPE
8164 && type_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_typedef
8165 && is_naming_typedef_decl (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
8166 type_die
= get_AT_ref (type_die
, DW_AT_type
);
8170 /* Like lookup_type_die, but if type is an anonymous type named by a
8171 typedef[1], return the DIE of the anonymous type instead the one of
8172 the naming typedef. This is because in gen_typedef_die, we did
8173 equate the anonymous struct named by the typedef with the DIE of
8174 the naming typedef. So by default, lookup_type_die on an anonymous
8175 struct yields the DIE of the naming typedef.
8177 [1]: Read the comment of is_naming_typedef_decl to learn about what
8178 a naming typedef is. */
8180 static inline dw_die_ref
8181 lookup_type_die_strip_naming_typedef (tree type
)
8183 dw_die_ref die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
8184 return strip_naming_typedef (type
, die
);
8187 /* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */
8190 equate_type_number_to_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref type_die
)
8192 TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type
) = type_die
;
8195 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
8198 decl_die_table_hash (const void *x
)
8200 return (hashval_t
) ((const_dw_die_ref
) x
)->decl_id
;
8203 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of die_struct X is the same as UID of decl *Y. */
8206 decl_die_table_eq (const void *x
, const void *y
)
8208 return (((const_dw_die_ref
) x
)->decl_id
== DECL_UID ((const_tree
) y
));
8211 /* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration. */
8213 static inline dw_die_ref
8214 lookup_decl_die (tree decl
)
8216 return (dw_die_ref
) htab_find_with_hash (decl_die_table
, decl
, DECL_UID (decl
));
8219 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a var_loc_list). */
8222 decl_loc_table_hash (const void *x
)
8224 return (hashval_t
) ((const var_loc_list
*) x
)->decl_id
;
8227 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of var_loc_list X is the same as
8231 decl_loc_table_eq (const void *x
, const void *y
)
8233 return (((const var_loc_list
*) x
)->decl_id
== DECL_UID ((const_tree
) y
));
8236 /* Return the var_loc list associated with a given declaration. */
8238 static inline var_loc_list
*
8239 lookup_decl_loc (const_tree decl
)
8241 if (!decl_loc_table
)
8243 return (var_loc_list
*)
8244 htab_find_with_hash (decl_loc_table
, decl
, DECL_UID (decl
));
8247 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a cached_dw_loc_list_list). */
8250 cached_dw_loc_list_table_hash (const void *x
)
8252 return (hashval_t
) ((const cached_dw_loc_list
*) x
)->decl_id
;
8255 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of cached_dw_loc_list X is the same as
8259 cached_dw_loc_list_table_eq (const void *x
, const void *y
)
8261 return (((const cached_dw_loc_list
*) x
)->decl_id
8262 == DECL_UID ((const_tree
) y
));
8265 /* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */
8268 equate_decl_number_to_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref decl_die
)
8270 unsigned int decl_id
= DECL_UID (decl
);
8273 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_die_table
, decl
, decl_id
, INSERT
);
8275 decl_die
->decl_id
= decl_id
;
8278 /* Return how many bits covers PIECE EXPR_LIST. */
8281 decl_piece_bitsize (rtx piece
)
8283 int ret
= (int) GET_MODE (piece
);
8286 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (piece
, 0)) == CONCAT
8287 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (XEXP (piece
, 0), 0)));
8288 return INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (piece
, 0), 0));
8291 /* Return pointer to the location of location note in PIECE EXPR_LIST. */
8294 decl_piece_varloc_ptr (rtx piece
)
8296 if ((int) GET_MODE (piece
))
8297 return &XEXP (piece
, 0);
8299 return &XEXP (XEXP (piece
, 0), 1);
8302 /* Create an EXPR_LIST for location note LOC_NOTE covering BITSIZE bits.
8303 Next is the chain of following piece nodes. */
8306 decl_piece_node (rtx loc_note
, HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, rtx next
)
8308 if (bitsize
<= (int) MAX_MACHINE_MODE
)
8309 return alloc_EXPR_LIST (bitsize
, loc_note
, next
);
8311 return alloc_EXPR_LIST (0, gen_rtx_CONCAT (VOIDmode
,
8316 /* Return rtx that should be stored into loc field for
8317 LOC_NOTE and BITPOS/BITSIZE. */
8320 construct_piece_list (rtx loc_note
, HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos
,
8321 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
)
8325 loc_note
= decl_piece_node (loc_note
, bitsize
, NULL_RTX
);
8327 loc_note
= decl_piece_node (NULL_RTX
, bitpos
, loc_note
);
8332 /* This function either modifies location piece list *DEST in
8333 place (if SRC and INNER is NULL), or copies location piece list
8334 *SRC to *DEST while modifying it. Location BITPOS is modified
8335 to contain LOC_NOTE, any pieces overlapping it are removed resp.
8336 not copied and if needed some padding around it is added.
8337 When modifying in place, DEST should point to EXPR_LIST where
8338 earlier pieces cover PIECE_BITPOS bits, when copying SRC points
8339 to the start of the whole list and INNER points to the EXPR_LIST
8340 where earlier pieces cover PIECE_BITPOS bits. */
8343 adjust_piece_list (rtx
*dest
, rtx
*src
, rtx
*inner
,
8344 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos
, HOST_WIDE_INT piece_bitpos
,
8345 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, rtx loc_note
)
8348 bool copy
= inner
!= NULL
;
8352 /* First copy all nodes preceeding the current bitpos. */
8353 while (src
!= inner
)
8355 *dest
= decl_piece_node (*decl_piece_varloc_ptr (*src
),
8356 decl_piece_bitsize (*src
), NULL_RTX
);
8357 dest
= &XEXP (*dest
, 1);
8358 src
= &XEXP (*src
, 1);
8361 /* Add padding if needed. */
8362 if (bitpos
!= piece_bitpos
)
8364 *dest
= decl_piece_node (NULL_RTX
, bitpos
- piece_bitpos
,
8365 copy
? NULL_RTX
: *dest
);
8366 dest
= &XEXP (*dest
, 1);
8368 else if (*dest
&& decl_piece_bitsize (*dest
) == bitsize
)
8371 /* A piece with correct bitpos and bitsize already exist,
8372 just update the location for it and return. */
8373 *decl_piece_varloc_ptr (*dest
) = loc_note
;
8376 /* Add the piece that changed. */
8377 *dest
= decl_piece_node (loc_note
, bitsize
, copy
? NULL_RTX
: *dest
);
8378 dest
= &XEXP (*dest
, 1);
8379 /* Skip over pieces that overlap it. */
8380 diff
= bitpos
- piece_bitpos
+ bitsize
;
8383 while (diff
> 0 && *src
)
8386 diff
-= decl_piece_bitsize (piece
);
8388 src
= &XEXP (piece
, 1);
8391 *src
= XEXP (piece
, 1);
8392 free_EXPR_LIST_node (piece
);
8395 /* Add padding if needed. */
8396 if (diff
< 0 && *src
)
8400 *dest
= decl_piece_node (NULL_RTX
, -diff
, copy
? NULL_RTX
: *dest
);
8401 dest
= &XEXP (*dest
, 1);
8405 /* Finally copy all nodes following it. */
8408 *dest
= decl_piece_node (*decl_piece_varloc_ptr (*src
),
8409 decl_piece_bitsize (*src
), NULL_RTX
);
8410 dest
= &XEXP (*dest
, 1);
8411 src
= &XEXP (*src
, 1);
8415 /* Add a variable location node to the linked list for DECL. */
8417 static struct var_loc_node
*
8418 add_var_loc_to_decl (tree decl
, rtx loc_note
, const char *label
)
8420 unsigned int decl_id
;
8423 struct var_loc_node
*loc
= NULL
;
8424 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
= -1, bitpos
= -1;
8426 if (DECL_DEBUG_EXPR_IS_FROM (decl
))
8428 tree realdecl
= DECL_DEBUG_EXPR (decl
);
8429 if (realdecl
&& handled_component_p (realdecl
))
8431 HOST_WIDE_INT maxsize
;
8434 = get_ref_base_and_extent (realdecl
, &bitpos
, &bitsize
, &maxsize
);
8435 if (!DECL_P (innerdecl
)
8436 || DECL_IGNORED_P (innerdecl
)
8437 || TREE_STATIC (innerdecl
)
8439 || bitpos
+ bitsize
> 256
8440 || bitsize
!= maxsize
)
8446 decl_id
= DECL_UID (decl
);
8447 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_loc_table
, decl
, decl_id
, INSERT
);
8450 temp
= ggc_alloc_cleared_var_loc_list ();
8451 temp
->decl_id
= decl_id
;
8455 temp
= (var_loc_list
*) *slot
;
8459 struct var_loc_node
*last
= temp
->last
, *unused
= NULL
;
8460 rtx
*piece_loc
= NULL
, last_loc_note
;
8461 int piece_bitpos
= 0;
8465 gcc_assert (last
->next
== NULL
);
8467 if (bitsize
!= -1 && GET_CODE (last
->loc
) == EXPR_LIST
)
8469 piece_loc
= &last
->loc
;
8472 int cur_bitsize
= decl_piece_bitsize (*piece_loc
);
8473 if (piece_bitpos
+ cur_bitsize
> bitpos
)
8475 piece_bitpos
+= cur_bitsize
;
8476 piece_loc
= &XEXP (*piece_loc
, 1);
8480 /* TEMP->LAST here is either pointer to the last but one or
8481 last element in the chained list, LAST is pointer to the
8483 if (label
&& strcmp (last
->label
, label
) == 0)
8485 /* For SRA optimized variables if there weren't any real
8486 insns since last note, just modify the last node. */
8487 if (piece_loc
!= NULL
)
8489 adjust_piece_list (piece_loc
, NULL
, NULL
,
8490 bitpos
, piece_bitpos
, bitsize
, loc_note
);
8493 /* If the last note doesn't cover any instructions, remove it. */
8494 if (temp
->last
!= last
)
8496 temp
->last
->next
= NULL
;
8499 gcc_assert (strcmp (last
->label
, label
) != 0);
8503 gcc_assert (temp
->first
== temp
->last
);
8504 memset (temp
->last
, '\0', sizeof (*temp
->last
));
8505 temp
->last
->loc
= construct_piece_list (loc_note
, bitpos
, bitsize
);
8509 if (bitsize
== -1 && NOTE_P (last
->loc
))
8510 last_loc_note
= last
->loc
;
8511 else if (piece_loc
!= NULL
8512 && *piece_loc
!= NULL_RTX
8513 && piece_bitpos
== bitpos
8514 && decl_piece_bitsize (*piece_loc
) == bitsize
)
8515 last_loc_note
= *decl_piece_varloc_ptr (*piece_loc
);
8517 last_loc_note
= NULL_RTX
;
8518 /* If the current location is the same as the end of the list,
8519 and either both or neither of the locations is uninitialized,
8520 we have nothing to do. */
8521 if (last_loc_note
== NULL_RTX
8522 || (!rtx_equal_p (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (last_loc_note
),
8523 NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_note
)))
8524 || ((NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (last_loc_note
)
8525 != NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc_note
))
8526 && ((NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (last_loc_note
)
8527 == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
8528 || (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc_note
)
8529 == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
))))
8531 /* Add LOC to the end of list and update LAST. If the last
8532 element of the list has been removed above, reuse its
8533 memory for the new node, otherwise allocate a new one. */
8537 memset (loc
, '\0', sizeof (*loc
));
8540 loc
= ggc_alloc_cleared_var_loc_node ();
8541 if (bitsize
== -1 || piece_loc
== NULL
)
8542 loc
->loc
= construct_piece_list (loc_note
, bitpos
, bitsize
);
8544 adjust_piece_list (&loc
->loc
, &last
->loc
, piece_loc
,
8545 bitpos
, piece_bitpos
, bitsize
, loc_note
);
8547 /* Ensure TEMP->LAST will point either to the new last but one
8548 element of the chain, or to the last element in it. */
8549 if (last
!= temp
->last
)
8557 loc
= ggc_alloc_cleared_var_loc_node ();
8560 loc
->loc
= construct_piece_list (loc_note
, bitpos
, bitsize
);
8565 /* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the
8566 output of the debugging routines that print the structure of
8567 the DIE internal representation. */
8568 static int print_indent
;
8570 /* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent. */
8573 print_spaces (FILE *outfile
)
8575 fprintf (outfile
, "%*s", print_indent
, "");
8578 /* Print a type signature in hex. */
8581 print_signature (FILE *outfile
, char *sig
)
8585 for (i
= 0; i
< DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
; i
++)
8586 fprintf (outfile
, "%02x", sig
[i
] & 0xff);
8589 /* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children.
8590 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
8593 print_die (dw_die_ref die
, FILE *outfile
)
8599 print_spaces (outfile
);
8600 fprintf (outfile
, "DIE %4ld: %s (%p)\n",
8601 die
->die_offset
, dwarf_tag_name (die
->die_tag
),
8603 print_spaces (outfile
);
8604 fprintf (outfile
, " abbrev id: %lu", die
->die_abbrev
);
8605 fprintf (outfile
, " offset: %ld", die
->die_offset
);
8606 fprintf (outfile
, " mark: %d\n", die
->die_mark
);
8608 if (use_debug_types
&& die
->die_id
.die_type_node
)
8610 print_spaces (outfile
);
8611 fprintf (outfile
, " signature: ");
8612 print_signature (outfile
, die
->die_id
.die_type_node
->signature
);
8613 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
8616 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
8618 print_spaces (outfile
);
8619 fprintf (outfile
, " %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
));
8621 switch (AT_class (a
))
8623 case dw_val_class_addr
:
8624 fprintf (outfile
, "address");
8626 case dw_val_class_offset
:
8627 fprintf (outfile
, "offset");
8629 case dw_val_class_loc
:
8630 fprintf (outfile
, "location descriptor");
8632 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
8633 fprintf (outfile
, "location list -> label:%s",
8634 AT_loc_list (a
)->ll_symbol
);
8636 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
8637 fprintf (outfile
, "range list");
8639 case dw_val_class_const
:
8640 fprintf (outfile
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
, AT_int (a
));
8642 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
8643 fprintf (outfile
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED
, AT_unsigned (a
));
8645 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
8646 fprintf (outfile
, "constant ("HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
","\
8647 HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED
")",
8648 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.high
,
8649 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.low
);
8651 case dw_val_class_vec
:
8652 fprintf (outfile
, "floating-point or vector constant");
8654 case dw_val_class_flag
:
8655 fprintf (outfile
, "%u", AT_flag (a
));
8657 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
8658 if (AT_ref (a
) != NULL
)
8660 if (use_debug_types
&& AT_ref (a
)->die_id
.die_type_node
)
8662 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> signature: ");
8663 print_signature (outfile
,
8664 AT_ref (a
)->die_id
.die_type_node
->signature
);
8666 else if (! use_debug_types
&& AT_ref (a
)->die_id
.die_symbol
)
8667 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> label: %s",
8668 AT_ref (a
)->die_id
.die_symbol
);
8670 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> %ld", AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
);
8671 fprintf (outfile
, " (%p)", (void *) AT_ref (a
));
8674 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> <null>");
8676 case dw_val_class_vms_delta
:
8677 fprintf (outfile
, "delta: @slotcount(%s-%s)",
8678 AT_vms_delta2 (a
), AT_vms_delta1 (a
));
8680 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
8681 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
8682 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
8683 fprintf (outfile
, "label: %s", AT_lbl (a
));
8685 case dw_val_class_str
:
8686 if (AT_string (a
) != NULL
)
8687 fprintf (outfile
, "\"%s\"", AT_string (a
));
8689 fprintf (outfile
, "<null>");
8691 case dw_val_class_file
:
8692 fprintf (outfile
, "\"%s\" (%d)", AT_file (a
)->filename
,
8693 AT_file (a
)->emitted_number
);
8695 case dw_val_class_data8
:
8699 for (i
= 0; i
< 8; i
++)
8700 fprintf (outfile
, "%02x", a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_data8
[i
]);
8707 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
8710 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
8713 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, print_die (c
, outfile
));
8716 if (print_indent
== 0)
8717 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
8720 /* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */
8723 debug_dwarf_die (dw_die_ref die
)
8725 print_die (die
, stderr
);
8728 /* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit.
8729 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
8735 print_die (comp_unit_die (), stderr
);
8738 /* Start a new compilation unit DIE for an include file. OLD_UNIT is the CU
8739 for the enclosing include file, if any. BINCL_DIE is the DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
8740 DIE that marks the start of the DIEs for this include file. */
8743 push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit
, dw_die_ref bincl_die
)
8745 const char *filename
= get_AT_string (bincl_die
, DW_AT_name
);
8746 dw_die_ref new_unit
= gen_compile_unit_die (filename
);
8748 new_unit
->die_sib
= old_unit
;
8752 /* Close an include-file CU and reopen the enclosing one. */
8755 pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit
)
8757 dw_die_ref new_unit
= old_unit
->die_sib
;
8759 old_unit
->die_sib
= NULL
;
8763 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
8764 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO), ctx)
8766 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
8769 loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
)
8773 tem
= (loc
->dtprel
<< 8) | ((unsigned int) loc
->dw_loc_opc
);
8775 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
);
8776 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
);
8779 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
8782 attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref at
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
8784 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
8787 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr
);
8789 /* We don't care that this was compiled with a different compiler
8790 snapshot; if the output is the same, that's what matters. */
8791 if (at
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_producer
)
8794 switch (AT_class (at
))
8796 case dw_val_class_const
:
8797 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
);
8799 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
8800 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
);
8802 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
8803 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
);
8805 case dw_val_class_vec
:
8806 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
);
8808 case dw_val_class_flag
:
8809 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
);
8811 case dw_val_class_str
:
8812 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at
));
8815 case dw_val_class_addr
:
8817 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r
) == SYMBOL_REF
);
8818 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r
, 0));
8821 case dw_val_class_offset
:
8822 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
);
8825 case dw_val_class_loc
:
8826 for (loc
= AT_loc (at
); loc
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
8827 loc_checksum (loc
, ctx
);
8830 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
8831 die_checksum (AT_ref (at
), ctx
, mark
);
8834 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
8835 case dw_val_class_vms_delta
:
8836 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
8837 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
8838 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
8841 case dw_val_class_file
:
8842 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_file (at
)->filename
);
8845 case dw_val_class_data8
:
8846 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_data8
);
8854 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE. */
8857 die_checksum (dw_die_ref die
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
8863 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
8866 CHECKSUM (die
->die_mark
);
8869 die
->die_mark
= ++(*mark
);
8871 CHECKSUM (die
->die_tag
);
8873 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
8874 attr_checksum (a
, ctx
, mark
);
8876 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, die_checksum (c
, ctx
, mark
));
8880 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
8882 /* For DWARF-4 types, include the trailing NULL when checksumming strings. */
8883 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
8884 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO) + 1, ctx)
8885 #define CHECKSUM_SLEB128(FOO) checksum_sleb128 ((FOO), ctx)
8886 #define CHECKSUM_ULEB128(FOO) checksum_uleb128 ((FOO), ctx)
8887 #define CHECKSUM_ATTR(FOO) \
8888 if (FOO) attr_checksum_ordered (die->die_tag, (FOO), ctx, mark)
8890 /* Calculate the checksum of a number in signed LEB128 format. */
8893 checksum_sleb128 (HOST_WIDE_INT value
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
)
8900 byte
= (value
& 0x7f);
8902 more
= !((value
== 0 && (byte
& 0x40) == 0)
8903 || (value
== -1 && (byte
& 0x40) != 0));
8912 /* Calculate the checksum of a number in unsigned LEB128 format. */
8915 checksum_uleb128 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
)
8919 unsigned char byte
= (value
& 0x7f);
8922 /* More bytes to follow. */
8930 /* Checksum the context of the DIE. This adds the names of any
8931 surrounding namespaces or structures to the checksum. */
8934 checksum_die_context (dw_die_ref die
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
)
8938 int tag
= die
->die_tag
;
8940 if (tag
!= DW_TAG_namespace
8941 && tag
!= DW_TAG_structure_type
8942 && tag
!= DW_TAG_class_type
)
8945 name
= get_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_name
);
8947 spec
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
8951 if (die
->die_parent
!= NULL
)
8952 checksum_die_context (die
->die_parent
, ctx
);
8954 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('C');
8955 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (tag
);
8957 CHECKSUM_STRING (name
);
8960 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
8963 loc_checksum_ordered (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
)
8965 /* Special case for lone DW_OP_plus_uconst: checksum as if the location
8966 were emitted as a DW_FORM_sdata instead of a location expression. */
8967 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_plus_uconst
&& loc
->dw_loc_next
== NULL
)
8969 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata
);
8970 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 ((HOST_WIDE_INT
) loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
8974 /* Otherwise, just checksum the raw location expression. */
8977 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (loc
->dw_loc_opc
);
8978 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
);
8979 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
);
8980 loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
;
8984 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
8987 attr_checksum_ordered (enum dwarf_tag tag
, dw_attr_ref at
,
8988 struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
8990 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
8993 if (AT_class (at
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
8995 dw_die_ref target_die
= AT_ref (at
);
8997 /* For pointer and reference types, we checksum only the (qualified)
8998 name of the target type (if there is a name). For friend entries,
8999 we checksum only the (qualified) name of the target type or function.
9000 This allows the checksum to remain the same whether the target type
9001 is complete or not. */
9002 if ((at
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_type
9003 && (tag
== DW_TAG_pointer_type
9004 || tag
== DW_TAG_reference_type
9005 || tag
== DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
9006 || tag
== DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
))
9007 || (at
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_friend
9008 && tag
== DW_TAG_friend
))
9010 dw_attr_ref name_attr
= get_AT (target_die
, DW_AT_name
);
9012 if (name_attr
!= NULL
)
9014 dw_die_ref decl
= get_AT_ref (target_die
, DW_AT_specification
);
9018 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('N');
9019 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr
);
9020 if (decl
->die_parent
!= NULL
)
9021 checksum_die_context (decl
->die_parent
, ctx
);
9022 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('E');
9023 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (name_attr
));
9028 /* For all other references to another DIE, we check to see if the
9029 target DIE has already been visited. If it has, we emit a
9030 backward reference; if not, we descend recursively. */
9031 if (target_die
->die_mark
> 0)
9033 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('R');
9034 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr
);
9035 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (target_die
->die_mark
);
9039 dw_die_ref decl
= get_AT_ref (target_die
, DW_AT_specification
);
9043 target_die
->die_mark
= ++(*mark
);
9044 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('T');
9045 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr
);
9046 if (decl
->die_parent
!= NULL
)
9047 checksum_die_context (decl
->die_parent
, ctx
);
9048 die_checksum_ordered (target_die
, ctx
, mark
);
9053 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('A');
9054 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr
);
9056 switch (AT_class (at
))
9058 case dw_val_class_const
:
9059 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata
);
9060 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
);
9063 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
9064 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata
);
9065 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 ((int) at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
);
9068 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
9069 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_block
);
9070 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (sizeof (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
));
9071 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
);
9074 case dw_val_class_vec
:
9075 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_block
);
9076 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (sizeof (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
));
9077 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
);
9080 case dw_val_class_flag
:
9081 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_flag
);
9082 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
? 1 : 0);
9085 case dw_val_class_str
:
9086 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string
);
9087 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at
));
9090 case dw_val_class_addr
:
9092 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r
) == SYMBOL_REF
);
9093 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string
);
9094 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r
, 0));
9097 case dw_val_class_offset
:
9098 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata
);
9099 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
);
9102 case dw_val_class_loc
:
9103 for (loc
= AT_loc (at
); loc
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
9104 loc_checksum_ordered (loc
, ctx
);
9107 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
9108 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
9109 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
9110 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
9113 case dw_val_class_file
:
9114 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string
);
9115 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_file (at
)->filename
);
9118 case dw_val_class_data8
:
9119 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_data8
);
9127 struct checksum_attributes
9129 dw_attr_ref at_name
;
9130 dw_attr_ref at_type
;
9131 dw_attr_ref at_friend
;
9132 dw_attr_ref at_accessibility
;
9133 dw_attr_ref at_address_class
;
9134 dw_attr_ref at_allocated
;
9135 dw_attr_ref at_artificial
;
9136 dw_attr_ref at_associated
;
9137 dw_attr_ref at_binary_scale
;
9138 dw_attr_ref at_bit_offset
;
9139 dw_attr_ref at_bit_size
;
9140 dw_attr_ref at_bit_stride
;
9141 dw_attr_ref at_byte_size
;
9142 dw_attr_ref at_byte_stride
;
9143 dw_attr_ref at_const_value
;
9144 dw_attr_ref at_containing_type
;
9145 dw_attr_ref at_count
;
9146 dw_attr_ref at_data_location
;
9147 dw_attr_ref at_data_member_location
;
9148 dw_attr_ref at_decimal_scale
;
9149 dw_attr_ref at_decimal_sign
;
9150 dw_attr_ref at_default_value
;
9151 dw_attr_ref at_digit_count
;
9152 dw_attr_ref at_discr
;
9153 dw_attr_ref at_discr_list
;
9154 dw_attr_ref at_discr_value
;
9155 dw_attr_ref at_encoding
;
9156 dw_attr_ref at_endianity
;
9157 dw_attr_ref at_explicit
;
9158 dw_attr_ref at_is_optional
;
9159 dw_attr_ref at_location
;
9160 dw_attr_ref at_lower_bound
;
9161 dw_attr_ref at_mutable
;
9162 dw_attr_ref at_ordering
;
9163 dw_attr_ref at_picture_string
;
9164 dw_attr_ref at_prototyped
;
9165 dw_attr_ref at_small
;
9166 dw_attr_ref at_segment
;
9167 dw_attr_ref at_string_length
;
9168 dw_attr_ref at_threads_scaled
;
9169 dw_attr_ref at_upper_bound
;
9170 dw_attr_ref at_use_location
;
9171 dw_attr_ref at_use_UTF8
;
9172 dw_attr_ref at_variable_parameter
;
9173 dw_attr_ref at_virtuality
;
9174 dw_attr_ref at_visibility
;
9175 dw_attr_ref at_vtable_elem_location
;
9178 /* Collect the attributes that we will want to use for the checksum. */
9181 collect_checksum_attributes (struct checksum_attributes
*attrs
, dw_die_ref die
)
9186 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
9197 attrs
->at_friend
= a
;
9199 case DW_AT_accessibility
:
9200 attrs
->at_accessibility
= a
;
9202 case DW_AT_address_class
:
9203 attrs
->at_address_class
= a
;
9205 case DW_AT_allocated
:
9206 attrs
->at_allocated
= a
;
9208 case DW_AT_artificial
:
9209 attrs
->at_artificial
= a
;
9211 case DW_AT_associated
:
9212 attrs
->at_associated
= a
;
9214 case DW_AT_binary_scale
:
9215 attrs
->at_binary_scale
= a
;
9217 case DW_AT_bit_offset
:
9218 attrs
->at_bit_offset
= a
;
9220 case DW_AT_bit_size
:
9221 attrs
->at_bit_size
= a
;
9223 case DW_AT_bit_stride
:
9224 attrs
->at_bit_stride
= a
;
9226 case DW_AT_byte_size
:
9227 attrs
->at_byte_size
= a
;
9229 case DW_AT_byte_stride
:
9230 attrs
->at_byte_stride
= a
;
9232 case DW_AT_const_value
:
9233 attrs
->at_const_value
= a
;
9235 case DW_AT_containing_type
:
9236 attrs
->at_containing_type
= a
;
9239 attrs
->at_count
= a
;
9241 case DW_AT_data_location
:
9242 attrs
->at_data_location
= a
;
9244 case DW_AT_data_member_location
:
9245 attrs
->at_data_member_location
= a
;
9247 case DW_AT_decimal_scale
:
9248 attrs
->at_decimal_scale
= a
;
9250 case DW_AT_decimal_sign
:
9251 attrs
->at_decimal_sign
= a
;
9253 case DW_AT_default_value
:
9254 attrs
->at_default_value
= a
;
9256 case DW_AT_digit_count
:
9257 attrs
->at_digit_count
= a
;
9260 attrs
->at_discr
= a
;
9262 case DW_AT_discr_list
:
9263 attrs
->at_discr_list
= a
;
9265 case DW_AT_discr_value
:
9266 attrs
->at_discr_value
= a
;
9268 case DW_AT_encoding
:
9269 attrs
->at_encoding
= a
;
9271 case DW_AT_endianity
:
9272 attrs
->at_endianity
= a
;
9274 case DW_AT_explicit
:
9275 attrs
->at_explicit
= a
;
9277 case DW_AT_is_optional
:
9278 attrs
->at_is_optional
= a
;
9280 case DW_AT_location
:
9281 attrs
->at_location
= a
;
9283 case DW_AT_lower_bound
:
9284 attrs
->at_lower_bound
= a
;
9287 attrs
->at_mutable
= a
;
9289 case DW_AT_ordering
:
9290 attrs
->at_ordering
= a
;
9292 case DW_AT_picture_string
:
9293 attrs
->at_picture_string
= a
;
9295 case DW_AT_prototyped
:
9296 attrs
->at_prototyped
= a
;
9299 attrs
->at_small
= a
;
9302 attrs
->at_segment
= a
;
9304 case DW_AT_string_length
:
9305 attrs
->at_string_length
= a
;
9307 case DW_AT_threads_scaled
:
9308 attrs
->at_threads_scaled
= a
;
9310 case DW_AT_upper_bound
:
9311 attrs
->at_upper_bound
= a
;
9313 case DW_AT_use_location
:
9314 attrs
->at_use_location
= a
;
9316 case DW_AT_use_UTF8
:
9317 attrs
->at_use_UTF8
= a
;
9319 case DW_AT_variable_parameter
:
9320 attrs
->at_variable_parameter
= a
;
9322 case DW_AT_virtuality
:
9323 attrs
->at_virtuality
= a
;
9325 case DW_AT_visibility
:
9326 attrs
->at_visibility
= a
;
9328 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
:
9329 attrs
->at_vtable_elem_location
= a
;
9337 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE, using an ordered subset of attributes. */
9340 die_checksum_ordered (dw_die_ref die
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
9344 struct checksum_attributes attrs
;
9346 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('D');
9347 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (die
->die_tag
);
9349 memset (&attrs
, 0, sizeof (attrs
));
9351 decl
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
9353 collect_checksum_attributes (&attrs
, decl
);
9354 collect_checksum_attributes (&attrs
, die
);
9356 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_name
);
9357 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_accessibility
);
9358 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_address_class
);
9359 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_allocated
);
9360 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_artificial
);
9361 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_associated
);
9362 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_binary_scale
);
9363 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_bit_offset
);
9364 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_bit_size
);
9365 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_bit_stride
);
9366 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_byte_size
);
9367 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_byte_stride
);
9368 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_const_value
);
9369 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_containing_type
);
9370 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_count
);
9371 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_data_location
);
9372 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_data_member_location
);
9373 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_decimal_scale
);
9374 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_decimal_sign
);
9375 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_default_value
);
9376 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_digit_count
);
9377 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_discr
);
9378 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_discr_list
);
9379 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_discr_value
);
9380 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_encoding
);
9381 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_endianity
);
9382 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_explicit
);
9383 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_is_optional
);
9384 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_location
);
9385 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_lower_bound
);
9386 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_mutable
);
9387 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_ordering
);
9388 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_picture_string
);
9389 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_prototyped
);
9390 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_small
);
9391 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_segment
);
9392 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_string_length
);
9393 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_threads_scaled
);
9394 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_upper_bound
);
9395 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_use_location
);
9396 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_use_UTF8
);
9397 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_variable_parameter
);
9398 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_virtuality
);
9399 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_visibility
);
9400 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_vtable_elem_location
);
9401 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_type
);
9402 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_friend
);
9404 /* Checksum the child DIEs, except for nested types and member functions. */
9407 dw_attr_ref name_attr
;
9410 name_attr
= get_AT (c
, DW_AT_name
);
9411 if ((is_type_die (c
) || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
9412 && name_attr
!= NULL
)
9414 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('S');
9415 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (c
->die_tag
);
9416 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (name_attr
));
9420 /* Mark this DIE so it gets processed when unmarking. */
9421 if (c
->die_mark
== 0)
9423 die_checksum_ordered (c
, ctx
, mark
);
9425 } while (c
!= die
->die_child
);
9427 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (0);
9431 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
9432 #undef CHECKSUM_ATTR
9433 #undef CHECKSUM_LEB128
9434 #undef CHECKSUM_ULEB128
9436 /* Generate the type signature for DIE. This is computed by generating an
9437 MD5 checksum over the DIE's tag, its relevant attributes, and its
9438 children. Attributes that are references to other DIEs are processed
9439 by recursion, using the MARK field to prevent infinite recursion.
9440 If the DIE is nested inside a namespace or another type, we also
9441 need to include that context in the signature. The lower 64 bits
9442 of the resulting MD5 checksum comprise the signature. */
9445 generate_type_signature (dw_die_ref die
, comdat_type_node
*type_node
)
9449 unsigned char checksum
[16];
9453 name
= get_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_name
);
9454 decl
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
9456 /* First, compute a signature for just the type name (and its surrounding
9457 context, if any. This is stored in the type unit DIE for link-time
9458 ODR (one-definition rule) checking. */
9460 if (is_cxx() && name
!= NULL
)
9462 md5_init_ctx (&ctx
);
9464 /* Checksum the names of surrounding namespaces and structures. */
9465 if (decl
!= NULL
&& decl
->die_parent
!= NULL
)
9466 checksum_die_context (decl
->die_parent
, &ctx
);
9468 md5_process_bytes (&die
->die_tag
, sizeof (die
->die_tag
), &ctx
);
9469 md5_process_bytes (name
, strlen (name
) + 1, &ctx
);
9470 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx
, checksum
);
9472 add_AT_data8 (type_node
->root_die
, DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature
, &checksum
[8]);
9475 /* Next, compute the complete type signature. */
9477 md5_init_ctx (&ctx
);
9479 die
->die_mark
= mark
;
9481 /* Checksum the names of surrounding namespaces and structures. */
9482 if (decl
!= NULL
&& decl
->die_parent
!= NULL
)
9483 checksum_die_context (decl
->die_parent
, &ctx
);
9485 /* Checksum the DIE and its children. */
9486 die_checksum_ordered (die
, &ctx
, &mark
);
9487 unmark_all_dies (die
);
9488 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx
, checksum
);
9490 /* Store the signature in the type node and link the type DIE and the
9491 type node together. */
9492 memcpy (type_node
->signature
, &checksum
[16 - DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
],
9493 DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
);
9494 die
->die_id
.die_type_node
= type_node
;
9495 type_node
->type_die
= die
;
9497 /* If the DIE is a specification, link its declaration to the type node
9500 decl
->die_id
.die_type_node
= type_node
;
9503 /* Do the location expressions look same? */
9505 same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref loc1
, dw_loc_descr_ref loc2
, int *mark
)
9507 return loc1
->dw_loc_opc
== loc2
->dw_loc_opc
9508 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1
->dw_loc_oprnd1
, &loc2
->dw_loc_oprnd1
, mark
)
9509 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1
->dw_loc_oprnd2
, &loc2
->dw_loc_oprnd2
, mark
);
9512 /* Do the values look the same? */
9514 same_dw_val_p (const dw_val_node
*v1
, const dw_val_node
*v2
, int *mark
)
9516 dw_loc_descr_ref loc1
, loc2
;
9519 if (v1
->val_class
!= v2
->val_class
)
9522 switch (v1
->val_class
)
9524 case dw_val_class_const
:
9525 return v1
->v
.val_int
== v2
->v
.val_int
;
9526 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
9527 return v1
->v
.val_unsigned
== v2
->v
.val_unsigned
;
9528 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
9529 return v1
->v
.val_double
.high
== v2
->v
.val_double
.high
9530 && v1
->v
.val_double
.low
== v2
->v
.val_double
.low
;
9531 case dw_val_class_vec
:
9532 if (v1
->v
.val_vec
.length
!= v2
->v
.val_vec
.length
9533 || v1
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
!= v2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
)
9535 if (memcmp (v1
->v
.val_vec
.array
, v2
->v
.val_vec
.array
,
9536 v1
->v
.val_vec
.length
* v1
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
))
9539 case dw_val_class_flag
:
9540 return v1
->v
.val_flag
== v2
->v
.val_flag
;
9541 case dw_val_class_str
:
9542 return !strcmp(v1
->v
.val_str
->str
, v2
->v
.val_str
->str
);
9544 case dw_val_class_addr
:
9545 r1
= v1
->v
.val_addr
;
9546 r2
= v2
->v
.val_addr
;
9547 if (GET_CODE (r1
) != GET_CODE (r2
))
9549 return !rtx_equal_p (r1
, r2
);
9551 case dw_val_class_offset
:
9552 return v1
->v
.val_offset
== v2
->v
.val_offset
;
9554 case dw_val_class_loc
:
9555 for (loc1
= v1
->v
.val_loc
, loc2
= v2
->v
.val_loc
;
9557 loc1
= loc1
->dw_loc_next
, loc2
= loc2
->dw_loc_next
)
9558 if (!same_loc_p (loc1
, loc2
, mark
))
9560 return !loc1
&& !loc2
;
9562 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
9563 return same_die_p (v1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, v2
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, mark
);
9565 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
9566 case dw_val_class_vms_delta
:
9567 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
9568 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
9569 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
9572 case dw_val_class_file
:
9573 return v1
->v
.val_file
== v2
->v
.val_file
;
9575 case dw_val_class_data8
:
9576 return !memcmp (v1
->v
.val_data8
, v2
->v
.val_data8
, 8);
9583 /* Do the attributes look the same? */
9586 same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref at1
, dw_attr_ref at2
, int *mark
)
9588 if (at1
->dw_attr
!= at2
->dw_attr
)
9591 /* We don't care that this was compiled with a different compiler
9592 snapshot; if the output is the same, that's what matters. */
9593 if (at1
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_producer
)
9596 return same_dw_val_p (&at1
->dw_attr_val
, &at2
->dw_attr_val
, mark
);
9599 /* Do the dies look the same? */
9602 same_die_p (dw_die_ref die1
, dw_die_ref die2
, int *mark
)
9608 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
9610 return die1
->die_mark
== die2
->die_mark
;
9611 die1
->die_mark
= die2
->die_mark
= ++(*mark
);
9613 if (die1
->die_tag
!= die2
->die_tag
)
9616 if (VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, die1
->die_attr
)
9617 != VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, die2
->die_attr
))
9620 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die1
->die_attr
, ix
, a1
)
9621 if (!same_attr_p (a1
, VEC_index (dw_attr_node
, die2
->die_attr
, ix
), mark
))
9624 c1
= die1
->die_child
;
9625 c2
= die2
->die_child
;
9634 if (!same_die_p (c1
, c2
, mark
))
9638 if (c1
== die1
->die_child
)
9640 if (c2
== die2
->die_child
)
9650 /* Do the dies look the same? Wrapper around same_die_p. */
9653 same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref die1
, dw_die_ref die2
)
9656 int ret
= same_die_p (die1
, die2
, &mark
);
9658 unmark_all_dies (die1
);
9659 unmark_all_dies (die2
);
9664 /* The prefix to attach to symbols on DIEs in the current comdat debug
9666 static char *comdat_symbol_id
;
9668 /* The index of the current symbol within the current comdat CU. */
9669 static unsigned int comdat_symbol_number
;
9671 /* Calculate the MD5 checksum of the compilation unit DIE UNIT_DIE and its
9672 children, and set comdat_symbol_id accordingly. */
9675 compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref unit_die
)
9677 const char *die_name
= get_AT_string (unit_die
, DW_AT_name
);
9678 const char *base
= die_name
? lbasename (die_name
) : "anonymous";
9679 char *name
= XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (base
) + 64);
9682 unsigned char checksum
[16];
9685 /* Compute the checksum of the DIE, then append part of it as hex digits to
9686 the name filename of the unit. */
9688 md5_init_ctx (&ctx
);
9690 die_checksum (unit_die
, &ctx
, &mark
);
9691 unmark_all_dies (unit_die
);
9692 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx
, checksum
);
9694 sprintf (name
, "%s.", base
);
9695 clean_symbol_name (name
);
9697 p
= name
+ strlen (name
);
9698 for (i
= 0; i
< 4; i
++)
9700 sprintf (p
, "%.2x", checksum
[i
]);
9704 comdat_symbol_id
= unit_die
->die_id
.die_symbol
= xstrdup (name
);
9705 comdat_symbol_number
= 0;
9708 /* Returns nonzero if DIE represents a type, in the sense of TYPE_P. */
9711 is_type_die (dw_die_ref die
)
9713 switch (die
->die_tag
)
9715 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
9716 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
9717 case DW_TAG_interface_type
:
9718 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
9719 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
9720 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
9721 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
:
9722 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
9723 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
9724 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
9725 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
9726 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
9727 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
9728 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
9729 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
9730 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
9731 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
9732 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
9733 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
9734 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
9741 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that should go into a COMDAT CU.
9742 Basically, we want to choose the bits that are likely to be shared between
9743 compilations (types) and leave out the bits that are specific to individual
9744 compilations (functions). */
9747 is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref c
)
9749 /* I think we want to leave base types and __vtbl_ptr_type in the main CU, as
9750 we do for stabs. The advantage is a greater likelihood of sharing between
9751 objects that don't include headers in the same order (and therefore would
9752 put the base types in a different comdat). jason 8/28/00 */
9754 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_base_type
)
9757 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_pointer_type
9758 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_reference_type
9759 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
9760 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_const_type
9761 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_volatile_type
)
9763 dw_die_ref t
= get_AT_ref (c
, DW_AT_type
);
9765 return t
? is_comdat_die (t
) : 0;
9768 return is_type_die (c
);
9771 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that might be referred to from another
9772 compilation unit. */
9775 is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref c
)
9777 return (is_type_die (c
)
9778 || is_declaration_die (c
)
9779 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
9780 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_module
);
9783 /* Returns true iff C is a compile-unit DIE. */
9786 is_cu_die (dw_die_ref c
)
9788 return c
&& c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_compile_unit
;
9792 gen_internal_sym (const char *prefix
)
9796 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf
, prefix
, label_num
++);
9797 return xstrdup (buf
);
9800 /* Assign symbols to all worthy DIEs under DIE. */
9803 assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref die
)
9807 if (is_symbol_die (die
))
9809 if (comdat_symbol_id
)
9811 char *p
= XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (comdat_symbol_id
) + 64);
9813 sprintf (p
, "%s.%s.%x", DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
,
9814 comdat_symbol_id
, comdat_symbol_number
++);
9815 die
->die_id
.die_symbol
= xstrdup (p
);
9818 die
->die_id
.die_symbol
= gen_internal_sym ("LDIE");
9821 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, assign_symbol_names (c
));
9824 struct cu_hash_table_entry
9827 unsigned min_comdat_num
, max_comdat_num
;
9828 struct cu_hash_table_entry
*next
;
9831 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of CUs. */
9833 htab_cu_hash (const void *of
)
9835 const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*const entry
=
9836 (const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*) of
;
9838 return htab_hash_string (entry
->cu
->die_id
.die_symbol
);
9842 htab_cu_eq (const void *of1
, const void *of2
)
9844 const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*const entry1
=
9845 (const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*) of1
;
9846 const struct die_struct
*const entry2
= (const struct die_struct
*) of2
;
9848 return !strcmp (entry1
->cu
->die_id
.die_symbol
, entry2
->die_id
.die_symbol
);
9852 htab_cu_del (void *what
)
9854 struct cu_hash_table_entry
*next
,
9855 *entry
= (struct cu_hash_table_entry
*) what
;
9865 /* Check whether we have already seen this CU and set up SYM_NUM
9868 check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref cu
, htab_t htable
, unsigned int *sym_num
)
9870 struct cu_hash_table_entry dummy
;
9871 struct cu_hash_table_entry
**slot
, *entry
, *last
= &dummy
;
9873 dummy
.max_comdat_num
= 0;
9875 slot
= (struct cu_hash_table_entry
**)
9876 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable
, cu
, htab_hash_string (cu
->die_id
.die_symbol
),
9880 for (; entry
; last
= entry
, entry
= entry
->next
)
9882 if (same_die_p_wrap (cu
, entry
->cu
))
9888 *sym_num
= entry
->min_comdat_num
;
9892 entry
= XCNEW (struct cu_hash_table_entry
);
9894 entry
->min_comdat_num
= *sym_num
= last
->max_comdat_num
;
9895 entry
->next
= *slot
;
9901 /* Record SYM_NUM to record of CU in HTABLE. */
9903 record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref cu
, htab_t htable
, unsigned int sym_num
)
9905 struct cu_hash_table_entry
**slot
, *entry
;
9907 slot
= (struct cu_hash_table_entry
**)
9908 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable
, cu
, htab_hash_string (cu
->die_id
.die_symbol
),
9912 entry
->max_comdat_num
= sym_num
;
9915 /* Traverse the DIE (which is always comp_unit_die), and set up
9916 additional compilation units for each of the include files we see
9917 bracketed by BINCL/EINCL. */
9920 break_out_includes (dw_die_ref die
)
9923 dw_die_ref unit
= NULL
;
9924 limbo_die_node
*node
, **pnode
;
9925 htab_t cu_hash_table
;
9929 dw_die_ref prev
= c
;
9931 while (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
|| c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
9932 || (unit
&& is_comdat_die (c
)))
9934 dw_die_ref next
= c
->die_sib
;
9936 /* This DIE is for a secondary CU; remove it from the main one. */
9937 remove_child_with_prev (c
, prev
);
9939 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
)
9940 unit
= push_new_compile_unit (unit
, c
);
9941 else if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
)
9942 unit
= pop_compile_unit (unit
);
9944 add_child_die (unit
, c
);
9946 if (c
== die
->die_child
)
9949 } while (c
!= die
->die_child
);
9952 /* We can only use this in debugging, since the frontend doesn't check
9953 to make sure that we leave every include file we enter. */
9957 assign_symbol_names (die
);
9958 cu_hash_table
= htab_create (10, htab_cu_hash
, htab_cu_eq
, htab_cu_del
);
9959 for (node
= limbo_die_list
, pnode
= &limbo_die_list
;
9965 compute_section_prefix (node
->die
);
9966 is_dupl
= check_duplicate_cu (node
->die
, cu_hash_table
,
9967 &comdat_symbol_number
);
9968 assign_symbol_names (node
->die
);
9970 *pnode
= node
->next
;
9973 pnode
= &node
->next
;
9974 record_comdat_symbol_number (node
->die
, cu_hash_table
,
9975 comdat_symbol_number
);
9978 htab_delete (cu_hash_table
);
9981 /* Return non-zero if this DIE is a declaration. */
9984 is_declaration_die (dw_die_ref die
)
9989 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
9990 if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_declaration
)
9996 /* Return non-zero if this DIE is nested inside a subprogram. */
9999 is_nested_in_subprogram (dw_die_ref die
)
10001 dw_die_ref decl
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
10005 return local_scope_p (decl
);
10008 /* Return non-zero if this is a type DIE that should be moved to a
10009 COMDAT .debug_types section. */
10012 should_move_die_to_comdat (dw_die_ref die
)
10014 switch (die
->die_tag
)
10016 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
10017 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
10018 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
10019 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
10020 /* Don't move declarations, inlined instances, or types nested in a
10022 if (is_declaration_die (die
)
10023 || get_AT (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
)
10024 || is_nested_in_subprogram (die
))
10027 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
10028 case DW_TAG_interface_type
:
10029 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
10030 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
10031 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
:
10032 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
10033 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
10034 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
10035 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
10036 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
10037 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
10038 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
10039 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
10040 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
10041 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
10042 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
10048 /* Make a clone of DIE. */
10051 clone_die (dw_die_ref die
)
10057 clone
= ggc_alloc_cleared_die_node ();
10058 clone
->die_tag
= die
->die_tag
;
10060 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
10061 add_dwarf_attr (clone
, a
);
10066 /* Make a clone of the tree rooted at DIE. */
10069 clone_tree (dw_die_ref die
)
10072 dw_die_ref clone
= clone_die (die
);
10074 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, add_child_die (clone
, clone_tree(c
)));
10079 /* Make a clone of DIE as a declaration. */
10082 clone_as_declaration (dw_die_ref die
)
10089 /* If the DIE is already a declaration, just clone it. */
10090 if (is_declaration_die (die
))
10091 return clone_die (die
);
10093 /* If the DIE is a specification, just clone its declaration DIE. */
10094 decl
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
10096 return clone_die (decl
);
10098 clone
= ggc_alloc_cleared_die_node ();
10099 clone
->die_tag
= die
->die_tag
;
10101 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
10103 /* We don't want to copy over all attributes.
10104 For example we don't want DW_AT_byte_size because otherwise we will no
10105 longer have a declaration and GDB will treat it as a definition. */
10107 switch (a
->dw_attr
)
10109 case DW_AT_artificial
:
10110 case DW_AT_containing_type
:
10111 case DW_AT_external
:
10114 case DW_AT_virtuality
:
10115 case DW_AT_linkage_name
:
10116 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
:
10117 add_dwarf_attr (clone
, a
);
10119 case DW_AT_byte_size
:
10125 if (die
->die_id
.die_type_node
)
10126 add_AT_die_ref (clone
, DW_AT_signature
, die
);
10128 add_AT_flag (clone
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
10132 /* Copy the declaration context to the new compile unit DIE. This includes
10133 any surrounding namespace or type declarations. If the DIE has an
10134 AT_specification attribute, it also includes attributes and children
10135 attached to the specification. */
10138 copy_declaration_context (dw_die_ref unit
, dw_die_ref die
)
10141 dw_die_ref new_decl
;
10143 decl
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
10152 /* Copy the type node pointer from the new DIE to the original
10153 declaration DIE so we can forward references later. */
10154 decl
->die_id
.die_type_node
= die
->die_id
.die_type_node
;
10156 remove_AT (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
10158 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, decl
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
10160 if (a
->dw_attr
!= DW_AT_name
10161 && a
->dw_attr
!= DW_AT_declaration
10162 && a
->dw_attr
!= DW_AT_external
)
10163 add_dwarf_attr (die
, a
);
10166 FOR_EACH_CHILD (decl
, c
, add_child_die (die
, clone_tree(c
)));
10169 if (decl
->die_parent
!= NULL
10170 && decl
->die_parent
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_compile_unit
10171 && decl
->die_parent
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_type_unit
)
10173 new_decl
= copy_ancestor_tree (unit
, decl
, NULL
);
10174 if (new_decl
!= NULL
)
10176 remove_AT (new_decl
, DW_AT_signature
);
10177 add_AT_specification (die
, new_decl
);
10182 /* Generate the skeleton ancestor tree for the given NODE, then clone
10183 the DIE and add the clone into the tree. */
10186 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (skeleton_chain_node
*node
)
10188 if (node
->new_die
!= NULL
)
10191 node
->new_die
= clone_as_declaration (node
->old_die
);
10193 if (node
->parent
!= NULL
)
10195 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (node
->parent
);
10196 add_child_die (node
->parent
->new_die
, node
->new_die
);
10200 /* Generate a skeleton tree of DIEs containing any declarations that are
10201 found in the original tree. We traverse the tree looking for declaration
10202 DIEs, and construct the skeleton from the bottom up whenever we find one. */
10205 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (skeleton_chain_node
*parent
)
10207 skeleton_chain_node node
;
10210 dw_die_ref prev
= NULL
;
10211 dw_die_ref next
= NULL
;
10213 node
.parent
= parent
;
10215 first
= c
= parent
->old_die
->die_child
;
10219 if (prev
== NULL
|| prev
->die_sib
== c
)
10222 next
= (c
== first
? NULL
: c
->die_sib
);
10224 node
.new_die
= NULL
;
10225 if (is_declaration_die (c
))
10227 /* Clone the existing DIE, move the original to the skeleton
10228 tree (which is in the main CU), and put the clone, with
10229 all the original's children, where the original came from. */
10230 dw_die_ref clone
= clone_die (c
);
10231 move_all_children (c
, clone
);
10233 replace_child (c
, clone
, prev
);
10234 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (parent
);
10235 add_child_die (parent
->new_die
, c
);
10239 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (&node
);
10240 } while (next
!= NULL
);
10243 /* Wrapper function for generate_skeleton_bottom_up. */
10246 generate_skeleton (dw_die_ref die
)
10248 skeleton_chain_node node
;
10250 node
.old_die
= die
;
10251 node
.new_die
= NULL
;
10252 node
.parent
= NULL
;
10254 /* If this type definition is nested inside another type,
10255 always leave at least a declaration in its place. */
10256 if (die
->die_parent
!= NULL
&& is_type_die (die
->die_parent
))
10257 node
.new_die
= clone_as_declaration (die
);
10259 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (&node
);
10260 return node
.new_die
;
10263 /* Remove the DIE from its parent, possibly replacing it with a cloned
10264 declaration. The original DIE will be moved to a new compile unit
10265 so that existing references to it follow it to the new location. If
10266 any of the original DIE's descendants is a declaration, we need to
10267 replace the original DIE with a skeleton tree and move the
10268 declarations back into the skeleton tree. */
10271 remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (dw_die_ref child
, dw_die_ref prev
)
10273 dw_die_ref skeleton
;
10275 skeleton
= generate_skeleton (child
);
10276 if (skeleton
== NULL
)
10277 remove_child_with_prev (child
, prev
);
10280 skeleton
->die_id
.die_type_node
= child
->die_id
.die_type_node
;
10281 replace_child (child
, skeleton
, prev
);
10287 /* Traverse the DIE and set up additional .debug_types sections for each
10288 type worthy of being placed in a COMDAT section. */
10291 break_out_comdat_types (dw_die_ref die
)
10295 dw_die_ref prev
= NULL
;
10296 dw_die_ref next
= NULL
;
10297 dw_die_ref unit
= NULL
;
10299 first
= c
= die
->die_child
;
10303 if (prev
== NULL
|| prev
->die_sib
== c
)
10306 next
= (c
== first
? NULL
: c
->die_sib
);
10307 if (should_move_die_to_comdat (c
))
10309 dw_die_ref replacement
;
10310 comdat_type_node_ref type_node
;
10312 /* Create a new type unit DIE as the root for the new tree, and
10313 add it to the list of comdat types. */
10314 unit
= new_die (DW_TAG_type_unit
, NULL
, NULL
);
10315 add_AT_unsigned (unit
, DW_AT_language
,
10316 get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_language
));
10317 type_node
= ggc_alloc_cleared_comdat_type_node ();
10318 type_node
->root_die
= unit
;
10319 type_node
->next
= comdat_type_list
;
10320 comdat_type_list
= type_node
;
10322 /* Generate the type signature. */
10323 generate_type_signature (c
, type_node
);
10325 /* Copy the declaration context, attributes, and children of the
10326 declaration into the new compile unit DIE. */
10327 copy_declaration_context (unit
, c
);
10329 /* Remove this DIE from the main CU. */
10330 replacement
= remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (c
, prev
);
10332 /* Break out nested types into their own type units. */
10333 break_out_comdat_types (c
);
10335 /* Add the DIE to the new compunit. */
10336 add_child_die (unit
, c
);
10338 if (replacement
!= NULL
)
10341 else if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
10342 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_class_type
10343 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_structure_type
10344 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_union_type
)
10346 /* Look for nested types that can be broken out. */
10347 break_out_comdat_types (c
);
10349 } while (next
!= NULL
);
10352 /* Structure to map a DIE in one CU to its copy in a comdat type unit. */
10354 struct decl_table_entry
10360 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of copied declarations. */
10363 htab_decl_hash (const void *of
)
10365 const struct decl_table_entry
*const entry
=
10366 (const struct decl_table_entry
*) of
;
10368 return htab_hash_pointer (entry
->orig
);
10372 htab_decl_eq (const void *of1
, const void *of2
)
10374 const struct decl_table_entry
*const entry1
=
10375 (const struct decl_table_entry
*) of1
;
10376 const struct die_struct
*const entry2
= (const struct die_struct
*) of2
;
10378 return entry1
->orig
== entry2
;
10382 htab_decl_del (void *what
)
10384 struct decl_table_entry
*entry
= (struct decl_table_entry
*) what
;
10389 /* Copy DIE and its ancestors, up to, but not including, the compile unit
10390 or type unit entry, to a new tree. Adds the new tree to UNIT and returns
10391 a pointer to the copy of DIE. If DECL_TABLE is provided, it is used
10392 to check if the ancestor has already been copied into UNIT. */
10395 copy_ancestor_tree (dw_die_ref unit
, dw_die_ref die
, htab_t decl_table
)
10397 dw_die_ref parent
= die
->die_parent
;
10398 dw_die_ref new_parent
= unit
;
10400 void **slot
= NULL
;
10401 struct decl_table_entry
*entry
= NULL
;
10405 /* Check if the entry has already been copied to UNIT. */
10406 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_table
, die
,
10407 htab_hash_pointer (die
), INSERT
);
10408 if (*slot
!= HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY
)
10410 entry
= (struct decl_table_entry
*) *slot
;
10411 return entry
->copy
;
10414 /* Record in DECL_TABLE that DIE has been copied to UNIT. */
10415 entry
= XCNEW (struct decl_table_entry
);
10417 entry
->copy
= NULL
;
10421 if (parent
!= NULL
)
10423 dw_die_ref spec
= get_AT_ref (parent
, DW_AT_specification
);
10426 if (parent
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_compile_unit
10427 && parent
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_type_unit
)
10428 new_parent
= copy_ancestor_tree (unit
, parent
, decl_table
);
10431 copy
= clone_as_declaration (die
);
10432 add_child_die (new_parent
, copy
);
10434 if (decl_table
!= NULL
)
10436 /* Record the pointer to the copy. */
10437 entry
->copy
= copy
;
10443 /* Walk the DIE and its children, looking for references to incomplete
10444 or trivial types that are unmarked (i.e., that are not in the current
10448 copy_decls_walk (dw_die_ref unit
, dw_die_ref die
, htab_t decl_table
)
10454 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
10456 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
10458 dw_die_ref targ
= AT_ref (a
);
10459 comdat_type_node_ref type_node
= targ
->die_id
.die_type_node
;
10461 struct decl_table_entry
*entry
;
10463 if (targ
->die_mark
!= 0 || type_node
!= NULL
)
10466 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_table
, targ
,
10467 htab_hash_pointer (targ
), INSERT
);
10469 if (*slot
!= HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY
)
10471 /* TARG has already been copied, so we just need to
10472 modify the reference to point to the copy. */
10473 entry
= (struct decl_table_entry
*) *slot
;
10474 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= entry
->copy
;
10478 dw_die_ref parent
= unit
;
10479 dw_die_ref copy
= clone_tree (targ
);
10481 /* Make sure the cloned tree is marked as part of the
10485 /* Record in DECL_TABLE that TARG has been copied.
10486 Need to do this now, before the recursive call,
10487 because DECL_TABLE may be expanded and SLOT
10488 would no longer be a valid pointer. */
10489 entry
= XCNEW (struct decl_table_entry
);
10490 entry
->orig
= targ
;
10491 entry
->copy
= copy
;
10494 /* If TARG has surrounding context, copy its ancestor tree
10495 into the new type unit. */
10496 if (targ
->die_parent
!= NULL
10497 && targ
->die_parent
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_compile_unit
10498 && targ
->die_parent
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_type_unit
)
10499 parent
= copy_ancestor_tree (unit
, targ
->die_parent
,
10502 add_child_die (parent
, copy
);
10503 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= copy
;
10505 /* Make sure the newly-copied DIE is walked. If it was
10506 installed in a previously-added context, it won't
10507 get visited otherwise. */
10508 if (parent
!= unit
)
10510 /* Find the highest point of the newly-added tree,
10511 mark each node along the way, and walk from there. */
10512 parent
->die_mark
= 1;
10513 while (parent
->die_parent
10514 && parent
->die_parent
->die_mark
== 0)
10516 parent
= parent
->die_parent
;
10517 parent
->die_mark
= 1;
10519 copy_decls_walk (unit
, parent
, decl_table
);
10525 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, copy_decls_walk (unit
, c
, decl_table
));
10528 /* Copy declarations for "unworthy" types into the new comdat section.
10529 Incomplete types, modified types, and certain other types aren't broken
10530 out into comdat sections of their own, so they don't have a signature,
10531 and we need to copy the declaration into the same section so that we
10532 don't have an external reference. */
10535 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (dw_die_ref unit
)
10540 decl_table
= htab_create (10, htab_decl_hash
, htab_decl_eq
, htab_decl_del
);
10541 copy_decls_walk (unit
, unit
, decl_table
);
10542 htab_delete (decl_table
);
10543 unmark_dies (unit
);
10546 /* Traverse the DIE and add a sibling attribute if it may have the
10547 effect of speeding up access to siblings. To save some space,
10548 avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children. */
10551 add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref die
)
10555 if (! die
->die_child
)
10558 if (die
->die_parent
&& die
!= die
->die_parent
->die_child
)
10559 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_sibling
, die
->die_sib
);
10561 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, add_sibling_attributes (c
));
10564 /* Output all location lists for the DIE and its children. */
10567 output_location_lists (dw_die_ref die
)
10573 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
10574 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
)
10575 output_loc_list (AT_loc_list (a
));
10577 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, output_location_lists (c
));
10580 /* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs) is encoded in an
10581 abbreviation table. This routine builds the abbreviation table and assigns
10582 a unique abbreviation id for each abbreviation entry. The children of each
10583 die are visited recursively. */
10586 build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref die
)
10588 unsigned long abbrev_id
;
10589 unsigned int n_alloc
;
10594 /* Scan the DIE references, and mark as external any that refer to
10595 DIEs from other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked). */
10596 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
10597 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
10598 && AT_ref (a
)->die_mark
== 0)
10600 gcc_assert (use_debug_types
|| AT_ref (a
)->die_id
.die_symbol
);
10601 set_AT_ref_external (a
, 1);
10604 for (abbrev_id
= 1; abbrev_id
< abbrev_die_table_in_use
; ++abbrev_id
)
10606 dw_die_ref abbrev
= abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
];
10607 dw_attr_ref die_a
, abbrev_a
;
10611 if (abbrev
->die_tag
!= die
->die_tag
)
10613 if ((abbrev
->die_child
!= NULL
) != (die
->die_child
!= NULL
))
10616 if (VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, abbrev
->die_attr
)
10617 != VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
))
10620 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, die_a
)
10622 abbrev_a
= VEC_index (dw_attr_node
, abbrev
->die_attr
, ix
);
10623 if ((abbrev_a
->dw_attr
!= die_a
->dw_attr
)
10624 || (value_format (abbrev_a
) != value_format (die_a
)))
10634 if (abbrev_id
>= abbrev_die_table_in_use
)
10636 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use
>= abbrev_die_table_allocated
)
10638 n_alloc
= abbrev_die_table_allocated
+ ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
10639 abbrev_die_table
= GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_die_ref
, abbrev_die_table
,
10642 memset (&abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_die_table_allocated
], 0,
10643 (n_alloc
- abbrev_die_table_allocated
) * sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
10644 abbrev_die_table_allocated
= n_alloc
;
10647 ++abbrev_die_table_in_use
;
10648 abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
] = die
;
10651 die
->die_abbrev
= abbrev_id
;
10652 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, build_abbrev_table (c
));
10655 /* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE. */
10658 constant_size (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value
)
10665 log
= floor_log2 (value
);
10668 log
= 1 << (floor_log2 (log
) + 1);
10673 /* Return the size of a DIE as it is represented in the
10674 .debug_info section. */
10676 static unsigned long
10677 size_of_die (dw_die_ref die
)
10679 unsigned long size
= 0;
10683 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (die
->die_abbrev
);
10684 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
10686 switch (AT_class (a
))
10688 case dw_val_class_addr
:
10689 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
10691 case dw_val_class_offset
:
10692 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
10694 case dw_val_class_loc
:
10696 unsigned long lsize
= size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
));
10698 /* Block length. */
10699 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
10700 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (lsize
);
10702 size
+= constant_size (lsize
);
10706 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
10707 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
10709 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
10710 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
10712 case dw_val_class_const
:
10713 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (AT_int (a
));
10715 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
10716 size
+= constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
));
10718 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
10719 size
+= 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
;
10720 if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
>= 64)
10721 size
++; /* block */
10723 case dw_val_class_vec
:
10724 size
+= constant_size (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
10725 * a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
)
10726 + a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
10727 * a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
; /* block */
10729 case dw_val_class_flag
:
10730 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
10731 /* Currently all add_AT_flag calls pass in 1 as last argument,
10732 so DW_FORM_flag_present can be used. If that ever changes,
10733 we'll need to use DW_FORM_flag and have some optimization
10734 in build_abbrev_table that will change those to
10735 DW_FORM_flag_present if it is set to 1 in all DIEs using
10736 the same abbrev entry. */
10737 gcc_assert (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
== 1);
10741 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
10742 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
10744 /* In DWARF4, we use DW_FORM_ref_sig8; for earlier versions
10745 we use DW_FORM_ref_addr. In DWARF2, DW_FORM_ref_addr
10746 is sized by target address length, whereas in DWARF3
10747 it's always sized as an offset. */
10748 if (use_debug_types
)
10749 size
+= DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
;
10750 else if (dwarf_version
== 2)
10751 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
10753 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
10756 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
10758 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
10759 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
10761 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
10762 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
10764 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
10765 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
10766 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
10768 case dw_val_class_str
:
10769 if (AT_string_form (a
) == DW_FORM_strp
)
10770 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
10772 size
+= strlen (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->str
) + 1;
10774 case dw_val_class_file
:
10775 size
+= constant_size (maybe_emit_file (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
));
10777 case dw_val_class_data8
:
10780 case dw_val_class_vms_delta
:
10781 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
10784 gcc_unreachable ();
10791 /* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE. Visits the
10792 DIE's children recursively. Updates the global variable next_die_offset, on
10793 each time through. Uses the current value of next_die_offset to update the
10794 die_offset field in each DIE. */
10797 calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref die
)
10801 die
->die_offset
= next_die_offset
;
10802 next_die_offset
+= size_of_die (die
);
10804 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, calc_die_sizes (c
));
10806 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
10807 /* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists. */
10808 next_die_offset
+= 1;
10811 /* Set the marks for a die and its children. We do this so
10812 that we know whether or not a reference needs to use FORM_ref_addr; only
10813 DIEs in the same CU will be marked. We used to clear out the offset
10814 and use that as the flag, but ran into ordering problems. */
10817 mark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
10821 gcc_assert (!die
->die_mark
);
10824 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, mark_dies (c
));
10827 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children. */
10830 unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
10834 if (! use_debug_types
)
10835 gcc_assert (die
->die_mark
);
10838 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, unmark_dies (c
));
10841 /* Clear the marks for a die, its children and referred dies. */
10844 unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
10850 if (!die
->die_mark
)
10854 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, unmark_all_dies (c
));
10856 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
10857 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
10858 unmark_all_dies (AT_ref (a
));
10861 /* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames or .debug_pubtypes table
10862 generated for the compilation unit. */
10864 static unsigned long
10865 size_of_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry
, gc
) * names
)
10867 unsigned long size
;
10871 size
= DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE
;
10872 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (pubname_entry
, names
, i
, p
)
10873 if (names
!= pubtype_table
10874 || p
->die
->die_offset
!= 0
10875 || !flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types
)
10876 size
+= strlen (p
->name
) + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
+ 1;
10878 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
10882 /* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section. */
10884 static unsigned long
10885 size_of_aranges (void)
10887 unsigned long size
;
10889 size
= DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE
;
10891 /* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit. */
10892 if (text_section_used
)
10893 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
10894 if (cold_text_section_used
)
10895 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
10896 if (have_multiple_function_sections
)
10898 unsigned fde_idx
= 0;
10900 for (fde_idx
= 0; fde_idx
< fde_table_in_use
; fde_idx
++)
10902 dw_fde_ref fde
= &fde_table
[fde_idx
];
10904 if (!fde
->in_std_section
)
10905 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
10906 if (fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
&& !fde
->second_in_std_section
)
10907 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
10911 /* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */
10912 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
10916 /* Select the encoding of an attribute value. */
10918 static enum dwarf_form
10919 value_format (dw_attr_ref a
)
10921 switch (a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
)
10923 case dw_val_class_addr
:
10924 /* Only very few attributes allow DW_FORM_addr. */
10925 switch (a
->dw_attr
)
10928 case DW_AT_high_pc
:
10929 case DW_AT_entry_pc
:
10930 case DW_AT_trampoline
:
10931 return DW_FORM_addr
;
10935 switch (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
10938 return DW_FORM_data1
;
10940 return DW_FORM_data2
;
10942 return DW_FORM_data4
;
10944 return DW_FORM_data8
;
10946 gcc_unreachable ();
10948 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
10949 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
10950 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
10951 return DW_FORM_sec_offset
;
10953 case dw_val_class_vms_delta
:
10954 case dw_val_class_offset
:
10955 switch (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
)
10958 return DW_FORM_data4
;
10960 return DW_FORM_data8
;
10962 gcc_unreachable ();
10964 case dw_val_class_loc
:
10965 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
10966 return DW_FORM_exprloc
;
10967 switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
))))
10970 return DW_FORM_block1
;
10972 return DW_FORM_block2
;
10974 gcc_unreachable ();
10976 case dw_val_class_const
:
10977 return DW_FORM_sdata
;
10978 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
10979 switch (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
)))
10982 return DW_FORM_data1
;
10984 return DW_FORM_data2
;
10986 return DW_FORM_data4
;
10988 return DW_FORM_data8
;
10990 gcc_unreachable ();
10992 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
10993 switch (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
10996 return DW_FORM_data2
;
10998 return DW_FORM_data4
;
11000 return DW_FORM_data8
;
11003 return DW_FORM_block1
;
11005 case dw_val_class_vec
:
11006 switch (constant_size (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
11007 * a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
))
11010 return DW_FORM_block1
;
11012 return DW_FORM_block2
;
11014 return DW_FORM_block4
;
11016 gcc_unreachable ();
11018 case dw_val_class_flag
:
11019 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
11021 /* Currently all add_AT_flag calls pass in 1 as last argument,
11022 so DW_FORM_flag_present can be used. If that ever changes,
11023 we'll need to use DW_FORM_flag and have some optimization
11024 in build_abbrev_table that will change those to
11025 DW_FORM_flag_present if it is set to 1 in all DIEs using
11026 the same abbrev entry. */
11027 gcc_assert (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
== 1);
11028 return DW_FORM_flag_present
;
11030 return DW_FORM_flag
;
11031 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
11032 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
11033 return use_debug_types
? DW_FORM_ref_sig8
: DW_FORM_ref_addr
;
11035 return DW_FORM_ref
;
11036 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
11037 return DW_FORM_data
;
11038 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
11039 return DW_FORM_addr
;
11040 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
11041 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
11042 return dwarf_version
>= 4 ? DW_FORM_sec_offset
: DW_FORM_data
;
11043 case dw_val_class_str
:
11044 return AT_string_form (a
);
11045 case dw_val_class_file
:
11046 switch (constant_size (maybe_emit_file (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
)))
11049 return DW_FORM_data1
;
11051 return DW_FORM_data2
;
11053 return DW_FORM_data4
;
11055 gcc_unreachable ();
11058 case dw_val_class_data8
:
11059 return DW_FORM_data8
;
11062 gcc_unreachable ();
11066 /* Output the encoding of an attribute value. */
11069 output_value_format (dw_attr_ref a
)
11071 enum dwarf_form form
= value_format (a
);
11073 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (form
, "(%s)", dwarf_form_name (form
));
11076 /* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation
11080 output_abbrev_section (void)
11082 unsigned long abbrev_id
;
11084 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use
== 1)
11087 for (abbrev_id
= 1; abbrev_id
< abbrev_die_table_in_use
; ++abbrev_id
)
11089 dw_die_ref abbrev
= abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
];
11091 dw_attr_ref a_attr
;
11093 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev_id
, "(abbrev code)");
11094 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev
->die_tag
, "(TAG: %s)",
11095 dwarf_tag_name (abbrev
->die_tag
));
11097 if (abbrev
->die_child
!= NULL
)
11098 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_yes
, "DW_children_yes");
11100 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_no
, "DW_children_no");
11102 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, abbrev
->die_attr
, ix
, a_attr
);
11105 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (a_attr
->dw_attr
, "(%s)",
11106 dwarf_attr_name (a_attr
->dw_attr
));
11107 output_value_format (a_attr
);
11110 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
11111 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
11114 /* Terminate the table. */
11115 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
11118 /* Output a symbol we can use to refer to this DIE from another CU. */
11121 output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref die
)
11123 char *sym
= die
->die_id
.die_symbol
;
11128 if (strncmp (sym
, DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
, sizeof (DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
) - 1) == 0)
11129 /* We make these global, not weak; if the target doesn't support
11130 .linkonce, it doesn't support combining the sections, so debugging
11132 targetm
.asm_out
.globalize_label (asm_out_file
, sym
);
11134 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, sym
);
11137 /* Return a new location list, given the begin and end range, and the
11140 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
11141 new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref expr
, const char *begin
, const char *end
,
11142 const char *section
)
11144 dw_loc_list_ref retlist
= ggc_alloc_cleared_dw_loc_list_node ();
11146 retlist
->begin
= begin
;
11147 retlist
->end
= end
;
11148 retlist
->expr
= expr
;
11149 retlist
->section
= section
;
11154 /* Generate a new internal symbol for this location list node, if it
11155 hasn't got one yet. */
11158 gen_llsym (dw_loc_list_ref list
)
11160 gcc_assert (!list
->ll_symbol
);
11161 list
->ll_symbol
= gen_internal_sym ("LLST");
11164 /* Output the location list given to us. */
11167 output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref list_head
)
11169 dw_loc_list_ref curr
= list_head
;
11171 if (list_head
->emitted
)
11173 list_head
->emitted
= true;
11175 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, list_head
->ll_symbol
);
11177 /* Walk the location list, and output each range + expression. */
11178 for (curr
= list_head
; curr
!= NULL
; curr
= curr
->dw_loc_next
)
11180 unsigned long size
;
11181 /* Don't output an entry that starts and ends at the same address. */
11182 if (strcmp (curr
->begin
, curr
->end
) == 0)
11184 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
)
11186 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->begin
, curr
->section
,
11187 "Location list begin address (%s)",
11188 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
11189 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->end
, curr
->section
,
11190 "Location list end address (%s)",
11191 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
11195 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->begin
,
11196 "Location list begin address (%s)",
11197 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
11198 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->end
,
11199 "Location list end address (%s)",
11200 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
11202 size
= size_of_locs (curr
->expr
);
11204 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
11205 gcc_assert (size
<= 0xffff);
11206 dw2_asm_output_data (2, size
, "%s", "Location expression size");
11208 output_loc_sequence (curr
->expr
, -1);
11211 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0,
11212 "Location list terminator begin (%s)",
11213 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
11214 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0,
11215 "Location list terminator end (%s)",
11216 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
11219 /* Output a type signature. */
11222 output_signature (const char *sig
, const char *name
)
11226 for (i
= 0; i
< DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
; i
++)
11227 dw2_asm_output_data (1, sig
[i
], i
== 0 ? "%s" : NULL
, name
);
11230 /* Output the DIE and its attributes. Called recursively to generate
11231 the definitions of each child DIE. */
11234 output_die (dw_die_ref die
)
11238 unsigned long size
;
11241 /* If someone in another CU might refer to us, set up a symbol for
11242 them to point to. */
11243 if (! use_debug_types
&& die
->die_id
.die_symbol
)
11244 output_die_symbol (die
);
11246 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (die
->die_abbrev
, "(DIE (%#lx) %s)",
11247 (unsigned long)die
->die_offset
,
11248 dwarf_tag_name (die
->die_tag
));
11250 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
11252 const char *name
= dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
);
11254 switch (AT_class (a
))
11256 case dw_val_class_addr
:
11257 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, AT_addr (a
), "%s", name
);
11260 case dw_val_class_offset
:
11261 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
,
11265 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
11267 char *p
= strchr (ranges_section_label
, '\0');
11269 sprintf (p
, "+" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX
,
11270 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
);
11271 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, ranges_section_label
,
11272 debug_ranges_section
, "%s", name
);
11277 case dw_val_class_loc
:
11278 size
= size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
));
11280 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
11281 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
11282 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size
, "%s", name
);
11284 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size
), size
, "%s", name
);
11286 output_loc_sequence (AT_loc (a
), -1);
11289 case dw_val_class_const
:
11290 /* ??? It would be slightly more efficient to use a scheme like is
11291 used for unsigned constants below, but gdb 4.x does not sign
11292 extend. Gdb 5.x does sign extend. */
11293 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (AT_int (a
), "%s", name
);
11296 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
11297 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
)),
11298 AT_unsigned (a
), "%s", name
);
11301 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
11303 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first
, second
;
11305 if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
>= 64)
11306 dw2_asm_output_data (1,
11307 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
11308 / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
11311 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
11313 first
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.high
;
11314 second
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.low
;
11318 first
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.low
;
11319 second
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.high
;
11322 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
11324 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
11329 case dw_val_class_vec
:
11331 unsigned int elt_size
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
;
11332 unsigned int len
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
;
11336 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (len
* elt_size
),
11337 len
* elt_size
, "%s", name
);
11338 if (elt_size
> sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
))
11343 for (i
= 0, p
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.array
;
11345 i
++, p
+= elt_size
)
11346 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size
, extract_int (p
, elt_size
),
11347 "fp or vector constant word %u", i
);
11351 case dw_val_class_flag
:
11352 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
11354 /* Currently all add_AT_flag calls pass in 1 as last argument,
11355 so DW_FORM_flag_present can be used. If that ever changes,
11356 we'll need to use DW_FORM_flag and have some optimization
11357 in build_abbrev_table that will change those to
11358 DW_FORM_flag_present if it is set to 1 in all DIEs using
11359 the same abbrev entry. */
11360 gcc_assert (AT_flag (a
) == 1);
11361 if (flag_debug_asm
)
11362 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t\t\t%s %s\n",
11363 ASM_COMMENT_START
, name
);
11366 dw2_asm_output_data (1, AT_flag (a
), "%s", name
);
11369 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
11371 char *sym
= AT_loc_list (a
)->ll_symbol
;
11374 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, sym
, debug_loc_section
,
11379 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
11380 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
11382 if (use_debug_types
)
11384 comdat_type_node_ref type_node
=
11385 AT_ref (a
)->die_id
.die_type_node
;
11387 gcc_assert (type_node
);
11388 output_signature (type_node
->signature
, name
);
11392 char *sym
= AT_ref (a
)->die_id
.die_symbol
;
11396 /* In DWARF2, DW_FORM_ref_addr is sized by target address
11397 length, whereas in DWARF3 it's always sized as an
11399 if (dwarf_version
== 2)
11400 size
= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
11402 size
= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
11403 dw2_asm_output_offset (size
, sym
, debug_info_section
, "%s",
11409 gcc_assert (AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
);
11410 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
,
11415 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
11419 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, FDE_LABEL
,
11420 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_fde_index
* 2);
11421 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l1
, debug_frame_section
,
11426 case dw_val_class_vms_delta
:
11427 dw2_asm_output_vms_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
11428 AT_vms_delta2 (a
), AT_vms_delta1 (a
),
11432 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
11433 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
), "%s", name
);
11436 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
11437 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
),
11438 debug_line_section
, "%s", name
);
11441 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
11442 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
),
11443 debug_macinfo_section
, "%s", name
);
11446 case dw_val_class_str
:
11447 if (AT_string_form (a
) == DW_FORM_strp
)
11448 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
11449 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->label
,
11451 "%s: \"%s\"", name
, AT_string (a
));
11453 dw2_asm_output_nstring (AT_string (a
), -1, "%s", name
);
11456 case dw_val_class_file
:
11458 int f
= maybe_emit_file (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
);
11460 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (f
), f
, "%s (%s)", name
,
11461 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
->filename
);
11465 case dw_val_class_data8
:
11469 for (i
= 0; i
< 8; i
++)
11470 dw2_asm_output_data (1, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_data8
[i
],
11471 i
== 0 ? "%s" : NULL
, name
);
11476 gcc_unreachable ();
11480 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, output_die (c
));
11482 /* Add null byte to terminate sibling list. */
11483 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
11484 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of children of DIE %#lx",
11485 (unsigned long) die
->die_offset
);
11488 /* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the
11489 .debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions. */
11492 output_compilation_unit_header (void)
11494 int ver
= dwarf_version
;
11496 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
11497 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11498 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
11499 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
11500 next_die_offset
- DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
,
11501 "Length of Compilation Unit Info");
11502 dw2_asm_output_data (2, ver
, "DWARF version number");
11503 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, abbrev_section_label
,
11504 debug_abbrev_section
,
11505 "Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
11506 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
11509 /* Output the compilation unit DIE and its children. */
11512 output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref die
, int output_if_empty
)
11514 const char *secname
;
11515 char *oldsym
, *tmp
;
11517 /* Unless we are outputting main CU, we may throw away empty ones. */
11518 if (!output_if_empty
&& die
->die_child
== NULL
)
11521 /* Even if there are no children of this DIE, we must output the information
11522 about the compilation unit. Otherwise, on an empty translation unit, we
11523 will generate a present, but empty, .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm'
11524 will then complain when examining the file. First mark all the DIEs in
11525 this CU so we know which get local refs. */
11528 build_abbrev_table (die
);
11530 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
11531 next_die_offset
= DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE
;
11532 calc_die_sizes (die
);
11534 oldsym
= die
->die_id
.die_symbol
;
11537 tmp
= XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (oldsym
) + 24);
11539 sprintf (tmp
, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.%s", oldsym
);
11541 die
->die_id
.die_symbol
= NULL
;
11542 switch_to_section (get_section (secname
, SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
));
11546 switch_to_section (debug_info_section
);
11547 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_info_section_label
);
11548 info_section_emitted
= true;
11551 /* Output debugging information. */
11552 output_compilation_unit_header ();
11555 /* Leave the marks on the main CU, so we can check them in
11556 output_pubnames. */
11560 die
->die_id
.die_symbol
= oldsym
;
11564 /* Output a comdat type unit DIE and its children. */
11567 output_comdat_type_unit (comdat_type_node
*node
)
11569 const char *secname
;
11572 #if defined (OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF)
11576 /* First mark all the DIEs in this CU so we know which get local refs. */
11577 mark_dies (node
->root_die
);
11579 build_abbrev_table (node
->root_die
);
11581 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
11582 next_die_offset
= DWARF_COMDAT_TYPE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE
;
11583 calc_die_sizes (node
->root_die
);
11585 #if defined (OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF)
11586 secname
= ".debug_types";
11587 tmp
= XALLOCAVEC (char, 4 + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
* 2);
11588 sprintf (tmp
, "wt.");
11589 for (i
= 0; i
< DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
; i
++)
11590 sprintf (tmp
+ 3 + i
* 2, "%02x", node
->signature
[i
] & 0xff);
11591 comdat_key
= get_identifier (tmp
);
11592 targetm
.asm_out
.named_section (secname
,
11593 SECTION_DEBUG
| SECTION_LINKONCE
,
11596 tmp
= XALLOCAVEC (char, 18 + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
* 2);
11597 sprintf (tmp
, ".gnu.linkonce.wt.");
11598 for (i
= 0; i
< DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
; i
++)
11599 sprintf (tmp
+ 17 + i
* 2, "%02x", node
->signature
[i
] & 0xff);
11601 switch_to_section (get_section (secname
, SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
));
11604 /* Output debugging information. */
11605 output_compilation_unit_header ();
11606 output_signature (node
->signature
, "Type Signature");
11607 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, node
->type_die
->die_offset
,
11608 "Offset to Type DIE");
11609 output_die (node
->root_die
);
11611 unmark_dies (node
->root_die
);
11614 /* Return the DWARF2/3 pubname associated with a decl. */
11616 static const char *
11617 dwarf2_name (tree decl
, int scope
)
11619 if (DECL_NAMELESS (decl
))
11621 return lang_hooks
.dwarf_name (decl
, scope
? 1 : 0);
11624 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate. */
11627 add_pubname_string (const char *str
, dw_die_ref die
)
11629 if (targetm
.want_debug_pub_sections
)
11634 e
.name
= xstrdup (str
);
11635 VEC_safe_push (pubname_entry
, gc
, pubname_table
, &e
);
11640 add_pubname (tree decl
, dw_die_ref die
)
11642 if (targetm
.want_debug_pub_sections
&& TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
11644 const char *name
= dwarf2_name (decl
, 1);
11646 add_pubname_string (name
, die
);
11650 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubtypes if appropriate. */
11653 add_pubtype (tree decl
, dw_die_ref die
)
11657 if (!targetm
.want_debug_pub_sections
)
11661 if ((TREE_PUBLIC (decl
)
11662 || is_cu_die (die
->die_parent
))
11663 && (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_typedef
|| COMPLETE_TYPE_P (decl
)))
11668 if (TYPE_NAME (decl
))
11670 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (decl
)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE
)
11671 e
.name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TYPE_NAME (decl
));
11672 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (decl
)) == TYPE_DECL
11673 && DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (decl
)))
11674 e
.name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (decl
)));
11676 e
.name
= xstrdup ((const char *) get_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_name
));
11681 e
.name
= dwarf2_name (decl
, 1);
11683 e
.name
= xstrdup (e
.name
);
11686 /* If we don't have a name for the type, there's no point in adding
11687 it to the table. */
11688 if (e
.name
&& e
.name
[0] != '\0')
11689 VEC_safe_push (pubname_entry
, gc
, pubtype_table
, &e
);
11693 /* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally
11694 visible names; or the public types table used to find type definitions. */
11697 output_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry
, gc
) * names
)
11700 unsigned long pubnames_length
= size_of_pubnames (names
);
11703 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
11704 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11705 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
11706 if (names
== pubname_table
)
11707 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pubnames_length
,
11708 "Length of Public Names Info");
11710 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pubnames_length
,
11711 "Length of Public Type Names Info");
11712 /* Version number for pubnames/pubtypes is still 2, even in DWARF3. */
11713 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 2, "DWARF Version");
11714 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_info_section_label
,
11715 debug_info_section
,
11716 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
11717 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, next_die_offset
,
11718 "Compilation Unit Length");
11720 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (pubname_entry
, names
, i
, pub
)
11722 /* We shouldn't see pubnames for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
11723 if (names
== pubname_table
)
11724 gcc_assert (pub
->die
->die_mark
);
11726 if (names
!= pubtype_table
11727 || pub
->die
->die_offset
!= 0
11728 || !flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types
)
11730 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pub
->die
->die_offset
,
11733 dw2_asm_output_nstring (pub
->name
, -1, "external name");
11737 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
11740 /* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table.
11741 Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the
11742 text section generated for this compilation unit. */
11745 output_aranges (unsigned long aranges_length
)
11749 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
11750 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11751 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
11752 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, aranges_length
,
11753 "Length of Address Ranges Info");
11754 /* Version number for aranges is still 2, even in DWARF3. */
11755 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 2, "DWARF Version");
11756 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_info_section_label
,
11757 debug_info_section
,
11758 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
11759 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Size of Address");
11760 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor");
11762 /* We need to align to twice the pointer size here. */
11763 if (DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE
)
11765 /* Pad using a 2 byte words so that padding is correct for any
11767 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Pad to %d byte boundary",
11768 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
11769 for (i
= 2; i
< (unsigned) DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE
; i
+= 2)
11770 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, NULL
);
11773 /* It is necessary not to output these entries if the sections were
11774 not used; if the sections were not used, the length will be 0 and
11775 the address may end up as 0 if the section is discarded by ld
11776 --gc-sections, leaving an invalid (0, 0) entry that can be
11777 confused with the terminator. */
11778 if (text_section_used
)
11780 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_section_label
, "Address");
11781 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_end_label
,
11782 text_section_label
, "Length");
11784 if (cold_text_section_used
)
11786 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, cold_text_section_label
,
11788 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, cold_end_label
,
11789 cold_text_section_label
, "Length");
11792 if (have_multiple_function_sections
)
11794 unsigned fde_idx
= 0;
11796 for (fde_idx
= 0; fde_idx
< fde_table_in_use
; fde_idx
++)
11798 dw_fde_ref fde
= &fde_table
[fde_idx
];
11800 if (!fde
->in_std_section
)
11802 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
11804 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, fde
->dw_fde_end
,
11805 fde
->dw_fde_begin
, "Length");
11807 if (fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
&& !fde
->second_in_std_section
)
11809 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
,
11811 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, fde
->dw_fde_second_end
,
11812 fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
, "Length");
11817 /* Output the terminator words. */
11818 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
11819 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
11822 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges. Return the offset at which it
11825 static unsigned int
11826 add_ranges_num (int num
)
11828 unsigned int in_use
= ranges_table_in_use
;
11830 if (in_use
== ranges_table_allocated
)
11832 ranges_table_allocated
+= RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
11833 ranges_table
= GGC_RESIZEVEC (struct dw_ranges_struct
, ranges_table
,
11834 ranges_table_allocated
);
11835 memset (ranges_table
+ ranges_table_in_use
, 0,
11836 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct
));
11839 ranges_table
[in_use
].num
= num
;
11840 ranges_table_in_use
= in_use
+ 1;
11842 return in_use
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
11845 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges corresponding to a block, or a
11846 range terminator if BLOCK is NULL. */
11848 static unsigned int
11849 add_ranges (const_tree block
)
11851 return add_ranges_num (block
? BLOCK_NUMBER (block
) : 0);
11854 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges corresponding to a pair of
11858 add_ranges_by_labels (dw_die_ref die
, const char *begin
, const char *end
,
11861 unsigned int in_use
= ranges_by_label_in_use
;
11862 unsigned int offset
;
11864 if (in_use
== ranges_by_label_allocated
)
11866 ranges_by_label_allocated
+= RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
11867 ranges_by_label
= GGC_RESIZEVEC (struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct
,
11869 ranges_by_label_allocated
);
11870 memset (ranges_by_label
+ ranges_by_label_in_use
, 0,
11871 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
11872 * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct
));
11875 ranges_by_label
[in_use
].begin
= begin
;
11876 ranges_by_label
[in_use
].end
= end
;
11877 ranges_by_label_in_use
= in_use
+ 1;
11879 offset
= add_ranges_num (-(int)in_use
- 1);
11882 add_AT_range_list (die
, DW_AT_ranges
, offset
);
11888 output_ranges (void)
11891 static const char *const start_fmt
= "Offset %#x";
11892 const char *fmt
= start_fmt
;
11894 for (i
= 0; i
< ranges_table_in_use
; i
++)
11896 int block_num
= ranges_table
[i
].num
;
11900 char blabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11901 char elabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11903 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (blabel
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
, block_num
);
11904 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (elabel
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
, block_num
);
11906 /* If all code is in the text section, then the compilation
11907 unit base address defaults to DW_AT_low_pc, which is the
11908 base of the text section. */
11909 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
)
11911 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
11912 text_section_label
,
11913 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
11914 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, elabel
,
11915 text_section_label
, NULL
);
11918 /* Otherwise, the compilation unit base address is zero,
11919 which allows us to use absolute addresses, and not worry
11920 about whether the target supports cross-section
11924 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
11925 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
11926 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, elabel
, NULL
);
11932 /* Negative block_num stands for an index into ranges_by_label. */
11933 else if (block_num
< 0)
11935 int lab_idx
= - block_num
- 1;
11937 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
)
11939 gcc_unreachable ();
11941 /* If we ever use add_ranges_by_labels () for a single
11942 function section, all we have to do is to take out
11943 the #if 0 above. */
11944 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
11945 ranges_by_label
[lab_idx
].begin
,
11946 text_section_label
,
11947 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
11948 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
11949 ranges_by_label
[lab_idx
].end
,
11950 text_section_label
, NULL
);
11955 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
11956 ranges_by_label
[lab_idx
].begin
,
11957 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
11958 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
11959 ranges_by_label
[lab_idx
].end
,
11965 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
11966 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
11972 /* Data structure containing information about input files. */
11975 const char *path
; /* Complete file name. */
11976 const char *fname
; /* File name part. */
11977 int length
; /* Length of entire string. */
11978 struct dwarf_file_data
* file_idx
; /* Index in input file table. */
11979 int dir_idx
; /* Index in directory table. */
11982 /* Data structure containing information about directories with source
11986 const char *path
; /* Path including directory name. */
11987 int length
; /* Path length. */
11988 int prefix
; /* Index of directory entry which is a prefix. */
11989 int count
; /* Number of files in this directory. */
11990 int dir_idx
; /* Index of directory used as base. */
11993 /* Callback function for file_info comparison. We sort by looking at
11994 the directories in the path. */
11997 file_info_cmp (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
11999 const struct file_info
*const s1
= (const struct file_info
*) p1
;
12000 const struct file_info
*const s2
= (const struct file_info
*) p2
;
12001 const unsigned char *cp1
;
12002 const unsigned char *cp2
;
12004 /* Take care of file names without directories. We need to make sure that
12005 we return consistent values to qsort since some will get confused if
12006 we return the same value when identical operands are passed in opposite
12007 orders. So if neither has a directory, return 0 and otherwise return
12008 1 or -1 depending on which one has the directory. */
12009 if ((s1
->path
== s1
->fname
|| s2
->path
== s2
->fname
))
12010 return (s2
->path
== s2
->fname
) - (s1
->path
== s1
->fname
);
12012 cp1
= (const unsigned char *) s1
->path
;
12013 cp2
= (const unsigned char *) s2
->path
;
12019 /* Reached the end of the first path? If so, handle like above. */
12020 if ((cp1
== (const unsigned char *) s1
->fname
)
12021 || (cp2
== (const unsigned char *) s2
->fname
))
12022 return ((cp2
== (const unsigned char *) s2
->fname
)
12023 - (cp1
== (const unsigned char *) s1
->fname
));
12025 /* Character of current path component the same? */
12026 else if (*cp1
!= *cp2
)
12027 return *cp1
- *cp2
;
12031 struct file_name_acquire_data
12033 struct file_info
*files
;
12038 /* Traversal function for the hash table. */
12041 file_name_acquire (void ** slot
, void *data
)
12043 struct file_name_acquire_data
*fnad
= (struct file_name_acquire_data
*) data
;
12044 struct dwarf_file_data
*d
= (struct dwarf_file_data
*) *slot
;
12045 struct file_info
*fi
;
12048 gcc_assert (fnad
->max_files
>= d
->emitted_number
);
12050 if (! d
->emitted_number
)
12053 gcc_assert (fnad
->max_files
!= fnad
->used_files
);
12055 fi
= fnad
->files
+ fnad
->used_files
++;
12057 /* Skip all leading "./". */
12059 while (f
[0] == '.' && IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (f
[1]))
12062 /* Create a new array entry. */
12064 fi
->length
= strlen (f
);
12067 /* Search for the file name part. */
12068 f
= strrchr (f
, DIR_SEPARATOR
);
12069 #if defined (DIR_SEPARATOR_2)
12071 char *g
= strrchr (fi
->path
, DIR_SEPARATOR_2
);
12075 if (f
== NULL
|| f
< g
)
12081 fi
->fname
= f
== NULL
? fi
->path
: f
+ 1;
12085 /* Output the directory table and the file name table. We try to minimize
12086 the total amount of memory needed. A heuristic is used to avoid large
12087 slowdowns with many input files. */
12090 output_file_names (void)
12092 struct file_name_acquire_data fnad
;
12094 struct file_info
*files
;
12095 struct dir_info
*dirs
;
12103 if (!last_emitted_file
)
12105 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
12106 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
12110 numfiles
= last_emitted_file
->emitted_number
;
12112 /* Allocate the various arrays we need. */
12113 files
= XALLOCAVEC (struct file_info
, numfiles
);
12114 dirs
= XALLOCAVEC (struct dir_info
, numfiles
);
12116 fnad
.files
= files
;
12117 fnad
.used_files
= 0;
12118 fnad
.max_files
= numfiles
;
12119 htab_traverse (file_table
, file_name_acquire
, &fnad
);
12120 gcc_assert (fnad
.used_files
== fnad
.max_files
);
12122 qsort (files
, numfiles
, sizeof (files
[0]), file_info_cmp
);
12124 /* Find all the different directories used. */
12125 dirs
[0].path
= files
[0].path
;
12126 dirs
[0].length
= files
[0].fname
- files
[0].path
;
12127 dirs
[0].prefix
= -1;
12129 dirs
[0].dir_idx
= 0;
12130 files
[0].dir_idx
= 0;
12133 for (i
= 1; i
< numfiles
; i
++)
12134 if (files
[i
].fname
- files
[i
].path
== dirs
[ndirs
- 1].length
12135 && memcmp (dirs
[ndirs
- 1].path
, files
[i
].path
,
12136 dirs
[ndirs
- 1].length
) == 0)
12138 /* Same directory as last entry. */
12139 files
[i
].dir_idx
= ndirs
- 1;
12140 ++dirs
[ndirs
- 1].count
;
12146 /* This is a new directory. */
12147 dirs
[ndirs
].path
= files
[i
].path
;
12148 dirs
[ndirs
].length
= files
[i
].fname
- files
[i
].path
;
12149 dirs
[ndirs
].count
= 1;
12150 dirs
[ndirs
].dir_idx
= ndirs
;
12151 files
[i
].dir_idx
= ndirs
;
12153 /* Search for a prefix. */
12154 dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
= -1;
12155 for (j
= 0; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
12156 if (dirs
[j
].length
< dirs
[ndirs
].length
12157 && dirs
[j
].length
> 1
12158 && (dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
== -1
12159 || dirs
[j
].length
> dirs
[dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
].length
)
12160 && memcmp (dirs
[j
].path
, dirs
[ndirs
].path
, dirs
[j
].length
) == 0)
12161 dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
= j
;
12166 /* Now to the actual work. We have to find a subset of the directories which
12167 allow expressing the file name using references to the directory table
12168 with the least amount of characters. We do not do an exhaustive search
12169 where we would have to check out every combination of every single
12170 possible prefix. Instead we use a heuristic which provides nearly optimal
12171 results in most cases and never is much off. */
12172 saved
= XALLOCAVEC (int, ndirs
);
12173 savehere
= XALLOCAVEC (int, ndirs
);
12175 memset (saved
, '\0', ndirs
* sizeof (saved
[0]));
12176 for (i
= 0; i
< ndirs
; i
++)
12181 /* We can always save some space for the current directory. But this
12182 does not mean it will be enough to justify adding the directory. */
12183 savehere
[i
] = dirs
[i
].length
;
12184 total
= (savehere
[i
] - saved
[i
]) * dirs
[i
].count
;
12186 for (j
= i
+ 1; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
12189 if (saved
[j
] < dirs
[i
].length
)
12191 /* Determine whether the dirs[i] path is a prefix of the
12195 k
= dirs
[j
].prefix
;
12196 while (k
!= -1 && k
!= (int) i
)
12197 k
= dirs
[k
].prefix
;
12201 /* Yes it is. We can possibly save some memory by
12202 writing the filenames in dirs[j] relative to
12204 savehere
[j
] = dirs
[i
].length
;
12205 total
+= (savehere
[j
] - saved
[j
]) * dirs
[j
].count
;
12210 /* Check whether we can save enough to justify adding the dirs[i]
12212 if (total
> dirs
[i
].length
+ 1)
12214 /* It's worthwhile adding. */
12215 for (j
= i
; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
12216 if (savehere
[j
] > 0)
12218 /* Remember how much we saved for this directory so far. */
12219 saved
[j
] = savehere
[j
];
12221 /* Remember the prefix directory. */
12222 dirs
[j
].dir_idx
= i
;
12227 /* Emit the directory name table. */
12228 idx_offset
= dirs
[0].length
> 0 ? 1 : 0;
12229 for (i
= 1 - idx_offset
; i
< ndirs
; i
++)
12230 dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs
[i
].path
,
12232 - !DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR
,
12233 "Directory Entry: %#x", i
+ idx_offset
);
12235 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
12237 /* We have to emit them in the order of emitted_number since that's
12238 used in the debug info generation. To do this efficiently we
12239 generate a back-mapping of the indices first. */
12240 backmap
= XALLOCAVEC (int, numfiles
);
12241 for (i
= 0; i
< numfiles
; i
++)
12242 backmap
[files
[i
].file_idx
->emitted_number
- 1] = i
;
12244 /* Now write all the file names. */
12245 for (i
= 0; i
< numfiles
; i
++)
12247 int file_idx
= backmap
[i
];
12248 int dir_idx
= dirs
[files
[file_idx
].dir_idx
].dir_idx
;
12250 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
12251 #define MAX_VMS_VERSION_LEN 6 /* ";32768" */
12253 /* Setting these fields can lead to debugger miscomparisons,
12254 but VMS Debug requires them to be set correctly. */
12259 int maxfilelen
= strlen (files
[file_idx
].path
)
12260 + dirs
[dir_idx
].length
12261 + MAX_VMS_VERSION_LEN
+ 1;
12262 char *filebuf
= XALLOCAVEC (char, maxfilelen
);
12264 vms_file_stats_name (files
[file_idx
].path
, 0, 0, 0, &ver
);
12265 snprintf (filebuf
, maxfilelen
, "%s;%d",
12266 files
[file_idx
].path
+ dirs
[dir_idx
].length
, ver
);
12268 dw2_asm_output_nstring
12269 (filebuf
, -1, "File Entry: %#x", (unsigned) i
+ 1);
12271 /* Include directory index. */
12272 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dir_idx
+ idx_offset
, NULL
);
12274 /* Modification time. */
12275 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128
12276 ((vms_file_stats_name (files
[file_idx
].path
, &cdt
, 0, 0, 0) == 0)
12280 /* File length in bytes. */
12281 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128
12282 ((vms_file_stats_name (files
[file_idx
].path
, 0, &siz
, 0, 0) == 0)
12286 dw2_asm_output_nstring (files
[file_idx
].path
+ dirs
[dir_idx
].length
, -1,
12287 "File Entry: %#x", (unsigned) i
+ 1);
12289 /* Include directory index. */
12290 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dir_idx
+ idx_offset
, NULL
);
12292 /* Modification time. */
12293 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL
);
12295 /* File length in bytes. */
12296 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL
);
12297 #endif /* VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO */
12300 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
12304 /* Output one line number table into the .debug_line section. */
12307 output_one_line_info_table (dw_line_info_table
*table
)
12309 char line_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
12310 unsigned int current_line
= 1;
12311 bool current_is_stmt
= DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START
;
12312 dw_line_info_entry
*ent
;
12315 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_line_info_entry
, table
->entries
, i
, ent
)
12317 switch (ent
->opcode
)
12319 case LI_set_address
:
12320 /* ??? Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and
12321 must always use the most general form. GCC does not know the
12322 address delta itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. Many
12323 ports do have length attributes which will give an upper bound
12324 on the address range. We could perhaps use length attributes
12325 to determine when it is safe to use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */
12326 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, LINE_CODE_LABEL
, ent
->val
);
12328 /* This can handle any delta. This takes
12329 4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes. */
12330 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "set address %s", line_label
);
12331 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
12332 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
12333 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
12337 if (ent
->val
== current_line
)
12339 /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
12340 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
,
12341 "copy line %u", current_line
);
12345 int line_offset
= ent
->val
- current_line
;
12346 int line_delta
= line_offset
- DWARF_LINE_BASE
;
12348 current_line
= ent
->val
;
12349 if (line_delta
>= 0 && line_delta
< (DWARF_LINE_RANGE
- 1))
12351 /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
12352 definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE.
12353 This takes 1 byte. */
12354 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
+ line_delta
,
12355 "line %u", current_line
);
12359 /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes,
12360 depending on the value being encoded. */
12361 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line
,
12362 "advance to line %u", current_line
);
12363 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset
, NULL
);
12364 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, NULL
);
12370 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file
, "set file %u", ent
->val
);
12371 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (ent
->val
, "%u", ent
->val
);
12374 case LI_set_column
:
12375 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_column
, "column %u", ent
->val
);
12376 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (ent
->val
, "%u", ent
->val
);
12379 case LI_negate_stmt
:
12380 current_is_stmt
= !current_is_stmt
;
12381 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_negate_stmt
,
12382 "is_stmt %d", current_is_stmt
);
12385 case LI_set_prologue_end
:
12386 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_prologue_end
,
12387 "set prologue end");
12390 case LI_set_epilogue_begin
:
12391 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_epilogue_begin
,
12392 "set epilogue begin");
12395 case LI_set_discriminator
:
12396 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "discriminator %u", ent
->val
);
12397 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + size_of_uleb128 (ent
->val
), NULL
);
12398 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_discriminator
, NULL
);
12399 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (ent
->val
, NULL
);
12404 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the table. */
12405 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "set address %s", table
->end_label
);
12406 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
12407 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
12408 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, table
->end_label
, NULL
);
12410 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end sequence");
12411 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL
);
12412 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence
, NULL
);
12415 /* Output the source line number correspondence information. This
12416 information goes into the .debug_line section. */
12419 output_line_info (void)
12421 char l1
[20], l2
[20], p1
[20], p2
[20];
12422 int ver
= dwarf_version
;
12423 bool saw_one
= false;
12426 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL
, 0);
12427 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL
, 0);
12428 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p1
, LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL
, 0);
12429 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p2
, LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL
, 0);
12431 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
12432 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
12433 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
12434 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
12435 "Length of Source Line Info");
12436 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
12438 dw2_asm_output_data (2, ver
, "DWARF Version");
12439 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, p2
, p1
, "Prolog Length");
12440 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, p1
);
12442 /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in bytes).
12443 In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for information
12444 purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language, we have no
12445 a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are generated for each
12446 source line, and therefore can use only the DW_LNE_set_address and
12447 DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information commands. Accordingly, we fix
12448 this as '1', which is "correct enough" for all architectures,
12449 and don't let the target override. */
12450 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1, "Minimum Instruction Length");
12453 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_MAX_OPS_PER_INSN
,
12454 "Maximum Operations Per Instruction");
12455 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START
,
12456 "Default is_stmt_start flag");
12457 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_BASE
,
12458 "Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)");
12459 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_RANGE
,
12460 "Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)");
12461 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
,
12462 "Special Opcode Base");
12464 for (opc
= 1; opc
< DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
; opc
++)
12469 case DW_LNS_advance_pc
:
12470 case DW_LNS_advance_line
:
12471 case DW_LNS_set_file
:
12472 case DW_LNS_set_column
:
12473 case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
:
12474 case DW_LNS_set_isa
:
12482 dw2_asm_output_data (1, n_op_args
, "opcode: %#x has %d args",
12486 /* Write out the information about the files we use. */
12487 output_file_names ();
12488 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, p2
);
12490 if (separate_line_info
)
12492 dw_line_info_table
*table
;
12495 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_line_info_table_p
, separate_line_info
, i
, table
)
12498 output_one_line_info_table (table
);
12502 if (cold_text_section_line_info
&& cold_text_section_line_info
->in_use
)
12504 output_one_line_info_table (cold_text_section_line_info
);
12508 /* ??? Some Darwin linkers crash on a .debug_line section with no
12509 sequences. Further, merely a DW_LNE_end_sequence entry is not
12510 sufficient -- the address column must also be initialized.
12511 Make sure to output at least one set_address/end_sequence pair,
12512 choosing .text since that section is always present. */
12513 if (text_section_line_info
->in_use
|| !saw_one
)
12514 output_one_line_info_table (text_section_line_info
);
12516 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
12517 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
12520 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
12521 a DIE that describes the given type.
12523 This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
12524 Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */
12527 base_type_die (tree type
)
12529 dw_die_ref base_type_result
;
12530 enum dwarf_type encoding
;
12532 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
|| TREE_CODE (type
) == VOID_TYPE
)
12535 /* If this is a subtype that should not be emitted as a subrange type,
12536 use the base type. See subrange_type_for_debug_p. */
12537 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == INTEGER_TYPE
&& TREE_TYPE (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
12538 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
12540 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
12543 if ((dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
)
12544 && TYPE_NAME (type
)
12545 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == TYPE_DECL
12546 && DECL_IS_BUILTIN (TYPE_NAME (type
))
12547 && DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
12549 const char *name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type
)));
12550 if (strcmp (name
, "char16_t") == 0
12551 || strcmp (name
, "char32_t") == 0)
12553 encoding
= DW_ATE_UTF
;
12557 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type
))
12559 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type
))
12560 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned_char
;
12562 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed_char
;
12564 else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type
))
12565 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned
;
12567 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed
;
12571 if (DECIMAL_FLOAT_MODE_P (TYPE_MODE (type
)))
12573 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
12574 encoding
= DW_ATE_decimal_float
;
12576 encoding
= DW_ATE_lo_user
;
12579 encoding
= DW_ATE_float
;
12582 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE
:
12583 if (!(dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
12584 encoding
= DW_ATE_lo_user
;
12585 else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type
))
12586 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned_fixed
;
12588 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed_fixed
;
12591 /* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use
12592 a user defined type for it. */
12594 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == REAL_TYPE
)
12595 encoding
= DW_ATE_complex_float
;
12597 encoding
= DW_ATE_lo_user
;
12601 /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */
12602 encoding
= DW_ATE_boolean
;
12606 /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */
12607 gcc_unreachable ();
12610 base_type_result
= new_die (DW_TAG_base_type
, comp_unit_die (), type
);
12612 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
12613 int_size_in_bytes (type
));
12614 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result
, DW_AT_encoding
, encoding
);
12616 return base_type_result
;
12619 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return nonzero if the
12620 given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */
12623 is_base_type (tree type
)
12625 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
12631 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE
:
12639 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
12640 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
12641 case FUNCTION_TYPE
:
12644 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
12652 gcc_unreachable ();
12658 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
12659 node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
12660 return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
12661 else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
12662 ERROR_MARK node. */
12664 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
12665 simple_type_size_in_bits (const_tree type
)
12667 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
)
12668 return BITS_PER_WORD
;
12669 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type
) == NULL_TREE
)
12671 else if (host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (type
), 1))
12672 return tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (type
), 1);
12674 return TYPE_ALIGN (type
);
12677 /* Similarly, but return a double_int instead of UHWI. */
12679 static inline double_int
12680 double_int_type_size_in_bits (const_tree type
)
12682 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
)
12683 return uhwi_to_double_int (BITS_PER_WORD
);
12684 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type
) == NULL_TREE
)
12685 return double_int_zero
;
12686 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (type
)) == INTEGER_CST
)
12687 return tree_to_double_int (TYPE_SIZE (type
));
12689 return uhwi_to_double_int (TYPE_ALIGN (type
));
12692 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for a subrange type, return a pointer
12693 to a DIE that describes the given type. */
12696 subrange_type_die (tree type
, tree low
, tree high
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
12698 dw_die_ref subrange_die
;
12699 const HOST_WIDE_INT size_in_bytes
= int_size_in_bytes (type
);
12701 if (context_die
== NULL
)
12702 context_die
= comp_unit_die ();
12704 subrange_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, context_die
, type
);
12706 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type
)) != size_in_bytes
)
12708 /* The size of the subrange type and its base type do not match,
12709 so we need to generate a size attribute for the subrange type. */
12710 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size_in_bytes
);
12714 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
, low
);
12716 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
, high
);
12718 return subrange_die
;
12721 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
12722 entry that chains various modifiers in front of the given type. */
12725 modified_type_die (tree type
, int is_const_type
, int is_volatile_type
,
12726 dw_die_ref context_die
)
12728 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
12729 dw_die_ref mod_type_die
;
12730 dw_die_ref sub_die
= NULL
;
12731 tree item_type
= NULL
;
12732 tree qualified_type
;
12733 tree name
, low
, high
;
12735 if (code
== ERROR_MARK
)
12738 /* See if we already have the appropriately qualified variant of
12741 = get_qualified_type (type
,
12742 ((is_const_type
? TYPE_QUAL_CONST
: 0)
12743 | (is_volatile_type
? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE
: 0)));
12745 if (qualified_type
== sizetype
12746 && TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
)
12747 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
)) == TYPE_DECL
)
12749 tree t
= TREE_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
));
12751 gcc_checking_assert (TREE_CODE (t
) == INTEGER_TYPE
12752 && TYPE_PRECISION (t
)
12753 == TYPE_PRECISION (qualified_type
)
12754 && TYPE_UNSIGNED (t
)
12755 == TYPE_UNSIGNED (qualified_type
));
12756 qualified_type
= t
;
12759 /* If we do, then we can just use its DIE, if it exists. */
12760 if (qualified_type
)
12762 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (qualified_type
);
12764 return mod_type_die
;
12767 name
= qualified_type
? TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
) : NULL
;
12769 /* Handle C typedef types. */
12770 if (name
&& TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
&& DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name
)
12771 && !DECL_ARTIFICIAL (name
))
12773 tree dtype
= TREE_TYPE (name
);
12775 if (qualified_type
== dtype
)
12777 /* For a named type, use the typedef. */
12778 gen_type_die (qualified_type
, context_die
);
12779 return lookup_type_die (qualified_type
);
12781 else if (is_const_type
< TYPE_READONLY (dtype
)
12782 || is_volatile_type
< TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype
)
12783 || (is_const_type
<= TYPE_READONLY (dtype
)
12784 && is_volatile_type
<= TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype
)
12785 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name
) != type
))
12786 /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use the unnamed
12787 type to which it refers. */
12788 return modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name
),
12789 is_const_type
, is_volatile_type
,
12791 /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */
12795 /* If both is_const_type and is_volatile_type, prefer the path
12796 which leads to a qualified type. */
12797 && (!is_volatile_type
12798 || get_qualified_type (type
, TYPE_QUAL_CONST
) == NULL_TREE
12799 || get_qualified_type (type
, TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE
) != NULL_TREE
))
12801 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_const_type
, comp_unit_die (), type
);
12802 sub_die
= modified_type_die (type
, 0, is_volatile_type
, context_die
);
12804 else if (is_volatile_type
)
12806 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_volatile_type
, comp_unit_die (), type
);
12807 sub_die
= modified_type_die (type
, is_const_type
, 0, context_die
);
12809 else if (code
== POINTER_TYPE
)
12811 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type
, comp_unit_die (), type
);
12812 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
12813 simple_type_size_in_bits (type
) / BITS_PER_UNIT
);
12814 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
12815 if (!ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type
)))
12816 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_address_class
,
12817 TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type
));
12819 else if (code
== REFERENCE_TYPE
)
12821 if (TYPE_REF_IS_RVALUE (type
) && use_debug_types
)
12822 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
, comp_unit_die (),
12825 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type
, comp_unit_die (), type
);
12826 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
12827 simple_type_size_in_bits (type
) / BITS_PER_UNIT
);
12828 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
12829 if (!ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type
)))
12830 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_address_class
,
12831 TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type
));
12833 else if (code
== INTEGER_TYPE
12834 && TREE_TYPE (type
) != NULL_TREE
12835 && subrange_type_for_debug_p (type
, &low
, &high
))
12837 mod_type_die
= subrange_type_die (type
, low
, high
, context_die
);
12838 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
12840 else if (is_base_type (type
))
12841 mod_type_die
= base_type_die (type
);
12844 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
);
12846 /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
12847 `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
12848 might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
12849 copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
12850 that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
12852 if (TREE_CODE (type
) != VECTOR_TYPE
)
12853 return lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type
));
12855 /* Vectors have the debugging information in the type,
12856 not the main variant. */
12857 return lookup_type_die (type
);
12860 /* Builtin types don't have a DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE. For those,
12861 don't output a DW_TAG_typedef, since there isn't one in the
12862 user's program; just attach a DW_AT_name to the type.
12863 Don't attach a DW_AT_name to DW_TAG_const_type or DW_TAG_volatile_type
12864 if the base type already has the same name. */
12866 && ((TREE_CODE (name
) != TYPE_DECL
12867 && (qualified_type
== TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
)
12868 || (!is_const_type
&& !is_volatile_type
)))
12869 || (TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
12870 && TREE_TYPE (name
) == qualified_type
12871 && DECL_NAME (name
))))
12873 if (TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
)
12874 /* Could just call add_name_and_src_coords_attributes here,
12875 but since this is a builtin type it doesn't have any
12876 useful source coordinates anyway. */
12877 name
= DECL_NAME (name
);
12878 add_name_attribute (mod_type_die
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
));
12879 add_gnat_descriptive_type_attribute (mod_type_die
, type
, context_die
);
12881 /* This probably indicates a bug. */
12882 else if (mod_type_die
&& mod_type_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_base_type
)
12883 add_name_attribute (mod_type_die
, "__unknown__");
12885 if (qualified_type
)
12886 equate_type_number_to_die (qualified_type
, mod_type_die
);
12889 /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
12890 this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die
12891 recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive
12892 types are possible in Ada. */
12893 sub_die
= modified_type_die (item_type
,
12894 TYPE_READONLY (item_type
),
12895 TYPE_VOLATILE (item_type
),
12898 if (sub_die
!= NULL
)
12899 add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_type
, sub_die
);
12901 return mod_type_die
;
12904 /* Generate DIEs for the generic parameters of T.
12905 T must be either a generic type or a generic function.
12906 See http://gcc.gnu.org/wiki/TemplateParmsDwarf for more. */
12909 gen_generic_params_dies (tree t
)
12913 dw_die_ref die
= NULL
;
12915 if (!t
|| (TYPE_P (t
) && !COMPLETE_TYPE_P (t
)))
12919 die
= lookup_type_die (t
);
12920 else if (DECL_P (t
))
12921 die
= lookup_decl_die (t
);
12925 parms
= lang_hooks
.get_innermost_generic_parms (t
);
12927 /* T has no generic parameter. It means T is neither a generic type
12928 or function. End of story. */
12931 parms_num
= TREE_VEC_LENGTH (parms
);
12932 args
= lang_hooks
.get_innermost_generic_args (t
);
12933 for (i
= 0; i
< parms_num
; i
++)
12935 tree parm
, arg
, arg_pack_elems
;
12937 parm
= TREE_VEC_ELT (parms
, i
);
12938 arg
= TREE_VEC_ELT (args
, i
);
12939 arg_pack_elems
= lang_hooks
.types
.get_argument_pack_elems (arg
);
12940 gcc_assert (parm
&& TREE_VALUE (parm
) && arg
);
12942 if (parm
&& TREE_VALUE (parm
) && arg
)
12944 /* If PARM represents a template parameter pack,
12945 emit a DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack DIE, followed
12946 by DW_TAG_template_*_parameter DIEs for the argument
12947 pack elements of ARG. Note that ARG would then be
12948 an argument pack. */
12949 if (arg_pack_elems
)
12950 template_parameter_pack_die (TREE_VALUE (parm
),
12954 generic_parameter_die (TREE_VALUE (parm
), arg
,
12955 true /* Emit DW_AT_name */, die
);
12960 /* Create and return a DIE for PARM which should be
12961 the representation of a generic type parameter.
12962 For instance, in the C++ front end, PARM would be a template parameter.
12963 ARG is the argument to PARM.
12964 EMIT_NAME_P if tree, the DIE will have DW_AT_name attribute set to the
12966 PARENT_DIE is the parent DIE which the new created DIE should be added to,
12967 as a child node. */
12970 generic_parameter_die (tree parm
, tree arg
,
12972 dw_die_ref parent_die
)
12974 dw_die_ref tmpl_die
= NULL
;
12975 const char *name
= NULL
;
12977 if (!parm
|| !DECL_NAME (parm
) || !arg
)
12980 /* We support non-type generic parameters and arguments,
12981 type generic parameters and arguments, as well as
12982 generic generic parameters (a.k.a. template template parameters in C++)
12984 if (TREE_CODE (parm
) == PARM_DECL
)
12985 /* PARM is a nontype generic parameter */
12986 tmpl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_template_value_param
, parent_die
, parm
);
12987 else if (TREE_CODE (parm
) == TYPE_DECL
)
12988 /* PARM is a type generic parameter. */
12989 tmpl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_template_type_param
, parent_die
, parm
);
12990 else if (lang_hooks
.decls
.generic_generic_parameter_decl_p (parm
))
12991 /* PARM is a generic generic parameter.
12992 Its DIE is a GNU extension. It shall have a
12993 DW_AT_name attribute to represent the name of the template template
12994 parameter, and a DW_AT_GNU_template_name attribute to represent the
12995 name of the template template argument. */
12996 tmpl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param
,
12999 gcc_unreachable ();
13005 /* If PARM is a generic parameter pack, it means we are
13006 emitting debug info for a template argument pack element.
13007 In other terms, ARG is a template argument pack element.
13008 In that case, we don't emit any DW_AT_name attribute for
13012 name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm
));
13014 add_AT_string (tmpl_die
, DW_AT_name
, name
);
13017 if (!lang_hooks
.decls
.generic_generic_parameter_decl_p (parm
))
13019 /* DWARF3, 5.6.8 says if PARM is a non-type generic parameter
13020 TMPL_DIE should have a child DW_AT_type attribute that is set
13021 to the type of the argument to PARM, which is ARG.
13022 If PARM is a type generic parameter, TMPL_DIE should have a
13023 child DW_AT_type that is set to ARG. */
13024 tmpl_type
= TYPE_P (arg
) ? arg
: TREE_TYPE (arg
);
13025 add_type_attribute (tmpl_die
, tmpl_type
, 0,
13026 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (tmpl_type
),
13031 /* So TMPL_DIE is a DIE representing a
13032 a generic generic template parameter, a.k.a template template
13033 parameter in C++ and arg is a template. */
13035 /* The DW_AT_GNU_template_name attribute of the DIE must be set
13036 to the name of the argument. */
13037 name
= dwarf2_name (TYPE_P (arg
) ? TYPE_NAME (arg
) : arg
, 1);
13039 add_AT_string (tmpl_die
, DW_AT_GNU_template_name
, name
);
13042 if (TREE_CODE (parm
) == PARM_DECL
)
13043 /* So PARM is a non-type generic parameter.
13044 DWARF3 5.6.8 says we must set a DW_AT_const_value child
13045 attribute of TMPL_DIE which value represents the value
13047 We must be careful here:
13048 The value of ARG might reference some function decls.
13049 We might currently be emitting debug info for a generic
13050 type and types are emitted before function decls, we don't
13051 know if the function decls referenced by ARG will actually be
13052 emitted after cgraph computations.
13053 So must defer the generation of the DW_AT_const_value to
13054 after cgraph is ready. */
13055 append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (tmpl_die
, arg
);
13061 /* Generate and return a DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack DIE representing.
13062 PARM_PACK must be a template parameter pack. The returned DIE
13063 will be child DIE of PARENT_DIE. */
13066 template_parameter_pack_die (tree parm_pack
,
13067 tree parm_pack_args
,
13068 dw_die_ref parent_die
)
13073 gcc_assert (parent_die
&& parm_pack
);
13075 die
= new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack
, parent_die
, parm_pack
);
13076 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (die
, parm_pack
);
13077 for (j
= 0; j
< TREE_VEC_LENGTH (parm_pack_args
); j
++)
13078 generic_parameter_die (parm_pack
,
13079 TREE_VEC_ELT (parm_pack_args
, j
),
13080 false /* Don't emit DW_AT_name */,
13085 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return true if it is
13086 an enumerated type. */
13089 type_is_enum (const_tree type
)
13091 return TREE_CODE (type
) == ENUMERAL_TYPE
;
13094 /* Return the DBX register number described by a given RTL node. */
13096 static unsigned int
13097 dbx_reg_number (const_rtx rtl
)
13099 unsigned regno
= REGNO (rtl
);
13101 gcc_assert (regno
< FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
);
13103 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
13104 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs
)
13106 int leaf_reg
= LEAF_REG_REMAP (regno
);
13107 if (leaf_reg
!= -1)
13108 regno
= (unsigned) leaf_reg
;
13112 return DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno
);
13115 /* Optionally add a DW_OP_piece term to a location description expression.
13116 DW_OP_piece is only added if the location description expression already
13117 doesn't end with DW_OP_piece. */
13120 add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref
*list_head
, int size
)
13122 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
13124 if (*list_head
!= NULL
)
13126 /* Find the end of the chain. */
13127 for (loc
= *list_head
; loc
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
13130 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
!= DW_OP_piece
)
13131 loc
->dw_loc_next
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
, size
, 0);
13135 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register or
13136 zero if there is none. */
13138 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13139 reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, enum var_init_status initialized
)
13143 if (REGNO (rtl
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
13146 /* We only use "frame base" when we're sure we're talking about the
13147 post-prologue local stack frame. We do this by *not* running
13148 register elimination until this point, and recognizing the special
13149 argument pointer and soft frame pointer rtx's.
13150 Use DW_OP_fbreg offset DW_OP_stack_value in this case. */
13151 if ((rtl
== arg_pointer_rtx
|| rtl
== frame_pointer_rtx
)
13152 && eliminate_regs (rtl
, VOIDmode
, NULL_RTX
) != rtl
)
13154 dw_loc_descr_ref result
= NULL
;
13156 if (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
)
13158 result
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, VOIDmode
, initialized
);
13160 add_loc_descr (&result
,
13161 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
13166 regs
= targetm
.dwarf_register_span (rtl
);
13168 if (hard_regno_nregs
[REGNO (rtl
)][GET_MODE (rtl
)] > 1 || regs
)
13169 return multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtl
, regs
, initialized
);
13171 return one_reg_loc_descriptor (dbx_reg_number (rtl
), initialized
);
13174 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register for
13175 a given hard register number. */
13177 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13178 one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int regno
, enum var_init_status initialized
)
13180 dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descr
;
13184 = new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_reg0
+ regno
), 0, 0);
13186 reg_loc_descr
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx
, regno
, 0);
13188 if (initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
13189 add_loc_descr (®_loc_descr
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
13191 return reg_loc_descr
;
13194 /* Given an RTL of a register, return a location descriptor that
13195 designates a value that spans more than one register. */
13197 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13198 multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, rtx regs
,
13199 enum var_init_status initialized
)
13201 int nregs
, size
, i
;
13203 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
13206 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
13207 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs
)
13209 int leaf_reg
= LEAF_REG_REMAP (reg
);
13210 if (leaf_reg
!= -1)
13211 reg
= (unsigned) leaf_reg
;
13214 gcc_assert ((unsigned) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg
) == dbx_reg_number (rtl
));
13215 nregs
= hard_regno_nregs
[REGNO (rtl
)][GET_MODE (rtl
)];
13217 /* Simple, contiguous registers. */
13218 if (regs
== NULL_RTX
)
13220 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) / nregs
;
13225 dw_loc_descr_ref t
;
13227 t
= one_reg_loc_descriptor (DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg
),
13228 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13229 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, t
);
13230 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result
, size
);
13236 /* Now onto stupid register sets in non contiguous locations. */
13238 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (regs
) == PARALLEL
);
13240 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, 0)));
13243 for (i
= 0; i
< XVECLEN (regs
, 0); ++i
)
13245 dw_loc_descr_ref t
;
13247 t
= one_reg_loc_descriptor (REGNO (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, i
)),
13248 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13249 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, t
);
13250 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, 0)));
13251 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result
, size
);
13254 if (loc_result
&& initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
13255 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
13259 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant. */
13261 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13262 int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i
)
13264 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
13266 /* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just
13267 defaulting to the LEB encoding. */
13271 op
= (enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_lit0
+ i
);
13272 else if (i
<= 0xff)
13273 op
= DW_OP_const1u
;
13274 else if (i
<= 0xffff)
13275 op
= DW_OP_const2u
;
13276 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
13277 || i
<= 0xffffffff)
13278 op
= DW_OP_const4u
;
13285 op
= DW_OP_const1s
;
13286 else if (i
>= -0x8000)
13287 op
= DW_OP_const2s
;
13288 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
13289 || i
>= -0x80000000)
13290 op
= DW_OP_const4s
;
13295 return new_loc_descr (op
, i
, 0);
13298 /* Return loc description representing "address" of integer value.
13299 This can appear only as toplevel expression. */
13301 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13302 address_of_int_loc_descriptor (int size
, HOST_WIDE_INT i
)
13305 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
13307 if (!(dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
13314 else if (i
<= 0xff)
13316 else if (i
<= 0xffff)
13318 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
13319 || i
<= 0xffffffff)
13322 litsize
= 1 + size_of_uleb128 ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) i
);
13328 else if (i
>= -0x8000)
13330 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
13331 || i
>= -0x80000000)
13334 litsize
= 1 + size_of_sleb128 (i
);
13336 /* Determine if DW_OP_stack_value or DW_OP_implicit_value
13337 is more compact. For DW_OP_stack_value we need:
13338 litsize + 1 (DW_OP_stack_value)
13339 and for DW_OP_implicit_value:
13340 1 (DW_OP_implicit_value) + 1 (length) + size. */
13341 if ((int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
>= size
&& litsize
+ 1 <= 1 + 1 + size
)
13343 loc_result
= int_loc_descriptor (i
);
13344 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
,
13345 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
13349 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value
,
13351 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
13352 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
= i
;
13356 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */
13358 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13359 based_loc_descr (rtx reg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
,
13360 enum var_init_status initialized
)
13362 unsigned int regno
;
13363 dw_loc_descr_ref result
;
13364 dw_fde_ref fde
= current_fde ();
13366 /* We only use "frame base" when we're sure we're talking about the
13367 post-prologue local stack frame. We do this by *not* running
13368 register elimination until this point, and recognizing the special
13369 argument pointer and soft frame pointer rtx's. */
13370 if (reg
== arg_pointer_rtx
|| reg
== frame_pointer_rtx
)
13372 rtx elim
= eliminate_regs (reg
, VOIDmode
, NULL_RTX
);
13376 if (GET_CODE (elim
) == PLUS
)
13378 offset
+= INTVAL (XEXP (elim
, 1));
13379 elim
= XEXP (elim
, 0);
13381 gcc_assert ((SUPPORTS_STACK_ALIGNMENT
13382 && (elim
== hard_frame_pointer_rtx
13383 || elim
== stack_pointer_rtx
))
13384 || elim
== (frame_pointer_needed
13385 ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
13386 : stack_pointer_rtx
));
13388 /* If drap register is used to align stack, use frame
13389 pointer + offset to access stack variables. If stack
13390 is aligned without drap, use stack pointer + offset to
13391 access stack variables. */
13392 if (crtl
->stack_realign_tried
13393 && reg
== frame_pointer_rtx
)
13396 = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM ((fde
&& fde
->drap_reg
!= INVALID_REGNUM
)
13397 ? HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
13399 return new_reg_loc_descr (base_reg
, offset
);
13402 offset
+= frame_pointer_fb_offset
;
13403 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg
, offset
, 0);
13408 && (fde
->drap_reg
== REGNO (reg
)
13409 || fde
->vdrap_reg
== REGNO (reg
)))
13411 /* Use cfa+offset to represent the location of arguments passed
13412 on the stack when drap is used to align stack.
13413 Only do this when not optimizing, for optimized code var-tracking
13414 is supposed to track where the arguments live and the register
13415 used as vdrap or drap in some spot might be used for something
13416 else in other part of the routine. */
13417 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg
, offset
, 0);
13420 regno
= dbx_reg_number (reg
);
13422 result
= new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_breg0
+ regno
),
13425 result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx
, regno
, offset
);
13427 if (initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
13428 add_loc_descr (&result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
13433 /* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */
13436 is_based_loc (const_rtx rtl
)
13438 return (GET_CODE (rtl
) == PLUS
13439 && ((REG_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
13440 && REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
13441 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1)))));
13444 /* Try to handle TLS MEMs, for which mem_loc_descriptor on XEXP (mem, 0)
13447 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13448 tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtx mem
)
13451 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
;
13453 if (MEM_EXPR (mem
) == NULL_TREE
|| MEM_OFFSET (mem
) == NULL_RTX
)
13456 base
= get_base_address (MEM_EXPR (mem
));
13458 || TREE_CODE (base
) != VAR_DECL
13459 || !DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (base
))
13462 loc_result
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (MEM_EXPR (mem
), 1);
13463 if (loc_result
== NULL
)
13466 if (INTVAL (MEM_OFFSET (mem
)))
13467 loc_descr_plus_const (&loc_result
, INTVAL (MEM_OFFSET (mem
)));
13472 /* Output debug info about reason why we failed to expand expression as dwarf
13476 expansion_failed (tree expr
, rtx rtl
, char const *reason
)
13478 if (dump_file
&& (dump_flags
& TDF_DETAILS
))
13480 fprintf (dump_file
, "Failed to expand as dwarf: ");
13482 print_generic_expr (dump_file
, expr
, dump_flags
);
13485 fprintf (dump_file
, "\n");
13486 print_rtl (dump_file
, rtl
);
13488 fprintf (dump_file
, "\nReason: %s\n", reason
);
13492 /* Helper function for const_ok_for_output, called either directly
13493 or via for_each_rtx. */
13496 const_ok_for_output_1 (rtx
*rtlp
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
13500 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == UNSPEC
)
13502 /* If delegitimize_address couldn't do anything with the UNSPEC, assume
13503 we can't express it in the debug info. */
13504 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
13505 /* Don't complain about TLS UNSPECs, those are just too hard to
13507 if (XVECLEN (rtl
, 0) != 1
13508 || GET_CODE (XVECEXP (rtl
, 0, 0)) != SYMBOL_REF
13509 || SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XVECEXP (rtl
, 0, 0)) == NULL
13510 || TREE_CODE (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XVECEXP (rtl
, 0, 0))) != VAR_DECL
13511 || !DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XVECEXP (rtl
, 0, 0))))
13512 inform (current_function_decl
13513 ? DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (current_function_decl
)
13514 : UNKNOWN_LOCATION
,
13515 #if NUM_UNSPEC_VALUES > 0
13516 "non-delegitimized UNSPEC %s (%d) found in variable location",
13517 ((XINT (rtl
, 1) >= 0 && XINT (rtl
, 1) < NUM_UNSPEC_VALUES
)
13518 ? unspec_strings
[XINT (rtl
, 1)] : "unknown"),
13521 "non-delegitimized UNSPEC %d found in variable location",
13525 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE
, rtl
,
13526 "UNSPEC hasn't been delegitimized.\n");
13530 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) != SYMBOL_REF
)
13533 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl
))
13536 get_pool_constant_mark (rtl
, &marked
);
13537 /* If all references to this pool constant were optimized away,
13538 it was not output and thus we can't represent it. */
13541 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE
, rtl
,
13542 "Constant was removed from constant pool.\n");
13547 if (SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (rtl
) != TLS_MODEL_NONE
)
13550 /* Avoid references to external symbols in debug info, on several targets
13551 the linker might even refuse to link when linking a shared library,
13552 and in many other cases the relocations for .debug_info/.debug_loc are
13553 dropped, so the address becomes zero anyway. Hidden symbols, guaranteed
13554 to be defined within the same shared library or executable are fine. */
13555 if (SYMBOL_REF_EXTERNAL_P (rtl
))
13557 tree decl
= SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl
);
13559 if (decl
== NULL
|| !targetm
.binds_local_p (decl
))
13561 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE
, rtl
,
13562 "Symbol not defined in current TU.\n");
13570 /* Return true if constant RTL can be emitted in DW_OP_addr or
13571 DW_AT_const_value. TLS SYMBOL_REFs, external SYMBOL_REFs or
13572 non-marked constant pool SYMBOL_REFs can't be referenced in it. */
13575 const_ok_for_output (rtx rtl
)
13577 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SYMBOL_REF
)
13578 return const_ok_for_output_1 (&rtl
, NULL
) == 0;
13580 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST
)
13581 return for_each_rtx (&XEXP (rtl
, 0), const_ok_for_output_1
, NULL
) == 0;
13586 /* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter
13587 (resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a
13588 mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a
13589 hypothetical "address evaluation" stack.
13591 When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming
13592 the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression
13593 equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning
13594 it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes.
13596 MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some
13597 autoincrement addressing modes.
13599 CAN_USE_FBREG is a flag whether we can use DW_AT_frame_base in the
13600 location list for RTL.
13602 Return 0 if we can't represent the location. */
13604 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13605 mem_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, enum machine_mode mode
,
13606 enum var_init_status initialized
)
13608 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result
= NULL
;
13609 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
13610 dw_loc_descr_ref op0
, op1
;
13612 /* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a
13613 description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is
13614 actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the
13615 zeroth element of the array. */
13617 rtl
= targetm
.delegitimize_address (rtl
);
13619 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
13624 return mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
, initialized
);
13627 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
13628 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
13629 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
13630 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
13631 contains the given subreg. */
13632 if (!subreg_lowpart_p (rtl
))
13634 rtl
= SUBREG_REG (rtl
);
13635 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13637 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (rtl
)) != MODE_INT
)
13639 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
, initialized
);
13643 /* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the
13644 method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident
13645 object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as
13646 a "base register". This distinction is not based in any way upon
13647 what category of register the hardware believes the given register
13648 belongs to. This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with
13649 here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident
13650 data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg),
13651 OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate
13652 may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg). This may look deceptively like
13653 the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in
13654 memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle
13655 distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG. */
13656 if (REGNO (rtl
) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
13657 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (rtl
, 0, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13658 else if (stack_realign_drap
13660 && crtl
->args
.internal_arg_pointer
== rtl
13661 && REGNO (crtl
->drap_reg
) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
13663 /* If RTL is internal_arg_pointer, which has been optimized
13664 out, use DRAP instead. */
13665 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (crtl
->drap_reg
, 0,
13666 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13672 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
13673 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13678 int shift
= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13679 - GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)));
13680 shift
*= BITS_PER_UNIT
;
13681 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SIGN_EXTEND
)
13685 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
13686 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
13687 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
13688 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
13689 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
13694 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), GET_MODE (rtl
),
13695 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13696 if (mem_loc_result
== NULL
)
13697 mem_loc_result
= tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
);
13698 if (mem_loc_result
!= 0)
13700 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13702 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE
, rtl
, "DWARF address size mismatch");
13705 else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13706 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0));
13708 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
13709 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref_size
,
13710 GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)), 0));
13714 rtx new_rtl
= avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl
);
13715 if (new_rtl
!= rtl
)
13716 return mem_loc_descriptor (new_rtl
, mode
, initialized
);
13721 return mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
, initialized
);
13724 /* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because
13725 the symbol ref is too far away and has to be dumped into a constant
13729 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SYMBOL_REF
13730 && SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (rtl
) != TLS_MODEL_NONE
)
13732 dw_loc_descr_ref temp
;
13734 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the data. */
13735 if (!targetm
.have_tls
|| !targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel
)
13738 /* We used to emit DW_OP_addr here, but that's wrong, since
13739 DW_OP_addr should be relocated by the debug info consumer,
13740 while DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address operand should not. */
13741 temp
= new_loc_descr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
== 4
13742 ? DW_OP_const4u
: DW_OP_const8u
, 0, 0);
13743 temp
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
13744 temp
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
13745 temp
->dtprel
= true;
13747 mem_loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
, 0, 0);
13748 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, temp
);
13753 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl
))
13757 mem_loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
13758 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
13759 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
13760 VEC_safe_push (rtx
, gc
, used_rtx_array
, rtl
);
13766 case DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR
:
13767 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE
, rtl
,
13768 "CONCAT/CONCATN/VAR_LOCATION is handled only by loc_descriptor");
13774 mem_loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_entry_value
, 0, 0);
13775 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
13776 if (REG_P (ENTRY_VALUE_EXP (rtl
)))
13777 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
13778 = one_reg_loc_descriptor (dbx_reg_number (ENTRY_VALUE_EXP (rtl
)),
13779 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13780 else if (MEM_P (ENTRY_VALUE_EXP (rtl
)) && REG_P (XEXP (ENTRY_VALUE_EXP (rtl
), 0)))
13782 dw_loc_descr_ref ref
13783 = mem_loc_descriptor (ENTRY_VALUE_EXP (rtl
), GET_MODE (rtl
),
13784 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13785 if (ref
== NULL
|| ref
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_fbreg
)
13787 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= ref
;
13790 gcc_unreachable ();
13791 return mem_loc_result
;
13794 /* Extract the PLUS expression nested inside and fall into
13795 PLUS code below. */
13796 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
13801 /* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code
13803 rtl
= gen_rtx_PLUS (word_mode
, XEXP (rtl
, 0),
13804 GEN_INT (GET_CODE (rtl
) == PRE_INC
13805 ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
)
13806 : -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
)));
13808 /* ... fall through ... */
13812 if (is_based_loc (rtl
))
13813 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (XEXP (rtl
, 0),
13814 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)),
13815 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13818 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
13819 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13820 if (mem_loc_result
== 0)
13823 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1)))
13824 loc_descr_plus_const (&mem_loc_result
, INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)));
13827 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result2
13828 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
,
13829 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13830 if (mem_loc_result2
== 0)
13832 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, mem_loc_result2
);
13833 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
13834 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
13839 /* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to
13840 be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply or shift. */
13882 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
13883 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13884 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
,
13885 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13887 if (op0
== 0 || op1
== 0)
13890 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
13891 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op1
);
13892 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
13896 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
13897 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13898 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
,
13899 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13901 if (op0
== 0 || op1
== 0)
13904 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
13905 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op1
);
13906 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over
, 0, 0));
13907 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over
, 0, 0));
13908 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_div
, 0, 0));
13909 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul
, 0, 0));
13910 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus
, 0, 0));
13926 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
13927 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13932 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
13933 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
13937 mem_loc_result
= int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl
));
13965 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13966 || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13970 enum machine_mode op_mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0));
13972 if (op_mode
== VOIDmode
)
13973 op_mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
13974 if (op_mode
!= VOIDmode
&& GET_MODE_CLASS (op_mode
) != MODE_INT
)
13977 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
13978 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13979 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
,
13980 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13982 if (op0
== 0 || op1
== 0)
13985 if (op_mode
!= VOIDmode
13986 && GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13988 int shift
= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
- GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
);
13989 shift
*= BITS_PER_UNIT
;
13990 /* For eq/ne, if the operands are known to be zero-extended,
13991 there is no need to do the fancy shifting up. */
13992 if (op
== DW_OP_eq
|| op
== DW_OP_ne
)
13994 dw_loc_descr_ref last0
, last1
;
13996 last0
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
;
13997 last0
= last0
->dw_loc_next
)
14000 last1
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
;
14001 last1
= last1
->dw_loc_next
)
14003 /* deref_size zero extends, and for constants we can check
14004 whether they are zero extended or not. */
14005 if (((last0
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_deref_size
14006 && last0
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
14007 <= GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
))
14008 || (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
14009 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
14010 == (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
14011 & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode
))))
14012 && ((last1
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_deref_size
14013 && last1
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
14014 <= GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
))
14015 || (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1))
14016 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
)
14017 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1))
14018 == (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1))
14019 & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode
)))))
14022 add_loc_descr (&op0
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
14023 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
14024 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1)))
14025 op1
= int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) << shift
);
14028 add_loc_descr (&op1
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
14029 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
14035 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
14036 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op1
);
14037 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
14038 if (STORE_FLAG_VALUE
!= 1)
14040 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
14041 int_loc_descriptor (STORE_FLAG_VALUE
));
14042 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul
, 0, 0));
14063 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
14064 || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14068 enum machine_mode op_mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0));
14070 if (op_mode
== VOIDmode
)
14071 op_mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
14072 if (op_mode
!= VOIDmode
&& GET_MODE_CLASS (op_mode
) != MODE_INT
)
14075 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
14076 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14077 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
,
14078 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14080 if (op0
== 0 || op1
== 0)
14083 if (op_mode
!= VOIDmode
14084 && GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14086 HOST_WIDE_INT mask
= GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode
);
14087 dw_loc_descr_ref last0
, last1
;
14089 last0
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
;
14090 last0
= last0
->dw_loc_next
)
14093 last1
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
;
14094 last1
= last1
->dw_loc_next
)
14096 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0)))
14097 op0
= int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) & mask
);
14098 /* deref_size zero extends, so no need to mask it again. */
14099 else if (last0
->dw_loc_opc
!= DW_OP_deref_size
14100 || last0
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
14101 > GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
))
14103 add_loc_descr (&op0
, int_loc_descriptor (mask
));
14104 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
14106 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1)))
14107 op1
= int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) & mask
);
14108 /* deref_size zero extends, so no need to mask it again. */
14109 else if (last1
->dw_loc_opc
!= DW_OP_deref_size
14110 || last1
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
14111 > GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
))
14113 add_loc_descr (&op1
, int_loc_descriptor (mask
));
14114 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
14119 HOST_WIDE_INT bias
= 1;
14120 bias
<<= (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
* BITS_PER_UNIT
- 1);
14121 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, bias
, 0));
14122 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1)))
14123 op1
= int_loc_descriptor ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) bias
14124 + INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)));
14126 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
,
14136 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0))) != MODE_INT
14137 || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
14138 || GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)))
14141 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
14142 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14143 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
,
14144 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14146 if (op0
== 0 || op1
== 0)
14149 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup
, 0, 0));
14150 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap
, 0, 0));
14151 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over
, 0, 0));
14152 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == UMIN
|| GET_CODE (rtl
) == UMAX
)
14154 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0))) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14156 HOST_WIDE_INT mask
= GET_MODE_MASK (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)));
14157 add_loc_descr (&op0
, int_loc_descriptor (mask
));
14158 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
14159 add_loc_descr (&op1
, int_loc_descriptor (mask
));
14160 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
14164 HOST_WIDE_INT bias
= 1;
14165 bias
<<= (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
* BITS_PER_UNIT
- 1);
14166 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, bias
, 0));
14167 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, bias
, 0));
14170 else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0))) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14172 int shift
= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
14173 - GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)));
14174 shift
*= BITS_PER_UNIT
;
14175 add_loc_descr (&op0
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
14176 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
14177 add_loc_descr (&op1
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
14178 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
14181 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SMIN
|| GET_CODE (rtl
) == UMIN
)
14185 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
14186 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op1
);
14187 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
14189 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node
, drop_node
;
14191 bra_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra
, 0, 0);
14192 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, bra_node
);
14193 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap
, 0, 0));
14194 drop_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop
, 0, 0);
14195 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, drop_node
);
14196 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
14197 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= drop_node
;
14203 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1))
14204 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 2))
14205 && ((unsigned) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1))
14206 + (unsigned) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 2))
14207 <= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)))
14208 && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
14209 && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0))) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14212 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
14213 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14216 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SIGN_EXTRACT
)
14220 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
14221 size
= INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
14222 shift
= INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 2));
14223 if (BITS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
14224 shift
= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)))
14226 if (shift
+ size
!= (int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14228 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
14229 int_loc_descriptor (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
14231 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
14233 if (size
!= (int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14235 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
14236 int_loc_descriptor (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
- size
));
14237 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
14244 dw_loc_descr_ref op2
, bra_node
, drop_node
;
14245 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
14246 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14247 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
,
14248 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14249 op2
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 2), mode
,
14250 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14251 if (op0
== NULL
|| op1
== NULL
|| op2
== NULL
)
14254 mem_loc_result
= op1
;
14255 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op2
);
14256 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op0
);
14257 bra_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra
, 0, 0);
14258 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, bra_node
);
14259 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap
, 0, 0));
14260 drop_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop
, 0, 0);
14261 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, drop_node
);
14262 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
14263 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= drop_node
;
14271 /* In theory, we could implement the above. */
14272 /* DWARF cannot represent the unsigned compare operations
14299 case FLOAT_TRUNCATE
:
14301 case UNSIGNED_FLOAT
:
14304 case FRACT_CONVERT
:
14305 case UNSIGNED_FRACT_CONVERT
:
14307 case UNSIGNED_SAT_FRACT
:
14319 case VEC_DUPLICATE
:
14322 /* If delegitimize_address couldn't do anything with the UNSPEC, we
14323 can't express it in the debug info. This can happen e.g. with some
14328 resolve_one_addr (&rtl
, NULL
);
14332 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
14333 print_rtl (stderr
, rtl
);
14334 gcc_unreachable ();
14340 if (mem_loc_result
&& initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
14341 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
14343 return mem_loc_result
;
14346 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations.
14347 This is typically a complex variable. */
14349 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14350 concat_loc_descriptor (rtx x0
, rtx x1
, enum var_init_status initialized
)
14352 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result
= NULL
;
14353 dw_loc_descr_ref x0_ref
14354 = loc_descriptor (x0
, VOIDmode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14355 dw_loc_descr_ref x1_ref
14356 = loc_descriptor (x1
, VOIDmode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14358 if (x0_ref
== 0 || x1_ref
== 0)
14361 cc_loc_result
= x0_ref
;
14362 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0
)));
14364 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, x1_ref
);
14365 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1
)));
14367 if (initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
14368 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
14370 return cc_loc_result
;
14373 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of N
14376 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14377 concatn_loc_descriptor (rtx concatn
, enum var_init_status initialized
)
14380 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result
= NULL
;
14381 unsigned int n
= XVECLEN (concatn
, 0);
14383 for (i
= 0; i
< n
; ++i
)
14385 dw_loc_descr_ref ref
;
14386 rtx x
= XVECEXP (concatn
, 0, i
);
14388 ref
= loc_descriptor (x
, VOIDmode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14392 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, ref
);
14393 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x
)));
14396 if (cc_loc_result
&& initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
14397 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
14399 return cc_loc_result
;
14402 /* Helper function for loc_descriptor. Return DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer
14403 for DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR RTL. */
14405 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14406 implicit_ptr_descriptor (rtx rtl
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
14408 dw_loc_descr_ref ret
;
14413 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR_DECL (rtl
)) == VAR_DECL
14414 || TREE_CODE (DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR_DECL (rtl
)) == PARM_DECL
14415 || TREE_CODE (DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR_DECL (rtl
)) == RESULT_DECL
);
14416 ref
= lookup_decl_die (DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR_DECL (rtl
));
14417 ret
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer
, 0, offset
);
14418 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
14421 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
14422 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= ref
;
14423 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
14427 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_decl_ref
;
14428 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_decl_ref
= DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR_DECL (rtl
);
14433 /* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter
14434 which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location. For a
14435 register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number. For a
14436 memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to
14437 generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack.
14439 MODE is mode of the decl if this loc_descriptor is going to be used in
14440 .debug_loc section where DW_OP_stack_value and DW_OP_implicit_value are
14441 allowed, VOIDmode otherwise.
14443 If we don't know how to describe it, return 0. */
14445 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14446 loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, enum machine_mode mode
,
14447 enum var_init_status initialized
)
14449 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
14451 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
14454 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
14455 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
14456 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
14457 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
14458 contains the given subreg. */
14459 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (SUBREG_REG (rtl
), mode
, initialized
);
14463 loc_result
= reg_loc_descriptor (rtl
, initialized
);
14467 loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), GET_MODE (rtl
),
14469 if (loc_result
== NULL
)
14470 loc_result
= tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
);
14471 if (loc_result
== NULL
)
14473 rtx new_rtl
= avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl
);
14474 if (new_rtl
!= rtl
)
14475 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (new_rtl
, mode
, initialized
);
14480 loc_result
= concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), XEXP (rtl
, 1),
14485 loc_result
= concatn_loc_descriptor (rtl
, initialized
);
14490 if (GET_CODE (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (rtl
)) != PARALLEL
)
14492 rtx loc
= PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (rtl
);
14493 if (GET_CODE (loc
) == EXPR_LIST
)
14494 loc
= XEXP (loc
, 0);
14495 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (loc
, mode
, initialized
);
14499 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
14504 rtvec par_elems
= XVEC (rtl
, 0);
14505 int num_elem
= GET_NUM_ELEM (par_elems
);
14506 enum machine_mode mode
;
14509 /* Create the first one, so we have something to add to. */
14510 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, 0), 0),
14511 VOIDmode
, initialized
);
14512 if (loc_result
== NULL
)
14514 mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, 0), 0));
14515 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
));
14516 for (i
= 1; i
< num_elem
; i
++)
14518 dw_loc_descr_ref temp
;
14520 temp
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, i
), 0),
14521 VOIDmode
, initialized
);
14524 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, temp
);
14525 mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, i
), 0));
14526 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
));
14532 if (mode
!= VOIDmode
&& mode
!= BLKmode
)
14533 loc_result
= address_of_int_loc_descriptor (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
),
14538 if (mode
== VOIDmode
)
14539 mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
14541 if (mode
!= VOIDmode
&& (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
14543 gcc_assert (mode
== GET_MODE (rtl
) || VOIDmode
== GET_MODE (rtl
));
14545 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer
14546 or a floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever
14547 the constant requires more than one word in order to be
14548 adequately represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
14549 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value
,
14550 GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
), 0);
14551 if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode
))
14553 unsigned int length
= GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
14554 unsigned char *array
14555 = (unsigned char*) ggc_alloc_atomic (length
);
14557 insert_float (rtl
, array
);
14558 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_vec
;
14559 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.length
= length
/ 4;
14560 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
= 4;
14561 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.array
= array
;
14565 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const_double
;
14566 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_double
14567 = rtx_to_double_int (rtl
);
14573 if (mode
== VOIDmode
)
14574 mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
14576 if (mode
!= VOIDmode
&& (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
14578 unsigned int elt_size
= GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
));
14579 unsigned int length
= CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl
);
14580 unsigned char *array
= (unsigned char *)
14581 ggc_alloc_atomic (length
* elt_size
);
14585 gcc_assert (mode
== GET_MODE (rtl
) || VOIDmode
== GET_MODE (rtl
));
14586 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
))
14588 case MODE_VECTOR_INT
:
14589 for (i
= 0, p
= array
; i
< length
; i
++, p
+= elt_size
)
14591 rtx elt
= CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl
, i
);
14592 double_int val
= rtx_to_double_int (elt
);
14594 if (elt_size
<= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
))
14595 insert_int (double_int_to_shwi (val
), elt_size
, p
);
14598 gcc_assert (elt_size
== 2 * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
));
14599 insert_double (val
, p
);
14604 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT
:
14605 for (i
= 0, p
= array
; i
< length
; i
++, p
+= elt_size
)
14607 rtx elt
= CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl
, i
);
14608 insert_float (elt
, p
);
14613 gcc_unreachable ();
14616 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value
,
14617 length
* elt_size
, 0);
14618 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_vec
;
14619 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.length
= length
;
14620 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
= elt_size
;
14621 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.array
= array
;
14626 if (mode
== VOIDmode
14627 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == CONST_INT
14628 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == CONST_DOUBLE
14629 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == CONST_VECTOR
)
14631 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
, initialized
);
14636 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl
))
14639 if (mode
!= VOIDmode
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
14640 && (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
14642 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
14643 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
14644 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
14645 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
14646 VEC_safe_push (rtx
, gc
, used_rtx_array
, rtl
);
14650 case DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR
:
14651 loc_result
= implicit_ptr_descriptor (rtl
, 0);
14655 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR
14656 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1)))
14659 = implicit_ptr_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)));
14664 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_INT
&& GET_MODE (rtl
) == mode
14665 && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
14666 && (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
14668 /* Value expression. */
14669 loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, VOIDmode
, initialized
);
14671 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
,
14672 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
14680 /* We need to figure out what section we should use as the base for the
14681 address ranges where a given location is valid.
14682 1. If this particular DECL has a section associated with it, use that.
14683 2. If this function has a section associated with it, use that.
14684 3. Otherwise, use the text section.
14685 XXX: If you split a variable across multiple sections, we won't notice. */
14687 static const char *
14688 secname_for_decl (const_tree decl
)
14690 const char *secname
;
14692 if (VAR_OR_FUNCTION_DECL_P (decl
) && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl
))
14694 tree sectree
= DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl
);
14695 secname
= TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree
);
14697 else if (current_function_decl
&& DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl
))
14699 tree sectree
= DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl
);
14700 secname
= TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree
);
14702 else if (cfun
&& in_cold_section_p
)
14703 secname
= crtl
->subsections
.cold_section_label
;
14705 secname
= text_section_label
;
14710 /* Return true when DECL_BY_REFERENCE is defined and set for DECL. */
14713 decl_by_reference_p (tree decl
)
14715 return ((TREE_CODE (decl
) == PARM_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == RESULT_DECL
14716 || TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
)
14717 && DECL_BY_REFERENCE (decl
));
14720 /* Helper function for dw_loc_list. Compute proper Dwarf location descriptor
14723 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14724 dw_loc_list_1 (tree loc
, rtx varloc
, int want_address
,
14725 enum var_init_status initialized
)
14727 int have_address
= 0;
14728 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
;
14729 enum machine_mode mode
;
14731 if (want_address
!= 2)
14733 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (varloc
) == VAR_LOCATION
);
14735 if (GET_CODE (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (varloc
)) != PARALLEL
)
14737 varloc
= PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (varloc
);
14738 if (GET_CODE (varloc
) == EXPR_LIST
)
14739 varloc
= XEXP (varloc
, 0);
14740 mode
= GET_MODE (varloc
);
14741 if (MEM_P (varloc
))
14743 rtx addr
= XEXP (varloc
, 0);
14744 descr
= mem_loc_descriptor (addr
, mode
, initialized
);
14749 rtx x
= avoid_constant_pool_reference (varloc
);
14751 descr
= mem_loc_descriptor (x
, mode
, initialized
);
14755 descr
= mem_loc_descriptor (varloc
, mode
, initialized
);
14762 if (GET_CODE (varloc
) == VAR_LOCATION
)
14763 mode
= DECL_MODE (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (varloc
));
14765 mode
= DECL_MODE (loc
);
14766 descr
= loc_descriptor (varloc
, mode
, initialized
);
14773 if (want_address
== 2 && !have_address
14774 && (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
14776 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14778 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
14779 "DWARF address size mismatch");
14782 add_loc_descr (&descr
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
14785 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
14786 if (want_address
&& !have_address
)
14788 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
14789 "Want address and only have value");
14793 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
14794 if (!want_address
&& have_address
)
14796 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
14797 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
14799 if (size
> DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
|| size
== -1)
14801 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
14802 "DWARF address size mismatch");
14805 else if (size
== DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14808 op
= DW_OP_deref_size
;
14810 add_loc_descr (&descr
, new_loc_descr (op
, size
, 0));
14816 /* Create a DW_OP_piece or DW_OP_bit_piece for bitsize, or return NULL
14817 if it is not possible. */
14819 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14820 new_loc_descr_op_bit_piece (HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
14822 if ((bitsize
% BITS_PER_UNIT
) == 0 && offset
== 0)
14823 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
, bitsize
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
, 0);
14824 else if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
14825 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bit_piece
, bitsize
, offset
);
14830 /* Helper function for dw_loc_list. Compute proper Dwarf location descriptor
14831 for VAR_LOC_NOTE for variable DECL that has been optimized by SRA. */
14833 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14834 dw_sra_loc_expr (tree decl
, rtx loc
)
14837 unsigned int padsize
= 0;
14838 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
, *descr_tail
;
14839 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT decl_size
;
14841 enum var_init_status initialized
;
14843 if (DECL_SIZE (decl
) == NULL
14844 || !host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1))
14847 decl_size
= tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1);
14849 descr_tail
= &descr
;
14851 for (p
= loc
; p
; p
= XEXP (p
, 1))
14853 unsigned int bitsize
= decl_piece_bitsize (p
);
14854 rtx loc_note
= *decl_piece_varloc_ptr (p
);
14855 dw_loc_descr_ref cur_descr
;
14856 dw_loc_descr_ref
*tail
, last
= NULL
;
14857 unsigned int opsize
= 0;
14859 if (loc_note
== NULL_RTX
14860 || NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_note
) == NULL_RTX
)
14862 padsize
+= bitsize
;
14865 initialized
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc_note
);
14866 varloc
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (loc_note
);
14867 cur_descr
= dw_loc_list_1 (decl
, varloc
, 2, initialized
);
14868 if (cur_descr
== NULL
)
14870 padsize
+= bitsize
;
14874 /* Check that cur_descr either doesn't use
14875 DW_OP_*piece operations, or their sum is equal
14876 to bitsize. Otherwise we can't embed it. */
14877 for (tail
= &cur_descr
; *tail
!= NULL
;
14878 tail
= &(*tail
)->dw_loc_next
)
14879 if ((*tail
)->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_piece
)
14881 opsize
+= (*tail
)->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
14885 else if ((*tail
)->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_bit_piece
)
14887 opsize
+= (*tail
)->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
;
14891 if (last
!= NULL
&& opsize
!= bitsize
)
14893 padsize
+= bitsize
;
14897 /* If there is a hole, add DW_OP_*piece after empty DWARF
14898 expression, which means that those bits are optimized out. */
14901 if (padsize
> decl_size
)
14903 decl_size
-= padsize
;
14904 *descr_tail
= new_loc_descr_op_bit_piece (padsize
, 0);
14905 if (*descr_tail
== NULL
)
14907 descr_tail
= &(*descr_tail
)->dw_loc_next
;
14910 *descr_tail
= cur_descr
;
14912 if (bitsize
> decl_size
)
14914 decl_size
-= bitsize
;
14917 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
14918 if (GET_CODE (varloc
) == VAR_LOCATION
14919 && GET_CODE (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (varloc
)) != PARALLEL
)
14921 varloc
= PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (varloc
);
14922 if (GET_CODE (varloc
) == EXPR_LIST
)
14923 varloc
= XEXP (varloc
, 0);
14927 if (GET_CODE (varloc
) == CONST
14928 || GET_CODE (varloc
) == SIGN_EXTEND
14929 || GET_CODE (varloc
) == ZERO_EXTEND
)
14930 varloc
= XEXP (varloc
, 0);
14931 else if (GET_CODE (varloc
) == SUBREG
)
14932 varloc
= SUBREG_REG (varloc
);
14937 /* DW_OP_bit_size offset should be zero for register
14938 or implicit location descriptions and empty location
14939 descriptions, but for memory addresses needs big endian
14941 if (MEM_P (varloc
))
14943 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT memsize
14944 = INTVAL (MEM_SIZE (varloc
)) * BITS_PER_UNIT
;
14945 if (memsize
!= bitsize
)
14947 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
!= WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
14948 && (memsize
> BITS_PER_WORD
|| bitsize
> BITS_PER_WORD
))
14950 if (memsize
< bitsize
)
14952 if (BITS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
14953 offset
= memsize
- bitsize
;
14957 *descr_tail
= new_loc_descr_op_bit_piece (bitsize
, offset
);
14958 if (*descr_tail
== NULL
)
14960 descr_tail
= &(*descr_tail
)->dw_loc_next
;
14964 /* If there were any non-empty expressions, add padding till the end of
14966 if (descr
!= NULL
&& decl_size
!= 0)
14968 *descr_tail
= new_loc_descr_op_bit_piece (decl_size
, 0);
14969 if (*descr_tail
== NULL
)
14975 /* Return the dwarf representation of the location list LOC_LIST of
14976 DECL. WANT_ADDRESS has the same meaning as in loc_list_from_tree
14979 static dw_loc_list_ref
14980 dw_loc_list (var_loc_list
*loc_list
, tree decl
, int want_address
)
14982 const char *endname
, *secname
;
14984 enum var_init_status initialized
;
14985 struct var_loc_node
*node
;
14986 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
;
14987 char label_id
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
14988 dw_loc_list_ref list
= NULL
;
14989 dw_loc_list_ref
*listp
= &list
;
14991 /* Now that we know what section we are using for a base,
14992 actually construct the list of locations.
14993 The first location information is what is passed to the
14994 function that creates the location list, and the remaining
14995 locations just get added on to that list.
14996 Note that we only know the start address for a location
14997 (IE location changes), so to build the range, we use
14998 the range [current location start, next location start].
14999 This means we have to special case the last node, and generate
15000 a range of [last location start, end of function label]. */
15002 secname
= secname_for_decl (decl
);
15004 for (node
= loc_list
->first
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
15005 if (GET_CODE (node
->loc
) == EXPR_LIST
15006 || NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node
->loc
) != NULL_RTX
)
15008 if (GET_CODE (node
->loc
) == EXPR_LIST
)
15010 /* This requires DW_OP_{,bit_}piece, which is not usable
15011 inside DWARF expressions. */
15012 if (want_address
!= 2)
15014 descr
= dw_sra_loc_expr (decl
, node
->loc
);
15020 initialized
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (node
->loc
);
15021 varloc
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node
->loc
);
15022 descr
= dw_loc_list_1 (decl
, varloc
, want_address
, initialized
);
15026 bool range_across_switch
= false;
15027 /* If section switch happens in between node->label
15028 and node->next->label (or end of function) and
15029 we can't emit it as a single entry list,
15030 emit two ranges, first one ending at the end
15031 of first partition and second one starting at the
15032 beginning of second partition. */
15033 if (node
== loc_list
->last_before_switch
15034 && (node
!= loc_list
->first
|| loc_list
->first
->next
)
15035 && current_function_decl
)
15037 endname
= current_fde ()->dw_fde_end
;
15038 range_across_switch
= true;
15040 /* The variable has a location between NODE->LABEL and
15041 NODE->NEXT->LABEL. */
15042 else if (node
->next
)
15043 endname
= node
->next
->label
;
15044 /* If the variable has a location at the last label
15045 it keeps its location until the end of function. */
15046 else if (!current_function_decl
)
15047 endname
= text_end_label
;
15050 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
15051 current_function_funcdef_no
);
15052 endname
= ggc_strdup (label_id
);
15055 *listp
= new_loc_list (descr
, node
->label
, endname
, secname
);
15056 listp
= &(*listp
)->dw_loc_next
;
15058 if (range_across_switch
)
15060 if (GET_CODE (node
->loc
) == EXPR_LIST
)
15061 descr
= dw_sra_loc_expr (decl
, node
->loc
);
15064 initialized
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (node
->loc
);
15065 varloc
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node
->loc
);
15066 descr
= dw_loc_list_1 (decl
, varloc
, want_address
,
15069 gcc_assert (descr
);
15070 /* The variable has a location between NODE->LABEL and
15071 NODE->NEXT->LABEL. */
15073 endname
= node
->next
->label
;
15075 endname
= current_fde ()->dw_fde_second_end
;
15076 *listp
= new_loc_list (descr
,
15077 current_fde ()->dw_fde_second_begin
,
15079 listp
= &(*listp
)->dw_loc_next
;
15084 /* Try to avoid the overhead of a location list emitting a location
15085 expression instead, but only if we didn't have more than one
15086 location entry in the first place. If some entries were not
15087 representable, we don't want to pretend a single entry that was
15088 applies to the entire scope in which the variable is
15090 if (list
&& loc_list
->first
->next
)
15096 /* Return if the loc_list has only single element and thus can be represented
15097 as location description. */
15100 single_element_loc_list_p (dw_loc_list_ref list
)
15102 gcc_assert (!list
->dw_loc_next
|| list
->ll_symbol
);
15103 return !list
->ll_symbol
;
15106 /* To each location in list LIST add loc descr REF. */
15109 add_loc_descr_to_each (dw_loc_list_ref list
, dw_loc_descr_ref ref
)
15111 dw_loc_descr_ref copy
;
15112 add_loc_descr (&list
->expr
, ref
);
15113 list
= list
->dw_loc_next
;
15116 copy
= ggc_alloc_dw_loc_descr_node ();
15117 memcpy (copy
, ref
, sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node
));
15118 add_loc_descr (&list
->expr
, copy
);
15119 while (copy
->dw_loc_next
)
15121 dw_loc_descr_ref new_copy
= ggc_alloc_dw_loc_descr_node ();
15122 memcpy (new_copy
, copy
->dw_loc_next
, sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node
));
15123 copy
->dw_loc_next
= new_copy
;
15126 list
= list
->dw_loc_next
;
15130 /* Given two lists RET and LIST
15131 produce location list that is result of adding expression in LIST
15132 to expression in RET on each possition in program.
15133 Might be destructive on both RET and LIST.
15135 TODO: We handle only simple cases of RET or LIST having at most one
15136 element. General case would inolve sorting the lists in program order
15137 and merging them that will need some additional work.
15138 Adding that will improve quality of debug info especially for SRA-ed
15142 add_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref
*ret
, dw_loc_list_ref list
)
15151 if (!list
->dw_loc_next
)
15153 add_loc_descr_to_each (*ret
, list
->expr
);
15156 if (!(*ret
)->dw_loc_next
)
15158 add_loc_descr_to_each (list
, (*ret
)->expr
);
15162 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE
, NULL_RTX
,
15163 "Don't know how to merge two non-trivial"
15164 " location lists.\n");
15169 /* LOC is constant expression. Try a luck, look it up in constant
15170 pool and return its loc_descr of its address. */
15172 static dw_loc_descr_ref
15173 cst_pool_loc_descr (tree loc
)
15175 /* Get an RTL for this, if something has been emitted. */
15176 rtx rtl
= lookup_constant_def (loc
);
15177 enum machine_mode mode
;
15179 if (!rtl
|| !MEM_P (rtl
))
15184 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF
);
15186 /* TODO: We might get more coverage if we was actually delaying expansion
15187 of all expressions till end of compilation when constant pools are fully
15189 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (rtl
, 0))))
15191 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
15192 "CST value in contant pool but not marked.");
15195 mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
15196 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
15197 return mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15200 /* Return dw_loc_list representing address of addr_expr LOC
15201 by looking for innder INDIRECT_REF expression and turing it
15202 into simple arithmetics. */
15204 static dw_loc_list_ref
15205 loc_list_for_address_of_addr_expr_of_indirect_ref (tree loc
, bool toplev
)
15208 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, bitpos
, bytepos
;
15209 enum machine_mode mode
;
15211 int unsignedp
= TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
15212 dw_loc_list_ref list_ret
= NULL
, list_ret1
= NULL
;
15214 obj
= get_inner_reference (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0),
15215 &bitsize
, &bitpos
, &offset
, &mode
,
15216 &unsignedp
, &volatilep
, false);
15218 if (bitpos
% BITS_PER_UNIT
)
15220 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "bitfield access");
15223 if (!INDIRECT_REF_P (obj
))
15225 expansion_failed (obj
,
15226 NULL_RTX
, "no indirect ref in inner refrence");
15229 if (!offset
&& !bitpos
)
15230 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (obj
, 0), toplev
? 2 : 1);
15232 && int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
15233 && (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
15235 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (obj
, 0), 0);
15240 /* Variable offset. */
15241 list_ret1
= loc_list_from_tree (offset
, 0);
15242 if (list_ret1
== 0)
15244 add_loc_list (&list_ret
, list_ret1
);
15247 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
,
15248 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
15250 bytepos
= bitpos
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
15252 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
,
15253 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
,
15255 else if (bytepos
< 0)
15256 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret
, bytepos
);
15257 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
,
15258 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
15264 /* Generate Dwarf location list representing LOC.
15265 If WANT_ADDRESS is false, expression computing LOC will be computed
15266 If WANT_ADDRESS is 1, expression computing address of LOC will be returned
15267 if WANT_ADDRESS is 2, expression computing address useable in location
15268 will be returned (i.e. DW_OP_reg can be used
15269 to refer to register values). */
15271 static dw_loc_list_ref
15272 loc_list_from_tree (tree loc
, int want_address
)
15274 dw_loc_descr_ref ret
= NULL
, ret1
= NULL
;
15275 dw_loc_list_ref list_ret
= NULL
, list_ret1
= NULL
;
15276 int have_address
= 0;
15277 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
15279 /* ??? Most of the time we do not take proper care for sign/zero
15280 extending the values properly. Hopefully this won't be a real
15283 switch (TREE_CODE (loc
))
15286 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "ERROR_MARK");
15289 case PLACEHOLDER_EXPR
:
15290 /* This case involves extracting fields from an object to determine the
15291 position of other fields. We don't try to encode this here. The
15292 only user of this is Ada, which encodes the needed information using
15293 the names of types. */
15294 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "PLACEHOLDER_EXPR");
15298 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "CALL_EXPR");
15299 /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */
15302 case PREINCREMENT_EXPR
:
15303 case PREDECREMENT_EXPR
:
15304 case POSTINCREMENT_EXPR
:
15305 case POSTDECREMENT_EXPR
:
15306 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "PRE/POST INDCREMENT/DECREMENT");
15307 /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */
15311 /* If we already want an address, see if there is INDIRECT_REF inside
15312 e.g. for &this->field. */
15315 list_ret
= loc_list_for_address_of_addr_expr_of_indirect_ref
15316 (loc
, want_address
== 2);
15319 else if (decl_address_ip_invariant_p (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))
15320 && (ret
= cst_pool_loc_descr (loc
)))
15323 /* Otherwise, process the argument and look for the address. */
15324 if (!list_ret
&& !ret
)
15325 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 1);
15329 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "need address of ADDR_EXPR");
15335 if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (loc
))
15338 enum dwarf_location_atom first_op
;
15339 enum dwarf_location_atom second_op
;
15340 bool dtprel
= false;
15342 if (targetm
.have_tls
)
15344 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the
15346 if (!targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel
)
15349 /* The way DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address is specified, we
15350 can only look up addresses of objects in the current
15351 module. We used DW_OP_addr as first op, but that's
15352 wrong, because DW_OP_addr is relocated by the debug
15353 info consumer, while DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
15354 operand shouldn't be. */
15355 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (loc
) && !targetm
.binds_local_p (loc
))
15357 first_op
= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
== 4 ? DW_OP_const4u
: DW_OP_const8u
;
15359 second_op
= DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
;
15363 if (!targetm
.emutls
.debug_form_tls_address
15364 || !(dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
15366 /* We stuffed the control variable into the DECL_VALUE_EXPR
15367 to signal (via DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P) that the decl should
15368 no longer appear in gimple code. We used the control
15369 variable in specific so that we could pick it up here. */
15370 loc
= DECL_VALUE_EXPR (loc
);
15371 first_op
= DW_OP_addr
;
15372 second_op
= DW_OP_form_tls_address
;
15375 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (loc
);
15376 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
15381 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
15382 if (! CONSTANT_P (rtl
))
15385 ret
= new_loc_descr (first_op
, 0, 0);
15386 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
15387 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
15388 ret
->dtprel
= dtprel
;
15390 ret1
= new_loc_descr (second_op
, 0, 0);
15391 add_loc_descr (&ret
, ret1
);
15400 if (DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (loc
))
15401 return loc_list_from_tree (DECL_VALUE_EXPR (loc
),
15405 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
15408 var_loc_list
*loc_list
= lookup_decl_loc (loc
);
15410 if (loc_list
&& loc_list
->first
)
15412 list_ret
= dw_loc_list (loc_list
, loc
, want_address
);
15413 have_address
= want_address
!= 0;
15416 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (loc
);
15417 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
15419 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "DECL has no RTL");
15422 else if (CONST_INT_P (rtl
))
15424 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= INTVAL (rtl
);
15425 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
)))
15426 val
&= GET_MODE_MASK (DECL_MODE (loc
));
15427 ret
= int_loc_descriptor (val
);
15429 else if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST_STRING
)
15431 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "CONST_STRING");
15434 else if (CONSTANT_P (rtl
) && const_ok_for_output (rtl
))
15436 ret
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
15437 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
15438 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
15442 enum machine_mode mode
;
15444 /* Certain constructs can only be represented at top-level. */
15445 if (want_address
== 2)
15447 ret
= loc_descriptor (rtl
, VOIDmode
,
15448 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15453 mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
15456 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
15459 ret
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15462 expansion_failed (loc
, rtl
,
15463 "failed to produce loc descriptor for rtl");
15470 if (!integer_zerop (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1)))
15474 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
15478 case COMPOUND_EXPR
:
15479 return loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), want_address
);
15482 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
15485 return loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), want_address
);
15487 case COMPONENT_REF
:
15488 case BIT_FIELD_REF
:
15490 case ARRAY_RANGE_REF
:
15491 case REALPART_EXPR
:
15492 case IMAGPART_EXPR
:
15495 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, bitpos
, bytepos
;
15496 enum machine_mode mode
;
15498 int unsignedp
= TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
15500 obj
= get_inner_reference (loc
, &bitsize
, &bitpos
, &offset
, &mode
,
15501 &unsignedp
, &volatilep
, false);
15503 gcc_assert (obj
!= loc
);
15505 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (obj
,
15507 && !bitpos
&& !offset
? 2 : 1);
15508 /* TODO: We can extract value of the small expression via shifting even
15509 for nonzero bitpos. */
15512 if (bitpos
% BITS_PER_UNIT
!= 0 || bitsize
% BITS_PER_UNIT
!= 0)
15514 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
15515 "bitfield access");
15519 if (offset
!= NULL_TREE
)
15521 /* Variable offset. */
15522 list_ret1
= loc_list_from_tree (offset
, 0);
15523 if (list_ret1
== 0)
15525 add_loc_list (&list_ret
, list_ret1
);
15528 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
15531 bytepos
= bitpos
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
15533 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, bytepos
, 0));
15534 else if (bytepos
< 0)
15535 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret
, bytepos
);
15542 if ((want_address
|| !host_integerp (loc
, 0))
15543 && (ret
= cst_pool_loc_descr (loc
)))
15545 else if (want_address
== 2
15546 && host_integerp (loc
, 0)
15547 && (ret
= address_of_int_loc_descriptor
15548 (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
)),
15549 tree_low_cst (loc
, 0))))
15551 else if (host_integerp (loc
, 0))
15552 ret
= int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (loc
, 0));
15555 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
15556 "Integer operand is not host integer");
15565 if ((ret
= cst_pool_loc_descr (loc
)))
15568 /* We can construct small constants here using int_loc_descriptor. */
15569 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
15570 "constructor or constant not in constant pool");
15573 case TRUTH_AND_EXPR
:
15574 case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR
:
15579 case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR
:
15584 case TRUTH_OR_EXPR
:
15585 case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR
:
15590 case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR
:
15591 case CEIL_DIV_EXPR
:
15592 case ROUND_DIV_EXPR
:
15593 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR
:
15594 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
)))
15603 case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR
:
15604 case CEIL_MOD_EXPR
:
15605 case ROUND_MOD_EXPR
:
15606 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR
:
15607 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
)))
15612 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
15613 list_ret1
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0);
15614 if (list_ret
== 0 || list_ret1
== 0)
15617 add_loc_list (&list_ret
, list_ret1
);
15620 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over
, 0, 0));
15621 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over
, 0, 0));
15622 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_div
, 0, 0));
15623 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul
, 0, 0));
15624 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus
, 0, 0));
15636 op
= (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
)) ? DW_OP_shr
: DW_OP_shra
);
15639 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR
:
15641 if (host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0))
15643 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
15647 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret
, tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0));
15655 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
15662 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
15669 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
15676 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
15691 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
15692 list_ret1
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0);
15693 if (list_ret
== 0 || list_ret1
== 0)
15696 add_loc_list (&list_ret
, list_ret1
);
15699 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
15702 case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR
:
15716 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
15720 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
15726 const enum tree_code code
=
15727 TREE_CODE (loc
) == MIN_EXPR
? GT_EXPR
: LT_EXPR
;
15729 loc
= build3 (COND_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (loc
),
15730 build2 (code
, integer_type_node
,
15731 TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1)),
15732 TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0));
15735 /* ... fall through ... */
15739 dw_loc_descr_ref lhs
15740 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0);
15741 dw_loc_list_ref rhs
15742 = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 2), 0);
15743 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node
, jump_node
, tmp
;
15745 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
15746 if (list_ret
== 0 || lhs
== 0 || rhs
== 0)
15749 bra_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra
, 0, 0);
15750 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, bra_node
);
15752 add_loc_list (&list_ret
, rhs
);
15753 jump_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip
, 0, 0);
15754 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, jump_node
);
15756 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, lhs
);
15757 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
15758 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= lhs
;
15760 /* ??? Need a node to point the skip at. Use a nop. */
15761 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop
, 0, 0);
15762 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, tmp
);
15763 jump_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
15764 jump_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= tmp
;
15768 case FIX_TRUNC_EXPR
:
15772 /* Leave front-end specific codes as simply unknown. This comes
15773 up, for instance, with the C STMT_EXPR. */
15774 if ((unsigned int) TREE_CODE (loc
)
15775 >= (unsigned int) LAST_AND_UNUSED_TREE_CODE
)
15777 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
15778 "language specific tree node");
15782 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
15783 /* Otherwise this is a generic code; we should just lists all of
15784 these explicitly. We forgot one. */
15785 gcc_unreachable ();
15787 /* In a release build, we want to degrade gracefully: better to
15788 generate incomplete debugging information than to crash. */
15793 if (!ret
&& !list_ret
)
15796 if (want_address
== 2 && !have_address
15797 && (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
15799 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
15801 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
15802 "DWARF address size mismatch");
15806 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
15808 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
,
15809 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
15812 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
15813 if (want_address
&& !have_address
)
15815 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
15816 "Want address and only have value");
15820 gcc_assert (!ret
|| !list_ret
);
15822 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
15823 if (!want_address
&& have_address
)
15825 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
15827 if (size
> DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
|| size
== -1)
15829 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
15830 "DWARF address size mismatch");
15833 else if (size
== DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
15836 op
= DW_OP_deref_size
;
15839 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, size
, 0));
15841 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, size
, 0));
15844 list_ret
= new_loc_list (ret
, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
15849 /* Same as above but return only single location expression. */
15850 static dw_loc_descr_ref
15851 loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree loc
, int want_address
)
15853 dw_loc_list_ref ret
= loc_list_from_tree (loc
, want_address
);
15856 if (ret
->dw_loc_next
)
15858 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
15859 "Location list where only loc descriptor needed");
15865 /* Given a value, round it up to the lowest multiple of `boundary'
15866 which is not less than the value itself. */
15868 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
15869 ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT value
, unsigned int boundary
)
15871 return (((value
+ boundary
- 1) / boundary
) * boundary
);
15874 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a
15875 pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return
15876 `integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an
15877 ERROR_MARK node. */
15880 field_type (const_tree decl
)
15884 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
15885 return integer_type_node
;
15887 type
= DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
);
15888 if (type
== NULL_TREE
)
15889 type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
15894 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, return the alignment in bits for
15895 it, or else return BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to
15896 be an ERROR_MARK node. */
15898 static inline unsigned
15899 simple_type_align_in_bits (const_tree type
)
15901 return (TREE_CODE (type
) != ERROR_MARK
) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type
) : BITS_PER_WORD
;
15904 static inline unsigned
15905 simple_decl_align_in_bits (const_tree decl
)
15907 return (TREE_CODE (decl
) != ERROR_MARK
) ? DECL_ALIGN (decl
) : BITS_PER_WORD
;
15910 /* Return the result of rounding T up to ALIGN. */
15912 static inline double_int
15913 round_up_to_align (double_int t
, unsigned int align
)
15915 double_int alignd
= uhwi_to_double_int (align
);
15916 t
= double_int_add (t
, alignd
);
15917 t
= double_int_add (t
, double_int_minus_one
);
15918 t
= double_int_div (t
, alignd
, true, TRUNC_DIV_EXPR
);
15919 t
= double_int_mul (t
, alignd
);
15923 /* Given a pointer to a FIELD_DECL, compute and return the byte offset of the
15924 lowest addressed byte of the "containing object" for the given FIELD_DECL,
15925 or return 0 if we are unable to determine what that offset is, either
15926 because the argument turns out to be a pointer to an ERROR_MARK node, or
15927 because the offset is actually variable. (We can't handle the latter case
15930 static HOST_WIDE_INT
15931 field_byte_offset (const_tree decl
)
15933 double_int object_offset_in_bits
;
15934 double_int object_offset_in_bytes
;
15935 double_int bitpos_int
;
15937 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
15940 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
);
15942 /* We cannot yet cope with fields whose positions are variable, so
15943 for now, when we see such things, we simply return 0. Someday, we may
15944 be able to handle such cases, but it will be damn difficult. */
15945 if (TREE_CODE (bit_position (decl
)) != INTEGER_CST
)
15948 bitpos_int
= tree_to_double_int (bit_position (decl
));
15950 #ifdef PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS
15951 if (PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS
)
15954 tree field_size_tree
;
15955 double_int deepest_bitpos
;
15956 double_int field_size_in_bits
;
15957 unsigned int type_align_in_bits
;
15958 unsigned int decl_align_in_bits
;
15959 double_int type_size_in_bits
;
15961 type
= field_type (decl
);
15962 type_size_in_bits
= double_int_type_size_in_bits (type
);
15963 type_align_in_bits
= simple_type_align_in_bits (type
);
15965 field_size_tree
= DECL_SIZE (decl
);
15967 /* The size could be unspecified if there was an error, or for
15968 a flexible array member. */
15969 if (!field_size_tree
)
15970 field_size_tree
= bitsize_zero_node
;
15972 /* If the size of the field is not constant, use the type size. */
15973 if (TREE_CODE (field_size_tree
) == INTEGER_CST
)
15974 field_size_in_bits
= tree_to_double_int (field_size_tree
);
15976 field_size_in_bits
= type_size_in_bits
;
15978 decl_align_in_bits
= simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl
);
15980 /* The GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of the
15981 starting bit offset (relative to the start of the containing
15982 structure type) of the hypothetical "containing object" for a
15983 bit-field. Thus, when computing the byte offset value for the
15984 start of the "containing object" of a bit-field, we must deduce
15985 this information on our own. This can be rather tricky to do in
15986 some cases. For example, handling the following structure type
15987 definition when compiling for an i386/i486 target (which only
15988 aligns long long's to 32-bit boundaries) can be very tricky:
15990 struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; };
15992 Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be used
15993 in such cases. When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will
15994 allocate 8 bytes for the structure shown above. It decides to
15995 do this based upon one simple rule for bit-field allocation.
15996 GCC allocates each "containing object" for each bit-field at
15997 the first (i.e. lowest addressed) legitimate alignment boundary
15998 (based upon the required minimum alignment for the declared
15999 type of the field) which it can possibly use, subject to the
16000 condition that there is still enough available space remaining
16001 in the containing object (when allocated at the selected point)
16002 to fully accommodate all of the bits of the bit-field itself.
16004 This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates 8 bytes for
16005 each object of the structure type shown above. When looking
16006 for a place to allocate the "containing object" for `field2',
16007 the compiler simply tries to allocate a 64-bit "containing
16008 object" at each successive 32-bit boundary (starting at zero)
16009 until it finds a place to allocate that 64- bit field such that
16010 at least 31 contiguous (and previously unallocated) bits remain
16011 within that selected 64 bit field. (As it turns out, for the
16012 example above, the compiler finds it is OK to allocate the
16013 "containing object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero within the
16016 Here we attempt to work backwards from the limited set of facts
16017 we're given, and we try to deduce from those facts, where GCC
16018 must have believed that the containing object started (within
16019 the structure type). The value we deduce is then used (by the
16020 callers of this routine) to generate DW_AT_location and
16021 DW_AT_bit_offset attributes for fields (both bit-fields and, in
16022 the case of DW_AT_location, regular fields as well). */
16024 /* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to
16025 the "deepest" bit of the bit-field. */
16026 deepest_bitpos
= double_int_add (bitpos_int
, field_size_in_bits
);
16028 /* This is the tricky part. Use some fancy footwork to deduce
16029 where the lowest addressed bit of the containing object must
16031 object_offset_in_bits
16032 = double_int_sub (deepest_bitpos
, type_size_in_bits
);
16034 /* Round up to type_align by default. This works best for
16036 object_offset_in_bits
16037 = round_up_to_align (object_offset_in_bits
, type_align_in_bits
);
16039 if (double_int_ucmp (object_offset_in_bits
, bitpos_int
) > 0)
16041 object_offset_in_bits
16042 = double_int_sub (deepest_bitpos
, type_size_in_bits
);
16044 /* Round up to decl_align instead. */
16045 object_offset_in_bits
16046 = round_up_to_align (object_offset_in_bits
, decl_align_in_bits
);
16050 #endif /* PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS */
16051 object_offset_in_bits
= bitpos_int
;
16053 object_offset_in_bytes
16054 = double_int_div (object_offset_in_bits
,
16055 uhwi_to_double_int (BITS_PER_UNIT
), true,
16057 return double_int_to_shwi (object_offset_in_bytes
);
16060 /* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data
16061 associated with them. */
16063 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE.
16065 This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and
16066 whole parameters. Note that the location attributes for struct fields are
16067 generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below. */
16070 add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
16071 dw_loc_list_ref descr
)
16075 if (single_element_loc_list_p (descr
))
16076 add_AT_loc (die
, attr_kind
, descr
->expr
);
16078 add_AT_loc_list (die
, attr_kind
, descr
);
16081 /* Add DW_AT_accessibility attribute to DIE if needed. */
16084 add_accessibility_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
16086 /* In DWARF3+ the default is DW_ACCESS_private only in DW_TAG_class_type
16087 children, otherwise the default is DW_ACCESS_public. In DWARF2
16088 the default has always been DW_ACCESS_public. */
16089 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
16090 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
16091 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
16093 if (dwarf_version
== 2
16094 || die
->die_parent
== NULL
16095 || die
->die_parent
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_class_type
)
16096 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
16098 else if (dwarf_version
> 2
16100 && die
->die_parent
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_class_type
)
16101 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_public
);
16104 /* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data members of
16105 struct and union types. In the special case of a FIELD_DECL node which
16106 represents a bit-field, the "offset" part of this special location
16107 descriptor must indicate the distance in bytes from the lowest-addressed
16108 byte of the containing struct or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of
16109 the "containing object" for the bit-field. (See the `field_byte_offset'
16112 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
16113 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
16114 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
16115 declared type of the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the
16116 DWARF spec doesn't actually mandate this). Note that it is the size (in
16117 bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will be given in the
16118 DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field. (See the
16119 `byte_size_attribute' function below.) It is also used when calculating the
16120 value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute. (See the `bit_offset_attribute'
16121 function below.) */
16124 add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
16126 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
16127 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr
= 0;
16129 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TREE_BINFO
)
16131 /* We're working on the TAG_inheritance for a base class. */
16132 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (decl
) && is_cxx ())
16134 /* For C++ virtual bases we can't just use BINFO_OFFSET, as they
16135 aren't at a fixed offset from all (sub)objects of the same
16136 type. We need to extract the appropriate offset from our
16137 vtable. The following dwarf expression means
16139 BaseAddr = ObAddr + *((*ObAddr) - Offset)
16141 This is specific to the V3 ABI, of course. */
16143 dw_loc_descr_ref tmp
;
16145 /* Make a copy of the object address. */
16146 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup
, 0, 0);
16147 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
16149 /* Extract the vtable address. */
16150 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
16151 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
16153 /* Calculate the address of the offset. */
16154 offset
= tree_low_cst (BINFO_VPTR_FIELD (decl
), 0);
16155 gcc_assert (offset
< 0);
16157 tmp
= int_loc_descriptor (-offset
);
16158 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
16159 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus
, 0, 0);
16160 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
16162 /* Extract the offset. */
16163 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
16164 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
16166 /* Add it to the object address. */
16167 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0);
16168 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
16171 offset
= tree_low_cst (BINFO_OFFSET (decl
), 0);
16174 offset
= field_byte_offset (decl
);
16178 if (dwarf_version
> 2)
16180 /* Don't need to output a location expression, just the constant. */
16182 add_AT_int (die
, DW_AT_data_member_location
, offset
);
16184 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_data_member_location
, offset
);
16189 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
16191 /* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure
16192 address is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure
16193 field address by using DW_OP_plus_uconst. */
16195 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
16196 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader does not handle the DW_OP_plus_uconst
16197 operator correctly. It works only if we leave the offset on the
16201 op
= DW_OP_plus_uconst
;
16204 loc_descr
= new_loc_descr (op
, offset
, 0);
16208 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_data_member_location
, loc_descr
);
16211 /* Writes integer values to dw_vec_const array. */
16214 insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT val
, unsigned int size
, unsigned char *dest
)
16218 *dest
++ = val
& 0xff;
16224 /* Reads integers from dw_vec_const array. Inverse of insert_int. */
16226 static HOST_WIDE_INT
16227 extract_int (const unsigned char *src
, unsigned int size
)
16229 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= 0;
16235 val
|= *--src
& 0xff;
16241 /* Writes double_int values to dw_vec_const array. */
16244 insert_double (double_int val
, unsigned char *dest
)
16246 unsigned char *p0
= dest
;
16247 unsigned char *p1
= dest
+ sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
);
16249 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
16255 insert_int ((HOST_WIDE_INT
) val
.low
, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
), p0
);
16256 insert_int ((HOST_WIDE_INT
) val
.high
, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
), p1
);
16259 /* Writes floating point values to dw_vec_const array. */
16262 insert_float (const_rtx rtl
, unsigned char *array
)
16264 REAL_VALUE_TYPE rv
;
16268 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv
, rtl
);
16269 real_to_target (val
, &rv
, GET_MODE (rtl
));
16271 /* real_to_target puts 32-bit pieces in each long. Pack them. */
16272 for (i
= 0; i
< GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) / 4; i
++)
16274 insert_int (val
[i
], 4, array
);
16279 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which
16280 does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register. These
16281 things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter
16282 to an inlined function. They can also arise in C++ where declared
16283 constants do not necessarily get memory "homes". */
16286 add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, rtx rtl
)
16288 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
16292 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= INTVAL (rtl
);
16295 add_AT_int (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, val
);
16297 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) val
);
16302 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a
16303 floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the
16304 constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately
16307 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
16309 if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode
))
16311 unsigned int length
= GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
16312 unsigned char *array
= (unsigned char *) ggc_alloc_atomic (length
);
16314 insert_float (rtl
, array
);
16315 add_AT_vec (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, length
/ 4, 4, array
);
16318 add_AT_double (die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
16319 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl
), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl
));
16325 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
16326 unsigned int elt_size
= GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
);
16327 unsigned int length
= CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl
);
16328 unsigned char *array
= (unsigned char *) ggc_alloc_atomic
16329 (length
* elt_size
);
16333 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
))
16335 case MODE_VECTOR_INT
:
16336 for (i
= 0, p
= array
; i
< length
; i
++, p
+= elt_size
)
16338 rtx elt
= CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl
, i
);
16339 double_int val
= rtx_to_double_int (elt
);
16341 if (elt_size
<= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
))
16342 insert_int (double_int_to_shwi (val
), elt_size
, p
);
16345 gcc_assert (elt_size
== 2 * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
));
16346 insert_double (val
, p
);
16351 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT
:
16352 for (i
= 0, p
= array
; i
< length
; i
++, p
+= elt_size
)
16354 rtx elt
= CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl
, i
);
16355 insert_float (elt
, p
);
16360 gcc_unreachable ();
16363 add_AT_vec (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, length
, elt_size
, array
);
16368 if (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
)
16370 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
;
16371 resolve_one_addr (&rtl
, NULL
);
16373 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
16374 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
16375 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
16376 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
16377 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_location
, loc_result
);
16378 VEC_safe_push (rtx
, gc
, used_rtx_array
, rtl
);
16384 if (CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0)))
16385 return add_const_value_attribute (die
, XEXP (rtl
, 0));
16388 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl
))
16391 if (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
)
16396 /* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed
16397 the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we
16398 can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local
16399 variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the
16400 corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look
16401 like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)). This is not
16402 exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address
16403 of the (artificial) local variable either. Rather, it represents the
16404 *value* which the artificial local variable always has during its
16405 lifetime. We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant
16406 values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing. */
16414 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == CONST_STRING
16415 && MEM_READONLY_P (rtl
)
16416 && GET_MODE (rtl
) == BLKmode
)
16418 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, XSTR (XEXP (rtl
, 0), 0));
16424 /* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here. */
16425 gcc_unreachable ();
16430 /* Determine whether the evaluation of EXPR references any variables
16431 or functions which aren't otherwise used (and therefore may not be
16434 reference_to_unused (tree
* tp
, int * walk_subtrees
,
16435 void * data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
16437 if (! EXPR_P (*tp
) && ! CONSTANT_CLASS_P (*tp
))
16438 *walk_subtrees
= 0;
16440 if (DECL_P (*tp
) && ! TREE_PUBLIC (*tp
) && ! TREE_USED (*tp
)
16441 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (*tp
))
16443 /* ??? The C++ FE emits debug information for using decls, so
16444 putting gcc_unreachable here falls over. See PR31899. For now
16445 be conservative. */
16446 else if (!cgraph_global_info_ready
16447 && (TREE_CODE (*tp
) == VAR_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (*tp
) == FUNCTION_DECL
))
16449 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp
) == VAR_DECL
)
16451 struct varpool_node
*node
= varpool_get_node (*tp
);
16452 if (!node
|| !node
->needed
)
16455 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp
) == FUNCTION_DECL
16456 && (!DECL_EXTERNAL (*tp
) || DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (*tp
)))
16458 /* The call graph machinery must have finished analyzing,
16459 optimizing and gimplifying the CU by now.
16460 So if *TP has no call graph node associated
16461 to it, it means *TP will not be emitted. */
16462 if (!cgraph_get_node (*tp
))
16465 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp
) == STRING_CST
&& !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (*tp
))
16471 /* Generate an RTL constant from a decl initializer INIT with decl type TYPE,
16472 for use in a later add_const_value_attribute call. */
16475 rtl_for_decl_init (tree init
, tree type
)
16477 rtx rtl
= NULL_RTX
;
16481 /* If a variable is initialized with a string constant without embedded
16482 zeros, build CONST_STRING. */
16483 if (TREE_CODE (init
) == STRING_CST
&& TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
16485 tree enttype
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
16486 tree domain
= TYPE_DOMAIN (type
);
16487 enum machine_mode mode
= TYPE_MODE (enttype
);
16489 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_INT
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) == 1
16491 && integer_zerop (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain
))
16492 && compare_tree_int (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain
),
16493 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
) - 1) == 0
16494 && ((size_t) TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
)
16495 == strlen (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
)) + 1))
16497 rtl
= gen_rtx_CONST_STRING (VOIDmode
,
16498 ggc_strdup (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
)));
16499 rtl
= gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode
, rtl
);
16500 MEM_READONLY_P (rtl
) = 1;
16503 /* Other aggregates, and complex values, could be represented using
16505 else if (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type
)
16506 || (TREE_CODE (init
) == VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
16507 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (init
, 0))))
16508 || TREE_CODE (type
) == COMPLEX_TYPE
)
16510 /* Vectors only work if their mode is supported by the target.
16511 FIXME: generic vectors ought to work too. */
16512 else if (TREE_CODE (type
) == VECTOR_TYPE
16513 && !VECTOR_MODE_P (TYPE_MODE (type
)))
16515 /* If the initializer is something that we know will expand into an
16516 immediate RTL constant, expand it now. We must be careful not to
16517 reference variables which won't be output. */
16518 else if (initializer_constant_valid_p (init
, type
)
16519 && ! walk_tree (&init
, reference_to_unused
, NULL
, NULL
))
16521 /* Convert vector CONSTRUCTOR initializers to VECTOR_CST if
16523 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == VECTOR_TYPE
)
16524 switch (TREE_CODE (init
))
16529 if (TREE_CONSTANT (init
))
16531 VEC(constructor_elt
,gc
) *elts
= CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init
);
16532 bool constant_p
= true;
16534 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT ix
;
16536 /* Even when ctor is constant, it might contain non-*_CST
16537 elements (e.g. { 1.0/0.0 - 1.0/0.0, 0.0 }) and those don't
16538 belong into VECTOR_CST nodes. */
16539 FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (elts
, ix
, value
)
16540 if (!CONSTANT_CLASS_P (value
))
16542 constant_p
= false;
16548 init
= build_vector_from_ctor (type
, elts
);
16558 rtl
= expand_expr (init
, NULL_RTX
, VOIDmode
, EXPAND_INITIALIZER
);
16560 /* If expand_expr returns a MEM, it wasn't immediate. */
16561 gcc_assert (!rtl
|| !MEM_P (rtl
));
16567 /* Generate RTL for the variable DECL to represent its location. */
16570 rtl_for_decl_location (tree decl
)
16574 /* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives"
16575 (as far as the debugger is concerned). We only have a couple of
16576 choices. GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL.
16578 DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the
16579 activation of the function. If optimization is enabled however, this
16580 could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg. Both of those cases indicate
16581 that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code
16582 generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's
16583 activation. That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never
16584 referenced within the function.
16586 We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL
16587 non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be
16588 a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases
16589 where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg.
16591 Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as
16592 a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases. In cases
16593 where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl),
16594 we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is
16595 declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL
16596 points us to a place where a value of that type is passed.
16598 In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different,
16599 we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL
16600 because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some
16601 type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself. Thus,
16602 if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in
16603 such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a
16604 `float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a
16605 `double'. That would lead to really incorrect and confusing
16606 output at debug-time.
16608 So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL
16609 in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl). There
16610 are a couple of exceptions however. On little-endian machines we can
16611 get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
16612 not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
16613 an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise
16614 when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a
16615 parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'. In such cases,
16616 TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will
16617 be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the
16618 passed `int' value. If the debugger then uses that address to fetch
16619 a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be
16620 the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below.
16622 Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal
16623 parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between the
16624 end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue). We'll do that as best
16625 as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is modified
16626 sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack backtrace (at
16627 debug-time) will show the function as having been called with the *new*
16628 value rather than the value which was originally passed in. This happens
16629 rarely enough that it is not a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and
16630 I'd like to fix it.
16632 A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional attributes for
16633 any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will describe the "passed
16634 type" and the "passed location" for the given formal parameter in addition
16635 to the attributes we now generate to indicate the "declared type" and the
16636 "active location" for each parameter. This additional set of attributes
16637 could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note that
16638 sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be NULL also.
16639 This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of inline function formal
16640 parameters which are never referenced. This really shouldn't be
16641 happening. All PARM_DECL nodes should get valid non-NULL
16642 DECL_INCOMING_RTL values. FIXME. */
16644 /* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better. */
16645 rtl
= DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl
);
16647 /* When generating abstract instances, ignore everything except
16648 constants, symbols living in memory, and symbols living in
16649 fixed registers. */
16650 if (! reload_completed
)
16653 && (CONSTANT_P (rtl
)
16655 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0)))
16657 && TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
16658 && TREE_STATIC (decl
))))
16660 rtl
= targetm
.delegitimize_address (rtl
);
16665 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == PARM_DECL
)
16667 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
16668 || is_pseudo_reg (rtl
)
16670 && is_pseudo_reg (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
16671 && DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
)
16672 && MEM_P (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
))
16673 && GET_MODE (rtl
) == GET_MODE (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
))))
16675 tree declared_type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
16676 tree passed_type
= DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl
);
16677 enum machine_mode dmode
= TYPE_MODE (declared_type
);
16678 enum machine_mode pmode
= TYPE_MODE (passed_type
);
16680 /* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out.
16681 Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle
16682 all cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */
16683 if (dmode
== pmode
)
16684 rtl
= DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
);
16685 else if ((rtl
== NULL_RTX
|| is_pseudo_reg (rtl
))
16686 && SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (dmode
)
16687 && GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode
) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode
)
16688 && DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
))
16690 rtx inc
= DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
);
16693 else if (MEM_P (inc
))
16695 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
16696 rtl
= adjust_address_nv (inc
, dmode
,
16697 GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode
)
16698 - GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode
));
16705 /* If the parm was passed in registers, but lives on the stack, then
16706 make a big endian correction if the mode of the type of the
16707 parameter is not the same as the mode of the rtl. */
16708 /* ??? This is the same series of checks that are made in dbxout.c before
16709 we reach the big endian correction code there. It isn't clear if all
16710 of these checks are necessary here, but keeping them all is the safe
16712 else if (MEM_P (rtl
)
16713 && XEXP (rtl
, 0) != const0_rtx
16714 && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
16715 /* Not passed in memory. */
16716 && !MEM_P (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
))
16717 /* Not passed by invisible reference. */
16718 && (!REG_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
16719 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
16720 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
16721 #if !HARD_FRAME_POINTER_IS_ARG_POINTER
16722 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
16725 /* Big endian correction check. */
16726 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
16727 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) != GET_MODE (rtl
)
16728 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))
16731 int offset
= (UNITS_PER_WORD
16732 - GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
))));
16734 rtl
= gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
16735 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl
, 0), offset
));
16738 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
16741 && GET_MODE (rtl
) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
))
16742 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
16744 int rsize
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
));
16745 int dsize
= GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)));
16747 /* If a variable is declared "register" yet is smaller than
16748 a register, then if we store the variable to memory, it
16749 looks like we're storing a register-sized value, when in
16750 fact we are not. We need to adjust the offset of the
16751 storage location to reflect the actual value's bytes,
16752 else gdb will not be able to display it. */
16754 rtl
= gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
16755 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl
, 0), rsize
-dsize
));
16758 /* A variable with no DECL_RTL but a DECL_INITIAL is a compile-time constant,
16759 and will have been substituted directly into all expressions that use it.
16760 C does not have such a concept, but C++ and other languages do. */
16761 if (!rtl
&& TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
&& DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
16762 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_init (DECL_INITIAL (decl
), TREE_TYPE (decl
));
16765 rtl
= targetm
.delegitimize_address (rtl
);
16767 /* If we don't look past the constant pool, we risk emitting a
16768 reference to a constant pool entry that isn't referenced from
16769 code, and thus is not emitted. */
16771 rtl
= avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl
);
16773 /* Try harder to get a rtl. If this symbol ends up not being emitted
16774 in the current CU, resolve_addr will remove the expression referencing
16776 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
16777 && TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
16778 && !DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
)
16779 && TREE_STATIC (decl
)
16780 && DECL_NAME (decl
)
16781 && !DECL_HARD_REGISTER (decl
)
16782 && DECL_MODE (decl
) != VOIDmode
)
16784 rtl
= make_decl_rtl_for_debug (decl
);
16786 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != SYMBOL_REF
16787 || SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != decl
)
16794 /* Check whether decl is a Fortran COMMON symbol. If not, NULL_TREE is
16795 returned. If so, the decl for the COMMON block is returned, and the
16796 value is the offset into the common block for the symbol. */
16799 fortran_common (tree decl
, HOST_WIDE_INT
*value
)
16801 tree val_expr
, cvar
;
16802 enum machine_mode mode
;
16803 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, bitpos
;
16805 int volatilep
= 0, unsignedp
= 0;
16807 /* If the decl isn't a VAR_DECL, or if it isn't static, or if
16808 it does not have a value (the offset into the common area), or if it
16809 is thread local (as opposed to global) then it isn't common, and shouldn't
16810 be handled as such. */
16811 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != VAR_DECL
16812 || !TREE_STATIC (decl
)
16813 || !DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (decl
)
16817 val_expr
= DECL_VALUE_EXPR (decl
);
16818 if (TREE_CODE (val_expr
) != COMPONENT_REF
)
16821 cvar
= get_inner_reference (val_expr
, &bitsize
, &bitpos
, &offset
,
16822 &mode
, &unsignedp
, &volatilep
, true);
16824 if (cvar
== NULL_TREE
16825 || TREE_CODE (cvar
) != VAR_DECL
16826 || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (cvar
)
16827 || !TREE_PUBLIC (cvar
))
16831 if (offset
!= NULL
)
16833 if (!host_integerp (offset
, 0))
16835 *value
= tree_low_cst (offset
, 0);
16838 *value
+= bitpos
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
16843 /* Generate *either* a DW_AT_location attribute or else a DW_AT_const_value
16844 data attribute for a variable or a parameter. We generate the
16845 DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable
16846 or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a
16847 register. This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an
16848 actual argument in a call to an inline function. (It's possible that
16849 these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of
16850 constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant
16851 pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined
16852 function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address.
16854 CACHE_P is true if it is worth caching the location list for DECL,
16855 so that future calls can reuse it rather than regenerate it from scratch.
16856 This is true for BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VARS in inlined subroutines,
16857 since we will need to refer to them each time the function is inlined. */
16860 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
, bool cache_p
,
16861 enum dwarf_attribute attr
)
16864 dw_loc_list_ref list
;
16865 var_loc_list
*loc_list
;
16866 cached_dw_loc_list
*cache
;
16869 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
16872 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == PARM_DECL
16873 || TREE_CODE (decl
) == RESULT_DECL
);
16875 /* Try to get some constant RTL for this decl, and use that as the value of
16878 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (decl
);
16879 if (rtl
&& (CONSTANT_P (rtl
) || GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST_STRING
)
16880 && add_const_value_attribute (die
, rtl
))
16883 /* See if we have single element location list that is equivalent to
16884 a constant value. That way we are better to use add_const_value_attribute
16885 rather than expanding constant value equivalent. */
16886 loc_list
= lookup_decl_loc (decl
);
16889 && loc_list
->first
->next
== NULL
16890 && NOTE_P (loc_list
->first
->loc
)
16891 && NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (loc_list
->first
->loc
)
16892 && NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_list
->first
->loc
))
16894 struct var_loc_node
*node
;
16896 node
= loc_list
->first
;
16897 rtl
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node
->loc
);
16898 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == EXPR_LIST
)
16899 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
16900 if ((CONSTANT_P (rtl
) || GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST_STRING
)
16901 && add_const_value_attribute (die
, rtl
))
16904 /* If this decl is from BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VARS, we might need its
16905 list several times. See if we've already cached the contents. */
16907 if (loc_list
== NULL
|| cached_dw_loc_list_table
== NULL
)
16911 cache
= (cached_dw_loc_list
*)
16912 htab_find_with_hash (cached_dw_loc_list_table
, decl
, DECL_UID (decl
));
16914 list
= cache
->loc_list
;
16918 list
= loc_list_from_tree (decl
, decl_by_reference_p (decl
) ? 0 : 2);
16919 /* It is usually worth caching this result if the decl is from
16920 BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VARS and if the list has at least two elements. */
16921 if (cache_p
&& list
&& list
->dw_loc_next
)
16923 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (cached_dw_loc_list_table
, decl
,
16924 DECL_UID (decl
), INSERT
);
16925 cache
= ggc_alloc_cleared_cached_dw_loc_list ();
16926 cache
->decl_id
= DECL_UID (decl
);
16927 cache
->loc_list
= list
;
16933 add_AT_location_description (die
, attr
, list
);
16936 /* None of that worked, so it must not really have a location;
16937 try adding a constant value attribute from the DECL_INITIAL. */
16938 return tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (die
, decl
);
16941 /* Add VARIABLE and DIE into deferred locations list. */
16944 defer_location (tree variable
, dw_die_ref die
)
16946 deferred_locations entry
;
16947 entry
.variable
= variable
;
16949 VEC_safe_push (deferred_locations
, gc
, deferred_locations_list
, &entry
);
16952 /* Helper function for tree_add_const_value_attribute. Natively encode
16953 initializer INIT into an array. Return true if successful. */
16956 native_encode_initializer (tree init
, unsigned char *array
, int size
)
16960 if (init
== NULL_TREE
)
16964 switch (TREE_CODE (init
))
16967 type
= TREE_TYPE (init
);
16968 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
16970 tree enttype
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
16971 enum machine_mode mode
= TYPE_MODE (enttype
);
16973 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) != MODE_INT
|| GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) != 1)
16975 if (int_size_in_bytes (type
) != size
)
16977 if (size
> TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
))
16979 memcpy (array
, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
),
16980 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
));
16981 memset (array
+ TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
),
16982 '\0', size
- TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
));
16985 memcpy (array
, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
), size
);
16990 type
= TREE_TYPE (init
);
16991 if (int_size_in_bytes (type
) != size
)
16993 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
16995 HOST_WIDE_INT min_index
;
16996 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt
;
16997 int curpos
= 0, fieldsize
;
16998 constructor_elt
*ce
;
17000 if (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
) == NULL_TREE
17001 || !host_integerp (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
)), 0))
17004 fieldsize
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type
));
17005 if (fieldsize
<= 0)
17008 min_index
= tree_low_cst (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
)), 0);
17009 memset (array
, '\0', size
);
17010 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (constructor_elt
, CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init
), cnt
, ce
)
17012 tree val
= ce
->value
;
17013 tree index
= ce
->index
;
17015 if (index
&& TREE_CODE (index
) == RANGE_EXPR
)
17016 pos
= (tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index
, 0), 0) - min_index
)
17019 pos
= (tree_low_cst (index
, 0) - min_index
) * fieldsize
;
17024 if (!native_encode_initializer (val
, array
+ pos
, fieldsize
))
17027 curpos
= pos
+ fieldsize
;
17028 if (index
&& TREE_CODE (index
) == RANGE_EXPR
)
17030 int count
= tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index
, 1), 0)
17031 - tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index
, 0), 0);
17035 memcpy (array
+ curpos
, array
+ pos
, fieldsize
);
17036 curpos
+= fieldsize
;
17039 gcc_assert (curpos
<= size
);
17043 else if (TREE_CODE (type
) == RECORD_TYPE
17044 || TREE_CODE (type
) == UNION_TYPE
)
17046 tree field
= NULL_TREE
;
17047 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt
;
17048 constructor_elt
*ce
;
17050 if (int_size_in_bytes (type
) != size
)
17053 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == RECORD_TYPE
)
17054 field
= TYPE_FIELDS (type
);
17056 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (constructor_elt
, CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init
), cnt
, ce
)
17058 tree val
= ce
->value
;
17059 int pos
, fieldsize
;
17061 if (ce
->index
!= 0)
17067 if (field
== NULL_TREE
|| DECL_BIT_FIELD (field
))
17070 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (field
)) == ARRAY_TYPE
17071 && TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (field
))
17072 && ! TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (field
))))
17074 else if (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field
) == NULL_TREE
17075 || !host_integerp (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field
), 0))
17077 fieldsize
= tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field
), 0);
17078 pos
= int_byte_position (field
);
17079 gcc_assert (pos
+ fieldsize
<= size
);
17081 && !native_encode_initializer (val
, array
+ pos
, fieldsize
))
17087 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
17088 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR
:
17089 return native_encode_initializer (TREE_OPERAND (init
, 0), array
, size
);
17091 return native_encode_expr (init
, array
, size
) == size
;
17095 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIE. The value of the
17096 attribute is the const value T. */
17099 tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree t
)
17102 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (t
);
17105 if (!t
|| !TREE_TYPE (t
) || TREE_TYPE (t
) == error_mark_node
)
17109 gcc_assert (!DECL_P (init
));
17111 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_init (init
, type
);
17113 return add_const_value_attribute (die
, rtl
);
17114 /* If the host and target are sane, try harder. */
17115 else if (CHAR_BIT
== 8 && BITS_PER_UNIT
== 8
17116 && initializer_constant_valid_p (init
, type
))
17118 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (init
));
17119 if (size
> 0 && (int) size
== size
)
17121 unsigned char *array
= (unsigned char *)
17122 ggc_alloc_cleared_atomic (size
);
17124 if (native_encode_initializer (init
, array
, size
))
17126 add_AT_vec (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, size
, 1, array
);
17134 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute to VAR_DIE. The value of the
17135 attribute is the const value of T, where T is an integral constant
17136 variable with static storage duration
17137 (so it can't be a PARM_DECL or a RESULT_DECL). */
17140 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (dw_die_ref var_die
, tree decl
)
17144 || (TREE_CODE (decl
) != VAR_DECL
17145 && TREE_CODE (decl
) != CONST_DECL
))
17148 if (TREE_READONLY (decl
)
17149 && ! TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
)
17150 && DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
17155 /* Don't add DW_AT_const_value if abstract origin already has one. */
17156 if (get_AT (var_die
, DW_AT_const_value
))
17159 return tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die
, DECL_INITIAL (decl
));
17162 /* Convert the CFI instructions for the current function into a
17163 location list. This is used for DW_AT_frame_base when we targeting
17164 a dwarf2 consumer that does not support the dwarf3
17165 DW_OP_call_frame_cfa. OFFSET is a constant to be added to all CFA
17168 static dw_loc_list_ref
17169 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
17172 dw_loc_list_ref list
, *list_tail
;
17174 dw_cfa_location last_cfa
, next_cfa
;
17175 const char *start_label
, *last_label
, *section
;
17176 dw_cfa_location remember
;
17178 fde
= current_fde ();
17179 gcc_assert (fde
!= NULL
);
17181 section
= secname_for_decl (current_function_decl
);
17185 memset (&next_cfa
, 0, sizeof (next_cfa
));
17186 next_cfa
.reg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
17187 remember
= next_cfa
;
17189 start_label
= fde
->dw_fde_begin
;
17191 /* ??? Bald assumption that the CIE opcode list does not contain
17192 advance opcodes. */
17193 for (cfi
= cie_cfi_head
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
17194 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, &next_cfa
, &remember
);
17196 last_cfa
= next_cfa
;
17197 last_label
= start_label
;
17199 if (fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
&& fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
== NULL
)
17201 /* If the first partition contained no CFI adjustments, the
17202 CIE opcodes apply to the whole first partition. */
17203 *list_tail
= new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa
, offset
),
17204 fde
->dw_fde_begin
, fde
->dw_fde_end
, section
);
17205 list_tail
=&(*list_tail
)->dw_loc_next
;
17206 start_label
= last_label
= fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
;
17209 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
17211 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
17213 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
17214 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
17215 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
17216 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
17217 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa
, &next_cfa
))
17219 *list_tail
= new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa
, offset
),
17220 start_label
, last_label
, section
);
17222 list_tail
= &(*list_tail
)->dw_loc_next
;
17223 last_cfa
= next_cfa
;
17224 start_label
= last_label
;
17226 last_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
17229 case DW_CFA_advance_loc
:
17230 /* The encoding is complex enough that we should never emit this. */
17231 gcc_unreachable ();
17234 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, &next_cfa
, &remember
);
17237 if (cfi
== fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
)
17239 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa
, &next_cfa
))
17241 *list_tail
= new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa
, offset
),
17242 start_label
, last_label
, section
);
17244 list_tail
= &(*list_tail
)->dw_loc_next
;
17245 last_cfa
= next_cfa
;
17246 start_label
= last_label
;
17248 *list_tail
= new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa
, offset
),
17249 start_label
, fde
->dw_fde_end
, section
);
17250 list_tail
= &(*list_tail
)->dw_loc_next
;
17251 start_label
= last_label
= fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
;
17255 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa
, &next_cfa
))
17257 *list_tail
= new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa
, offset
),
17258 start_label
, last_label
, section
);
17259 list_tail
= &(*list_tail
)->dw_loc_next
;
17260 start_label
= last_label
;
17263 *list_tail
= new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&next_cfa
, offset
),
17265 fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
17266 ? fde
->dw_fde_second_end
: fde
->dw_fde_end
,
17269 if (list
&& list
->dw_loc_next
)
17275 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the
17276 frame base (often the same as the CFA), and store it in
17277 frame_pointer_fb_offset. OFFSET is added to the displacement
17278 before the latter is negated. */
17281 compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
17285 #ifdef FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET
17286 reg
= frame_pointer_rtx
;
17287 offset
+= FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl
);
17289 reg
= arg_pointer_rtx
;
17290 offset
+= ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl
);
17293 elim
= eliminate_regs (reg
, VOIDmode
, NULL_RTX
);
17294 if (GET_CODE (elim
) == PLUS
)
17296 offset
+= INTVAL (XEXP (elim
, 1));
17297 elim
= XEXP (elim
, 0);
17300 gcc_assert ((SUPPORTS_STACK_ALIGNMENT
17301 && (elim
== hard_frame_pointer_rtx
17302 || elim
== stack_pointer_rtx
))
17303 || elim
== (frame_pointer_needed
17304 ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
17305 : stack_pointer_rtx
));
17307 frame_pointer_fb_offset
= -offset
;
17310 /* Generate a DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as
17311 the value of the attribute. */
17314 add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, const char *name_string
)
17316 if (name_string
!= NULL
&& *name_string
!= 0)
17318 if (demangle_name_func
)
17319 name_string
= (*demangle_name_func
) (name_string
);
17321 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_name
, name_string
);
17325 /* Retrieve the descriptive type of TYPE, if any, make sure it has a
17326 DIE and attach a DW_AT_GNAT_descriptive_type attribute to the DIE
17327 of TYPE accordingly.
17329 ??? This is a temporary measure until after we're able to generate
17330 regular DWARF for the complex Ada type system. */
17333 add_gnat_descriptive_type_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree type
,
17334 dw_die_ref context_die
)
17337 dw_die_ref dtype_die
;
17339 if (!lang_hooks
.types
.descriptive_type
)
17342 dtype
= lang_hooks
.types
.descriptive_type (type
);
17346 dtype_die
= lookup_type_die (dtype
);
17349 gen_type_die (dtype
, context_die
);
17350 dtype_die
= lookup_type_die (dtype
);
17351 gcc_assert (dtype_die
);
17354 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_GNAT_descriptive_type
, dtype_die
);
17357 /* Generate a DW_AT_comp_dir attribute for DIE. */
17360 add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref die
)
17362 const char *wd
= get_src_pwd ();
17368 if (DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR
)
17372 wdlen
= strlen (wd
);
17373 wd1
= (char *) ggc_alloc_atomic (wdlen
+ 2);
17375 wd1
[wdlen
] = DIR_SEPARATOR
;
17376 wd1
[wdlen
+ 1] = 0;
17380 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_comp_dir
, remap_debug_filename (wd
));
17383 /* Return the default for DW_AT_lower_bound, or -1 if there is not any
17387 lower_bound_default (void)
17389 switch (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_language
))
17394 case DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
:
17396 case DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus
:
17399 case DW_LANG_Fortran77
:
17400 case DW_LANG_Fortran90
:
17401 case DW_LANG_Fortran95
:
17405 case DW_LANG_Python
:
17406 return dwarf_version
>= 4 ? 0 : -1;
17407 case DW_LANG_Ada95
:
17408 case DW_LANG_Ada83
:
17409 case DW_LANG_Cobol74
:
17410 case DW_LANG_Cobol85
:
17411 case DW_LANG_Pascal83
:
17412 case DW_LANG_Modula2
:
17414 return dwarf_version
>= 4 ? 1 : -1;
17420 /* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output
17421 a representation for that bound. */
17424 add_bound_info (dw_die_ref subrange_die
, enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr
, tree bound
)
17426 switch (TREE_CODE (bound
))
17431 /* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes. */
17434 unsigned int prec
= simple_type_size_in_bits (TREE_TYPE (bound
));
17437 /* Use the default if possible. */
17438 if (bound_attr
== DW_AT_lower_bound
17439 && host_integerp (bound
, 0)
17440 && (dflt
= lower_bound_default ()) != -1
17441 && tree_low_cst (bound
, 0) == dflt
)
17444 /* Otherwise represent the bound as an unsigned value with the
17445 precision of its type. The precision and signedness of the
17446 type will be necessary to re-interpret it unambiguously. */
17447 else if (prec
< HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
17449 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT mask
17450 = ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) 1 << prec
) - 1;
17451 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die
, bound_attr
,
17452 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound
) & mask
);
17454 else if (prec
== HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
17455 || TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (bound
) == 0)
17456 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die
, bound_attr
,
17457 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound
));
17459 add_AT_double (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (bound
),
17460 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound
));
17465 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
17466 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, TREE_OPERAND (bound
, 0));
17476 dw_die_ref decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (bound
);
17478 /* ??? Can this happen, or should the variable have been bound
17479 first? Probably it can, since I imagine that we try to create
17480 the types of parameters in the order in which they exist in
17481 the list, and won't have created a forward reference to a
17482 later parameter. */
17483 if (decl_die
!= NULL
)
17485 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, decl_die
);
17493 /* Otherwise try to create a stack operation procedure to
17494 evaluate the value of the array bound. */
17496 dw_die_ref ctx
, decl_die
;
17497 dw_loc_list_ref list
;
17499 list
= loc_list_from_tree (bound
, 2);
17500 if (list
== NULL
|| single_element_loc_list_p (list
))
17502 /* If DW_AT_*bound is not a reference nor constant, it is
17503 a DWARF expression rather than location description.
17504 For that loc_list_from_tree (bound, 0) is needed.
17505 If that fails to give a single element list,
17506 fall back to outputting this as a reference anyway. */
17507 dw_loc_list_ref list2
= loc_list_from_tree (bound
, 0);
17508 if (list2
&& single_element_loc_list_p (list2
))
17510 add_AT_loc (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, list2
->expr
);
17517 if (current_function_decl
== 0)
17518 ctx
= comp_unit_die ();
17520 ctx
= lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl
);
17522 decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, ctx
, bound
);
17523 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
17524 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (bound
), 1, 0, ctx
);
17525 add_AT_location_description (decl_die
, DW_AT_location
, list
);
17526 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, decl_die
);
17532 /* Add subscript info to TYPE_DIE, describing an array TYPE, collapsing
17533 possibly nested array subscripts in a flat sequence if COLLAPSE_P is true.
17534 Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also
17535 includes information about the element type of the given array type. */
17538 add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref type_die
, tree type
, bool collapse_p
)
17540 unsigned dimension_number
;
17542 dw_die_ref subrange_die
;
17544 for (dimension_number
= 0;
17545 TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
&& (dimension_number
== 0 || collapse_p
);
17546 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
), dimension_number
++)
17548 tree domain
= TYPE_DOMAIN (type
);
17550 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type
) && is_fortran () && dimension_number
> 0)
17553 /* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds,
17554 and (in GNU C only) variable bounds. Handle all three forms
17556 subrange_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, type_die
, NULL
);
17559 /* We have an array type with specified bounds. */
17560 lower
= TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain
);
17561 upper
= TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain
);
17563 /* Define the index type. */
17564 if (TREE_TYPE (domain
))
17566 /* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type. Ignore the
17567 TREE_TYPE field. We can't emit debug info for this
17568 because it is an unnamed integral type. */
17569 if (TREE_CODE (domain
) == INTEGER_TYPE
17570 && TYPE_NAME (domain
) == NULL_TREE
17571 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain
)) == INTEGER_TYPE
17572 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain
)) == NULL_TREE
)
17575 add_type_attribute (subrange_die
, TREE_TYPE (domain
), 0, 0,
17579 /* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length,
17580 but it does have a lower bound. This happens with Fortran
17582 Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N
17583 to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower
17584 bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope. */
17586 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
, lower
);
17588 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
, upper
);
17591 /* Otherwise we have an array type with an unspecified length. The
17592 DWARF-2 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the
17598 add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree tree_node
)
17602 switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node
))
17607 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
17610 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
17611 size
= int_size_in_bytes (tree_node
);
17614 /* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is
17615 generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an
17616 object of the *declared* type of the member itself. This is true
17617 even for bit-fields. */
17618 size
= simple_type_size_in_bits (field_type (tree_node
)) / BITS_PER_UNIT
;
17621 gcc_unreachable ();
17624 /* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point. If it is, that
17625 indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable. We
17626 have no good way of expressing this fact in Dwarf at the present time,
17627 so just let the -1 pass on through. */
17628 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size
);
17631 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute
17632 which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the
17633 "containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the
17636 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
17637 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
17638 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
17639 declared type of the individual bit-field itself. The determination of the
17640 exact location of the "containing object" for a bit-field is rather
17641 complicated. It's handled by the `field_byte_offset' function (above).
17643 Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object"
17644 which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
17645 (See `byte_size_attribute' above). */
17648 add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
17650 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes
= field_byte_offset (decl
);
17651 tree type
= DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
);
17652 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int
;
17653 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_object_bit_offset
;
17654 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_field_bit_offset
;
17655 HOST_WIDE_INT bit_offset
;
17657 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
17658 gcc_assert (type
&& TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
);
17660 /* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we
17661 encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute
17662 whatsoever. Likewise for variable or too large size. */
17663 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl
), 0)
17664 || ! host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1))
17667 bitpos_int
= int_bit_position (decl
);
17669 /* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the
17670 highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of
17671 the bit-field itself. Since the "high-order end" of any object or field
17672 is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation
17673 below must take account of these differences. */
17674 highest_order_object_bit_offset
= object_offset_in_bytes
* BITS_PER_UNIT
;
17675 highest_order_field_bit_offset
= bitpos_int
;
17677 if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
17679 highest_order_field_bit_offset
+= tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 0);
17680 highest_order_object_bit_offset
+= simple_type_size_in_bits (type
);
17684 = (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
17685 ? highest_order_object_bit_offset
- highest_order_field_bit_offset
17686 : highest_order_field_bit_offset
- highest_order_object_bit_offset
);
17688 if (bit_offset
< 0)
17689 add_AT_int (die
, DW_AT_bit_offset
, bit_offset
);
17691 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_bit_offset
, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) bit_offset
);
17694 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute
17695 which specifies the length in bits of the given field. */
17698 add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
17700 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
17701 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
17702 && DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
));
17704 if (host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1))
17705 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_bit_size
, tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1));
17708 /* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped'
17709 attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function. */
17712 add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree func_type
)
17714 if (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_language
) == DW_LANG_C89
17715 && prototype_p (func_type
))
17716 add_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_prototyped
, 1);
17719 /* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE. The DIE is found
17720 by looking in either the type declaration or object declaration
17723 static inline dw_die_ref
17724 add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree origin
)
17726 dw_die_ref origin_die
= NULL
;
17728 if (TREE_CODE (origin
) != FUNCTION_DECL
)
17730 /* We may have gotten separated from the block for the inlined
17731 function, if we're in an exception handler or some such; make
17732 sure that the abstract function has been written out.
17734 Doing this for nested functions is wrong, however; functions are
17735 distinct units, and our context might not even be inline. */
17739 fn
= TYPE_STUB_DECL (fn
);
17741 fn
= decl_function_context (fn
);
17743 dwarf2out_abstract_function (fn
);
17746 if (DECL_P (origin
))
17747 origin_die
= lookup_decl_die (origin
);
17748 else if (TYPE_P (origin
))
17749 origin_die
= lookup_type_die (origin
);
17751 /* XXX: Functions that are never lowered don't always have correct block
17752 trees (in the case of java, they simply have no block tree, in some other
17753 languages). For these functions, there is nothing we can really do to
17754 output correct debug info for inlined functions in all cases. Rather
17755 than die, we'll just produce deficient debug info now, in that we will
17756 have variables without a proper abstract origin. In the future, when all
17757 functions are lowered, we should re-add a gcc_assert (origin_die)
17761 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
, origin_die
);
17765 /* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute. */
17768 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree func_decl
)
17770 if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
))
17772 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_virtuality
, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual
);
17774 if (host_integerp (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
), 0))
17775 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
,
17776 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu
,
17777 tree_low_cst (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
), 0),
17780 /* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally. */
17781 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
17782 && DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl
))
17783 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
17784 lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl
)));
17788 /* Add a DW_AT_linkage_name or DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name attribute for the
17789 given decl. This used to be a vendor extension until after DWARF 4
17790 standardized it. */
17793 add_linkage_attr (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
17795 const char *name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
));
17797 /* Mimic what assemble_name_raw does with a leading '*'. */
17798 if (name
[0] == '*')
17801 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
17802 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_linkage_name
, name
);
17804 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
, name
);
17807 /* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl. */
17810 add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
17812 expanded_location s
;
17814 if (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
) == UNKNOWN_LOCATION
)
17816 s
= expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
));
17817 add_AT_file (die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, lookup_filename (s
.file
));
17818 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, s
.line
);
17821 /* Add DW_AT_{,MIPS_}linkage_name attribute for the given decl. */
17824 add_linkage_name (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
17826 if ((TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
)
17827 && TREE_PUBLIC (decl
)
17828 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
)
17829 && !(TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
&& DECL_REGISTER (decl
))
17830 && die
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_member
)
17832 /* Defer until we have an assembler name set. */
17833 if (!DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME_SET_P (decl
))
17835 limbo_die_node
*asm_name
;
17837 asm_name
= ggc_alloc_cleared_limbo_die_node ();
17838 asm_name
->die
= die
;
17839 asm_name
->created_for
= decl
;
17840 asm_name
->next
= deferred_asm_name
;
17841 deferred_asm_name
= asm_name
;
17843 else if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
) != DECL_NAME (decl
))
17844 add_linkage_attr (die
, decl
);
17848 /* Add a DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the
17849 given decl, but only if it actually has a name. */
17852 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
17856 decl_name
= DECL_NAME (decl
);
17857 if (decl_name
!= NULL
&& IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name
) != NULL
)
17859 const char *name
= dwarf2_name (decl
, 0);
17861 add_name_attribute (die
, name
);
17862 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
17863 add_src_coords_attributes (die
, decl
);
17865 add_linkage_name (die
, decl
);
17868 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
17869 /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL. This may be different
17870 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
17871 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
&& TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
))
17873 add_AT_addr (die
, DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address
,
17874 XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl
), 0));
17875 VEC_safe_push (rtx
, gc
, used_rtx_array
, XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl
), 0));
17877 #endif /* VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO */
17880 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
17881 /* Output the debug main pointer die for VMS */
17884 dwarf2out_vms_debug_main_pointer (void)
17886 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
17889 /* Allocate the VMS debug main subprogram die. */
17890 die
= ggc_alloc_cleared_die_node ();
17891 die
->die_tag
= DW_TAG_subprogram
;
17892 add_name_attribute (die
, VMS_DEBUG_MAIN_POINTER
);
17893 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, PROLOGUE_END_LABEL
,
17894 current_function_funcdef_no
);
17895 add_AT_lbl_id (die
, DW_AT_entry_pc
, label
);
17897 /* Make it the first child of comp_unit_die (). */
17898 die
->die_parent
= comp_unit_die ();
17899 if (comp_unit_die ()->die_child
)
17901 die
->die_sib
= comp_unit_die ()->die_child
->die_sib
;
17902 comp_unit_die ()->die_child
->die_sib
= die
;
17906 die
->die_sib
= die
;
17907 comp_unit_die ()->die_child
= die
;
17910 #endif /* VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO */
17912 /* Push a new declaration scope. */
17915 push_decl_scope (tree scope
)
17917 VEC_safe_push (tree
, gc
, decl_scope_table
, scope
);
17920 /* Pop a declaration scope. */
17923 pop_decl_scope (void)
17925 VEC_pop (tree
, decl_scope_table
);
17928 /* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this type.
17929 Non-named types get global scope. Named types nested in other
17930 types get their containing scope if it's open, or global scope
17931 otherwise. All other types (i.e. function-local named types) get
17932 the current active scope. */
17935 scope_die_for (tree t
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
17937 dw_die_ref scope_die
= NULL
;
17938 tree containing_scope
;
17941 /* Non-types always go in the current scope. */
17942 gcc_assert (TYPE_P (t
));
17944 containing_scope
= TYPE_CONTEXT (t
);
17946 /* Use the containing namespace if it was passed in (for a declaration). */
17947 if (containing_scope
&& TREE_CODE (containing_scope
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
17949 if (context_die
== lookup_decl_die (containing_scope
))
17952 containing_scope
= NULL_TREE
;
17955 /* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend. They mean that
17956 a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but
17957 that isn't useful to DWARF. */
17958 if (containing_scope
&& TREE_CODE (containing_scope
) == FUNCTION_TYPE
)
17959 containing_scope
= NULL_TREE
;
17961 if (SCOPE_FILE_SCOPE_P (containing_scope
))
17962 scope_die
= comp_unit_die ();
17963 else if (TYPE_P (containing_scope
))
17965 /* For types, we can just look up the appropriate DIE. But
17966 first we check to see if we're in the middle of emitting it
17967 so we know where the new DIE should go. */
17968 for (i
= VEC_length (tree
, decl_scope_table
) - 1; i
>= 0; --i
)
17969 if (VEC_index (tree
, decl_scope_table
, i
) == containing_scope
)
17974 gcc_assert (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
17975 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (containing_scope
));
17976 /*We are not in the middle of emitting the type
17977 CONTAINING_SCOPE. Let's see if it's emitted already. */
17978 scope_die
= lookup_type_die (containing_scope
);
17980 /* If none of the current dies are suitable, we get file scope. */
17981 if (scope_die
== NULL
)
17982 scope_die
= comp_unit_die ();
17985 scope_die
= lookup_type_die_strip_naming_typedef (containing_scope
);
17988 scope_die
= context_die
;
17993 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is internal to a function. */
17996 local_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die
)
17998 for (; context_die
; context_die
= context_die
->die_parent
)
17999 if (context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
18000 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
18006 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class. */
18009 class_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die
)
18011 return (context_die
18012 && (context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_structure_type
18013 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_class_type
18014 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_interface_type
18015 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_union_type
));
18018 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class or namespace, for deciding
18019 whether or not to treat a DIE in this context as a declaration. */
18022 class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die
)
18024 return (class_scope_p (context_die
)
18025 || (context_die
&& context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
));
18028 /* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute. This
18029 routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given
18030 by 'type', and adds a DW_AT_type attribute below the given die. */
18033 add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref object_die
, tree type
, int decl_const
,
18034 int decl_volatile
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18036 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
18037 dw_die_ref type_die
= NULL
;
18039 /* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral, floating-point
18040 or fixed-point type, use the inner type. This is because we have no
18041 support for unnamed types in base_type_die. This can happen if this is
18042 an Ada subrange type. Correct solution is emit a subrange type die. */
18043 if ((code
== INTEGER_TYPE
|| code
== REAL_TYPE
|| code
== FIXED_POINT_TYPE
)
18044 && TREE_TYPE (type
) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type
) == 0)
18045 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
), code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
18047 if (code
== ERROR_MARK
18048 /* Handle a special case. For functions whose return type is void, we
18049 generate *no* type attribute. (Note that no object may have type
18050 `void', so this only applies to function return types). */
18051 || code
== VOID_TYPE
)
18054 type_die
= modified_type_die (type
,
18055 decl_const
|| TYPE_READONLY (type
),
18056 decl_volatile
|| TYPE_VOLATILE (type
),
18059 if (type_die
!= NULL
)
18060 add_AT_die_ref (object_die
, DW_AT_type
, type_die
);
18063 /* Given an object die, add the calling convention attribute for the
18064 function call type. */
18066 add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref subr_die
, tree decl
)
18068 enum dwarf_calling_convention value
= DW_CC_normal
;
18070 value
= ((enum dwarf_calling_convention
)
18071 targetm
.dwarf_calling_convention (TREE_TYPE (decl
)));
18074 && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
)), "MAIN__"))
18076 /* DWARF 2 doesn't provide a way to identify a program's source-level
18077 entry point. DW_AT_calling_convention attributes are only meant
18078 to describe functions' calling conventions. However, lacking a
18079 better way to signal the Fortran main program, we used this for
18080 a long time, following existing custom. Now, DWARF 4 has
18081 DW_AT_main_subprogram, which we add below, but some tools still
18082 rely on the old way, which we thus keep. */
18083 value
= DW_CC_program
;
18085 if (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
)
18086 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_main_subprogram
, 1);
18089 /* Only add the attribute if the backend requests it, and
18090 is not DW_CC_normal. */
18091 if (value
&& (value
!= DW_CC_normal
))
18092 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_calling_convention
, value
);
18095 /* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return
18096 a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type
18097 was declared without a tag. */
18099 static const char *
18100 type_tag (const_tree type
)
18102 const char *name
= 0;
18104 if (TYPE_NAME (type
) != 0)
18108 /* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name. */
18109 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE
18110 && !TYPE_NAMELESS (type
))
18111 t
= TYPE_NAME (type
);
18113 /* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to
18114 a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was
18116 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == TYPE_DECL
18117 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
18119 /* We want to be extra verbose. Don't call dwarf_name if
18120 DECL_NAME isn't set. The default hook for decl_printable_name
18121 doesn't like that, and in this context it's correct to return
18122 0, instead of "<anonymous>" or the like. */
18123 if (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type
))
18124 && !DECL_NAMELESS (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
18125 name
= lang_hooks
.dwarf_name (TYPE_NAME (type
), 2);
18128 /* Now get the name as a string, or invent one. */
18129 if (!name
&& t
!= 0)
18130 name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t
);
18133 return (name
== 0 || *name
== '\0') ? 0 : name
;
18136 /* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check
18137 for bit field types. */
18140 member_declared_type (const_tree member
)
18142 return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member
)
18143 ? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member
) : TREE_TYPE (member
));
18146 /* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different
18147 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
18150 static const char *
18151 decl_start_label (tree decl
)
18154 const char *fnname
;
18156 x
= DECL_RTL (decl
);
18157 gcc_assert (MEM_P (x
));
18160 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x
) == SYMBOL_REF
);
18162 fnname
= XSTR (x
, 0);
18167 /* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for
18168 the compilation unit. Debugging information is collected by walking
18169 the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl(). */
18172 gen_array_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18174 dw_die_ref scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
18175 dw_die_ref array_die
;
18177 /* GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of one
18178 dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array types.
18179 We sometimes squish that down to a single array_type DIE with multiple
18180 subscripts in the Dwarf debugging info. The draft Dwarf specification
18181 say that we are allowed to do this kind of compression in C, because
18182 there is no difference between an array of arrays and a multidimensional
18183 array. We don't do this for Ada to remain as close as possible to the
18184 actual representation, which is especially important against the language
18185 flexibilty wrt arrays of variable size. */
18187 bool collapse_nested_arrays
= !is_ada ();
18190 /* Emit DW_TAG_string_type for Fortran character types (with kind 1 only, as
18191 DW_TAG_string_type doesn't have DW_AT_type attribute). */
18192 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type
)
18193 && TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
18195 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == TYPE_MODE (char_type_node
))
18197 HOST_WIDE_INT size
;
18199 array_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_string_type
, scope_die
, type
);
18200 add_name_attribute (array_die
, type_tag (type
));
18201 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, array_die
);
18202 size
= int_size_in_bytes (type
);
18204 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size
);
18205 else if (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
) != NULL_TREE
18206 && TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
)) != NULL_TREE
18207 && DECL_P (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
))))
18209 tree szdecl
= TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
));
18210 dw_loc_list_ref loc
= loc_list_from_tree (szdecl
, 2);
18212 size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (szdecl
));
18213 if (loc
&& size
> 0)
18215 add_AT_location_description (array_die
, DW_AT_string_length
, loc
);
18216 if (size
!= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
18217 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size
);
18223 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for array of array of enum types
18224 (e.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10]) unless the inner
18225 array type comes before the outer array type. We thus call gen_type_die
18226 before we new_die and must prevent nested array types collapsing for this
18229 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
18230 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
18231 collapse_nested_arrays
= false;
18234 array_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_array_type
, scope_die
, type
);
18235 add_name_attribute (array_die
, type_tag (type
));
18236 add_gnat_descriptive_type_attribute (array_die
, type
, context_die
);
18237 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, array_die
);
18239 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == VECTOR_TYPE
)
18240 add_AT_flag (array_die
, DW_AT_GNU_vector
, 1);
18242 /* For Fortran multidimensional arrays use DW_ORD_col_major ordering. */
18244 && TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
18245 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == ARRAY_TYPE
18246 && !TYPE_STRING_FLAG (TREE_TYPE (type
)))
18247 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_ordering
, DW_ORD_col_major
);
18250 /* We default the array ordering. SDB will probably do
18251 the right things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present. It's not even
18252 an issue until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway. If
18253 SDB is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays,
18254 then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in. (But if
18255 and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so
18256 for multidimensional arrays. */
18257 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_ordering
, DW_ORD_row_major
);
18260 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
18261 /* The SGI compilers handle arrays of unknown bound by setting
18262 AT_declaration and not emitting any subrange DIEs. */
18263 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
18264 && ! TYPE_DOMAIN (type
))
18265 add_AT_flag (array_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
18268 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == VECTOR_TYPE
)
18270 /* For VECTOR_TYPEs we use an array die with appropriate bounds. */
18271 dw_die_ref subrange_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, array_die
, NULL
);
18272 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
, size_zero_node
);
18273 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
,
18274 size_int (TYPE_VECTOR_SUBPARTS (type
) - 1));
18277 add_subscript_info (array_die
, type
, collapse_nested_arrays
);
18279 /* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type and
18280 emit the corresponding DIE if we haven't done it already. */
18281 element_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
18282 if (collapse_nested_arrays
)
18283 while (TREE_CODE (element_type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
18285 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (element_type
) && is_fortran ())
18287 element_type
= TREE_TYPE (element_type
);
18290 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
18291 gen_type_die (element_type
, context_die
);
18294 add_type_attribute (array_die
, element_type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
18296 if (get_AT (array_die
, DW_AT_name
))
18297 add_pubtype (type
, array_die
);
18300 static dw_loc_descr_ref
18301 descr_info_loc (tree val
, tree base_decl
)
18303 HOST_WIDE_INT size
;
18304 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, loc2
;
18305 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
18307 if (val
== base_decl
)
18308 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_push_object_address
, 0, 0);
18310 switch (TREE_CODE (val
))
18313 return descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 0), base_decl
);
18315 return loc_descriptor_from_tree (val
, 0);
18317 if (host_integerp (val
, 0))
18318 return int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (val
, 0));
18321 size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (val
));
18324 loc
= descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 0), base_decl
);
18327 if (size
== DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
18328 add_loc_descr (&loc
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0));
18330 add_loc_descr (&loc
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref_size
, size
, 0));
18332 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR
:
18334 if (host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 1), 1)
18335 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 1), 1)
18338 loc
= descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 0), base_decl
);
18341 loc_descr_plus_const (&loc
, tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 1), 0));
18347 loc
= descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 0), base_decl
);
18350 loc2
= descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 1), base_decl
);
18353 add_loc_descr (&loc
, loc2
);
18354 add_loc_descr (&loc2
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
18376 add_descr_info_field (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr
,
18377 tree val
, tree base_decl
)
18379 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
18381 if (host_integerp (val
, 0))
18383 add_AT_unsigned (die
, attr
, tree_low_cst (val
, 0));
18387 loc
= descr_info_loc (val
, base_decl
);
18391 add_AT_loc (die
, attr
, loc
);
18394 /* This routine generates DIE for array with hidden descriptor, details
18395 are filled into *info by a langhook. */
18398 gen_descr_array_type_die (tree type
, struct array_descr_info
*info
,
18399 dw_die_ref context_die
)
18401 dw_die_ref scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
18402 dw_die_ref array_die
;
18405 array_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_array_type
, scope_die
, type
);
18406 add_name_attribute (array_die
, type_tag (type
));
18407 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, array_die
);
18409 /* For Fortran multidimensional arrays use DW_ORD_col_major ordering. */
18411 && info
->ndimensions
>= 2)
18412 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_ordering
, DW_ORD_col_major
);
18414 if (info
->data_location
)
18415 add_descr_info_field (array_die
, DW_AT_data_location
, info
->data_location
,
18417 if (info
->associated
)
18418 add_descr_info_field (array_die
, DW_AT_associated
, info
->associated
,
18420 if (info
->allocated
)
18421 add_descr_info_field (array_die
, DW_AT_allocated
, info
->allocated
,
18424 for (dim
= 0; dim
< info
->ndimensions
; dim
++)
18426 dw_die_ref subrange_die
18427 = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, array_die
, NULL
);
18429 if (info
->dimen
[dim
].lower_bound
)
18431 /* If it is the default value, omit it. */
18434 if (host_integerp (info
->dimen
[dim
].lower_bound
, 0)
18435 && (dflt
= lower_bound_default ()) != -1
18436 && tree_low_cst (info
->dimen
[dim
].lower_bound
, 0) == dflt
)
18439 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
,
18440 info
->dimen
[dim
].lower_bound
,
18443 if (info
->dimen
[dim
].upper_bound
)
18444 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
,
18445 info
->dimen
[dim
].upper_bound
,
18447 if (info
->dimen
[dim
].stride
)
18448 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die
, DW_AT_byte_stride
,
18449 info
->dimen
[dim
].stride
,
18453 gen_type_die (info
->element_type
, context_die
);
18454 add_type_attribute (array_die
, info
->element_type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
18456 if (get_AT (array_die
, DW_AT_name
))
18457 add_pubtype (type
, array_die
);
18462 gen_entry_point_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18464 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
18465 dw_die_ref decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point
, context_die
, decl
);
18467 if (origin
!= NULL
)
18468 add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die
, origin
);
18471 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die
, decl
);
18472 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
18473 0, 0, context_die
);
18476 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
18477 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, decl_die
);
18479 add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, decl_start_label (decl
));
18483 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
18484 emit full debugging info for them. */
18487 retry_incomplete_types (void)
18491 for (i
= VEC_length (tree
, incomplete_types
) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
18492 if (should_emit_struct_debug (VEC_index (tree
, incomplete_types
, i
),
18493 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
))
18494 gen_type_die (VEC_index (tree
, incomplete_types
, i
), comp_unit_die ());
18497 /* Determine what tag to use for a record type. */
18499 static enum dwarf_tag
18500 record_type_tag (tree type
)
18502 if (! lang_hooks
.types
.classify_record
)
18503 return DW_TAG_structure_type
;
18505 switch (lang_hooks
.types
.classify_record (type
))
18507 case RECORD_IS_STRUCT
:
18508 return DW_TAG_structure_type
;
18510 case RECORD_IS_CLASS
:
18511 return DW_TAG_class_type
;
18513 case RECORD_IS_INTERFACE
:
18514 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
18515 return DW_TAG_interface_type
;
18516 return DW_TAG_structure_type
;
18519 gcc_unreachable ();
18523 /* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type. Note that these DIEs
18524 include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each
18525 enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type
18529 gen_enumeration_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18531 dw_die_ref type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
18533 if (type_die
== NULL
)
18535 type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type
,
18536 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
18537 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
18538 add_name_attribute (type_die
, type_tag (type
));
18539 add_gnat_descriptive_type_attribute (type_die
, type
, context_die
);
18540 if (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
)
18542 if (ENUM_IS_SCOPED (type
))
18543 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_enum_class
, 1);
18544 if (ENUM_IS_OPAQUE (type
))
18545 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
18548 else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type
))
18551 remove_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
18553 /* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types. If the
18554 given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size
18555 attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute. */
18556 if (TYPE_SIZE (type
))
18560 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
18561 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die
, type
);
18562 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
18564 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
18565 add_accessibility_attribute (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
18568 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
18569 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
18570 if (type_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
18571 add_child_die (scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type_die
);
18573 for (link
= TYPE_VALUES (type
);
18574 link
!= NULL
; link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
))
18576 dw_die_ref enum_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator
, type_die
, link
);
18577 tree value
= TREE_VALUE (link
);
18579 add_name_attribute (enum_die
,
18580 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link
)));
18582 if (TREE_CODE (value
) == CONST_DECL
)
18583 value
= DECL_INITIAL (value
);
18585 if (host_integerp (value
, TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (value
))))
18586 /* DWARF2 does not provide a way of indicating whether or
18587 not enumeration constants are signed or unsigned. GDB
18588 always assumes the values are signed, so we output all
18589 values as if they were signed. That means that
18590 enumeration constants with very large unsigned values
18591 will appear to have negative values in the debugger. */
18592 add_AT_int (enum_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
18593 tree_low_cst (value
, tree_int_cst_sgn (value
) > 0));
18597 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
18599 if (get_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_name
))
18600 add_pubtype (type
, type_die
);
18605 /* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to
18606 represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function
18609 Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a
18610 ..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which
18611 represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE
18612 node. If it's the former then this function is being called to output a
18613 DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof). If
18614 it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a
18615 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal
18616 argument type of some subprogram type.
18617 If EMIT_NAME_P is true, name and source coordinate attributes
18621 gen_formal_parameter_die (tree node
, tree origin
, bool emit_name_p
,
18622 dw_die_ref context_die
)
18624 tree node_or_origin
= node
? node
: origin
;
18625 tree ultimate_origin
;
18626 dw_die_ref parm_die
18627 = new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter
, context_die
, node
);
18629 switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node_or_origin
)))
18631 case tcc_declaration
:
18632 ultimate_origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (node_or_origin
);
18633 if (node
|| ultimate_origin
)
18634 origin
= ultimate_origin
;
18635 if (origin
!= NULL
)
18636 add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die
, origin
);
18637 else if (emit_name_p
)
18638 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die
, node
);
18640 || (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node_or_origin
)
18641 && variably_modified_type_p (TREE_TYPE (node_or_origin
),
18642 decl_function_context
18643 (node_or_origin
))))
18645 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (node_or_origin
);
18646 if (decl_by_reference_p (node_or_origin
))
18647 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0,
18650 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, type
,
18651 TREE_READONLY (node_or_origin
),
18652 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (node_or_origin
),
18655 if (origin
== NULL
&& DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node
))
18656 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
18658 if (node
&& node
!= origin
)
18659 equate_decl_number_to_die (node
, parm_die
);
18660 if (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node_or_origin
))
18661 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die
, node_or_origin
,
18662 node
== NULL
, DW_AT_location
);
18667 /* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node. */
18668 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, node_or_origin
, 0, 0, context_die
);
18672 gcc_unreachable ();
18678 /* Generate and return a DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack. Also generate
18679 children DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs representing the arguments of the
18682 PARM_PACK must be a function parameter pack.
18683 PACK_ARG is the first argument of the parameter pack. Its TREE_CHAIN
18684 must point to the subsequent arguments of the function PACK_ARG belongs to.
18685 SUBR_DIE is the DIE of the function PACK_ARG belongs to.
18686 If NEXT_ARG is non NULL, *NEXT_ARG is set to the function argument
18687 following the last one for which a DIE was generated. */
18690 gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (tree parm_pack
,
18692 dw_die_ref subr_die
,
18696 dw_die_ref parm_pack_die
;
18698 gcc_assert (parm_pack
18699 && lang_hooks
.function_parameter_pack_p (parm_pack
)
18702 parm_pack_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack
, subr_die
, parm_pack
);
18703 add_src_coords_attributes (parm_pack_die
, parm_pack
);
18705 for (arg
= pack_arg
; arg
; arg
= DECL_CHAIN (arg
))
18707 if (! lang_hooks
.decls
.function_parm_expanded_from_pack_p (arg
,
18710 gen_formal_parameter_die (arg
, NULL
,
18711 false /* Don't emit name attribute. */,
18716 return parm_pack_die
;
18719 /* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis
18720 at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list. */
18723 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree decl_or_type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18725 new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters
, context_die
, decl_or_type
);
18728 /* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a
18729 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal
18730 parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for
18731 those which appear as part of a function *definition*). */
18734 gen_formal_types_die (tree function_or_method_type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18737 tree formal_type
= NULL
;
18738 tree first_parm_type
;
18741 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
18743 arg
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (function_or_method_type
);
18744 function_or_method_type
= TREE_TYPE (function_or_method_type
);
18749 first_parm_type
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type
);
18751 /* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a
18752 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one. */
18753 for (link
= first_parm_type
; link
; )
18755 dw_die_ref parm_die
;
18757 formal_type
= TREE_VALUE (link
);
18758 if (formal_type
== void_type_node
)
18761 /* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself. */
18762 parm_die
= gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type
, NULL
,
18763 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
18765 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type
) == METHOD_TYPE
18766 && link
== first_parm_type
)
18768 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
18769 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
18770 add_AT_die_ref (context_die
, DW_AT_object_pointer
, parm_die
);
18772 else if (arg
&& DECL_ARTIFICIAL (arg
))
18773 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
18775 link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
);
18777 arg
= DECL_CHAIN (arg
);
18780 /* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a
18781 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list. */
18782 if (formal_type
!= void_type_node
)
18783 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type
, context_die
);
18785 /* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types
18786 and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary). */
18787 for (link
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type
);
18788 link
&& TREE_VALUE (link
);
18789 link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
))
18790 gen_type_die (TREE_VALUE (link
), context_die
);
18793 /* We want to generate the DIE for TYPE so that we can generate the
18794 die for MEMBER, which has been defined; we will need to refer back
18795 to the member declaration nested within TYPE. If we're trying to
18796 generate minimal debug info for TYPE, processing TYPE won't do the
18797 trick; we need to attach the member declaration by hand. */
18800 gen_type_die_for_member (tree type
, tree member
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18802 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
);
18804 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
18805 emitted the member decl for this function. Emit it now. */
18806 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
18807 && TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
))
18808 && ! lookup_decl_die (member
))
18810 dw_die_ref type_die
;
18811 gcc_assert (!decl_ultimate_origin (member
));
18813 push_decl_scope (type
);
18814 type_die
= lookup_type_die_strip_naming_typedef (type
);
18815 if (TREE_CODE (member
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
18816 gen_subprogram_die (member
, type_die
);
18817 else if (TREE_CODE (member
) == FIELD_DECL
)
18819 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle
18820 C++ anonymous unions and structs. */
18821 if (DECL_NAME (member
) != NULL_TREE
18822 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member
)) == UNION_TYPE
18823 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member
)) == RECORD_TYPE
)
18825 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (member
), type_die
);
18826 gen_field_die (member
, type_die
);
18830 gen_variable_die (member
, NULL_TREE
, type_die
);
18836 /* Generate the DWARF2 info for the "abstract" instance of a function which we
18837 may later generate inlined and/or out-of-line instances of. */
18840 dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree decl
)
18842 dw_die_ref old_die
;
18846 htab_t old_decl_loc_table
;
18847 htab_t old_cached_dw_loc_list_table
;
18848 int old_call_site_count
, old_tail_call_site_count
;
18849 struct call_arg_loc_node
*old_call_arg_locations
;
18851 /* Make sure we have the actual abstract inline, not a clone. */
18852 decl
= DECL_ORIGIN (decl
);
18854 old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
18855 if (old_die
&& get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
18856 /* We've already generated the abstract instance. */
18859 /* We can be called while recursively when seeing block defining inlined subroutine
18860 DIE. Be sure to not clobber the outer location table nor use it or we would
18861 get locations in abstract instantces. */
18862 old_decl_loc_table
= decl_loc_table
;
18863 decl_loc_table
= NULL
;
18864 old_cached_dw_loc_list_table
= cached_dw_loc_list_table
;
18865 cached_dw_loc_list_table
= NULL
;
18866 old_call_arg_locations
= call_arg_locations
;
18867 call_arg_locations
= NULL
;
18868 old_call_site_count
= call_site_count
;
18869 call_site_count
= -1;
18870 old_tail_call_site_count
= tail_call_site_count
;
18871 tail_call_site_count
= -1;
18873 /* Be sure we've emitted the in-class declaration DIE (if any) first, so
18874 we don't get confused by DECL_ABSTRACT. */
18875 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
18877 context
= decl_class_context (decl
);
18879 gen_type_die_for_member
18880 (context
, decl
, decl_function_context (decl
) ? NULL
: comp_unit_die ());
18883 /* Pretend we've just finished compiling this function. */
18884 save_fn
= current_function_decl
;
18885 current_function_decl
= decl
;
18886 push_cfun (DECL_STRUCT_FUNCTION (decl
));
18888 was_abstract
= DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
);
18889 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl
, 1);
18890 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
18891 if (! was_abstract
)
18892 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl
, 0);
18894 current_function_decl
= save_fn
;
18895 decl_loc_table
= old_decl_loc_table
;
18896 cached_dw_loc_list_table
= old_cached_dw_loc_list_table
;
18897 call_arg_locations
= old_call_arg_locations
;
18898 call_site_count
= old_call_site_count
;
18899 tail_call_site_count
= old_tail_call_site_count
;
18903 /* Helper function of premark_used_types() which gets called through
18906 Marks the DIE of a given type in *SLOT as perennial, so it never gets
18907 marked as unused by prune_unused_types. */
18910 premark_used_types_helper (void **slot
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
18915 type
= (tree
) *slot
;
18916 die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
18918 die
->die_perennial_p
= 1;
18922 /* Helper function of premark_types_used_by_global_vars which gets called
18923 through htab_traverse.
18925 Marks the DIE of a given type in *SLOT as perennial, so it never gets
18926 marked as unused by prune_unused_types. The DIE of the type is marked
18927 only if the global variable using the type will actually be emitted. */
18930 premark_types_used_by_global_vars_helper (void **slot
,
18931 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
18933 struct types_used_by_vars_entry
*entry
;
18936 entry
= (struct types_used_by_vars_entry
*) *slot
;
18937 gcc_assert (entry
->type
!= NULL
18938 && entry
->var_decl
!= NULL
);
18939 die
= lookup_type_die (entry
->type
);
18942 /* Ask cgraph if the global variable really is to be emitted.
18943 If yes, then we'll keep the DIE of ENTRY->TYPE. */
18944 struct varpool_node
*node
= varpool_get_node (entry
->var_decl
);
18945 if (node
&& node
->needed
)
18947 die
->die_perennial_p
= 1;
18948 /* Keep the parent DIEs as well. */
18949 while ((die
= die
->die_parent
) && die
->die_perennial_p
== 0)
18950 die
->die_perennial_p
= 1;
18956 /* Mark all members of used_types_hash as perennial. */
18959 premark_used_types (void)
18961 if (cfun
&& cfun
->used_types_hash
)
18962 htab_traverse (cfun
->used_types_hash
, premark_used_types_helper
, NULL
);
18965 /* Mark all members of types_used_by_vars_entry as perennial. */
18968 premark_types_used_by_global_vars (void)
18970 if (types_used_by_vars_hash
)
18971 htab_traverse (types_used_by_vars_hash
,
18972 premark_types_used_by_global_vars_helper
, NULL
);
18975 /* Generate a DW_TAG_GNU_call_site DIE in function DECL under SUBR_DIE
18976 for CA_LOC call arg loc node. */
18979 gen_call_site_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref subr_die
,
18980 struct call_arg_loc_node
*ca_loc
)
18982 dw_die_ref stmt_die
= NULL
, die
;
18983 tree block
= ca_loc
->block
;
18986 && block
!= DECL_INITIAL (decl
)
18987 && TREE_CODE (block
) == BLOCK
)
18989 if (VEC_length (dw_die_ref
, block_map
) > BLOCK_NUMBER (block
))
18990 stmt_die
= VEC_index (dw_die_ref
, block_map
, BLOCK_NUMBER (block
));
18993 block
= BLOCK_SUPERCONTEXT (block
);
18995 if (stmt_die
== NULL
)
18996 stmt_die
= subr_die
;
18997 die
= new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_call_site
, stmt_die
, NULL_TREE
);
18998 add_AT_lbl_id (die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, ca_loc
->label
);
18999 if (ca_loc
->tail_call_p
)
19000 add_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_GNU_tail_call
, 1);
19001 if (ca_loc
->symbol_ref
)
19003 dw_die_ref tdie
= lookup_decl_die (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (ca_loc
->symbol_ref
));
19005 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
, tdie
);
19007 add_AT_addr (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
, ca_loc
->symbol_ref
);
19012 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or
19016 gen_subprogram_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
19018 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
19019 dw_die_ref subr_die
;
19021 dw_die_ref old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
19022 int declaration
= (current_function_decl
!= decl
19023 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
));
19025 premark_used_types ();
19027 /* It is possible to have both DECL_ABSTRACT and DECLARATION be true if we
19028 started to generate the abstract instance of an inline, decided to output
19029 its containing class, and proceeded to emit the declaration of the inline
19030 from the member list for the class. If so, DECLARATION takes priority;
19031 we'll get back to the abstract instance when done with the class. */
19033 /* The class-scope declaration DIE must be the primary DIE. */
19034 if (origin
&& declaration
&& class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
))
19037 gcc_assert (!old_die
);
19040 /* Now that the C++ front end lazily declares artificial member fns, we
19041 might need to retrofit the declaration into its class. */
19042 if (!declaration
&& !origin
&& !old_die
19043 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl
) && TYPE_P (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))
19044 && !class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
)
19045 && debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
19046 old_die
= force_decl_die (decl
);
19048 if (origin
!= NULL
)
19050 gcc_assert (!declaration
|| local_scope_p (context_die
));
19052 /* Fixup die_parent for the abstract instance of a nested
19053 inline function. */
19054 if (old_die
&& old_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
19055 add_child_die (context_die
, old_die
);
19057 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
19058 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die
, origin
);
19062 expanded_location s
= expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
));
19063 struct dwarf_file_data
* file_index
= lookup_filename (s
.file
);
19065 if (!get_AT_flag (old_die
, DW_AT_declaration
)
19066 /* We can have a normal definition following an inline one in the
19067 case of redefinition of GNU C extern inlines.
19068 It seems reasonable to use AT_specification in this case. */
19069 && !get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
19071 /* Detect and ignore this case, where we are trying to output
19072 something we have already output. */
19076 /* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration,
19077 maybe use the old DIE. We always want the DIE for this function
19078 that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the
19079 debugger can find it. We also need to do this for abstract
19080 instances of inlines, since the spec requires the out-of-line copy
19081 to have the same parent. For local class methods, this doesn't
19082 apply; we just use the old DIE. */
19083 if ((is_cu_die (old_die
->die_parent
) || context_die
== NULL
)
19084 && (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)
19085 || (get_AT_file (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) == file_index
19086 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
)
19087 == (unsigned) s
.line
))))
19089 subr_die
= old_die
;
19091 /* Clear out the declaration attribute and the formal parameters.
19092 Do not remove all children, because it is possible that this
19093 declaration die was forced using force_decl_die(). In such
19094 cases die that forced declaration die (e.g. TAG_imported_module)
19095 is one of the children that we do not want to remove. */
19096 remove_AT (subr_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
19097 remove_AT (subr_die
, DW_AT_object_pointer
);
19098 remove_child_TAG (subr_die
, DW_TAG_formal_parameter
);
19102 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
19103 add_AT_specification (subr_die
, old_die
);
19104 if (get_AT_file (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) != file_index
)
19105 add_AT_file (subr_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
19106 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
) != (unsigned) s
.line
)
19107 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, s
.line
);
19112 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
19114 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
19115 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
19117 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die
, decl
);
19118 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
19120 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die
, TREE_TYPE (decl
));
19121 add_type_attribute (subr_die
, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
19122 0, 0, context_die
);
19125 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
19126 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
19127 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
19129 add_accessibility_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
19134 if (!old_die
|| !get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
19136 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
19138 /* If this is an explicit function declaration then generate
19139 a DW_AT_explicit attribute. */
19140 if (lang_hooks
.decls
.function_decl_explicit_p (decl
)
19141 && (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
19142 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_explicit
, 1);
19144 /* The first time we see a member function, it is in the context of
19145 the class to which it belongs. We make sure of this by emitting
19146 the class first. The next time is the definition, which is
19147 handled above. The two may come from the same source text.
19149 Note that force_decl_die() forces function declaration die. It is
19150 later reused to represent definition. */
19151 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
19154 else if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
19156 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl
))
19158 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl
))
19159 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_declared_inlined
);
19161 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_declared_not_inlined
);
19165 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl
))
19166 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_inlined
);
19168 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_not_inlined
);
19171 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl
)
19172 && lookup_attribute ("artificial", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl
)))
19173 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
19175 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
19177 else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
19179 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_fb_offset
;
19181 if (!old_die
|| !get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
19182 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
19184 if (!flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition
)
19186 dw_fde_ref fde
= &fde_table
[current_funcdef_fde
];
19187 if (fde
->dw_fde_begin
)
19189 /* We have already generated the labels. */
19190 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
);
19191 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, fde
->dw_fde_end
);
19195 /* Create start/end labels and add the range. */
19196 char label_id
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
19197 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
19198 current_function_funcdef_no
);
19199 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label_id
);
19200 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
19201 current_function_funcdef_no
);
19202 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label_id
);
19205 #if VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
19206 /* HP OpenVMS Industry Standard 64: DWARF Extensions
19207 Section 2.3 Prologue and Epilogue Attributes:
19208 When a breakpoint is set on entry to a function, it is generally
19209 desirable for execution to be suspended, not on the very first
19210 instruction of the function, but rather at a point after the
19211 function's frame has been set up, after any language defined local
19212 declaration processing has been completed, and before execution of
19213 the first statement of the function begins. Debuggers generally
19214 cannot properly determine where this point is. Similarly for a
19215 breakpoint set on exit from a function. The prologue and epilogue
19216 attributes allow a compiler to communicate the location(s) to use. */
19219 if (fde
->dw_fde_vms_end_prologue
)
19220 add_AT_vms_delta (subr_die
, DW_AT_HP_prologue
,
19221 fde
->dw_fde_begin
, fde
->dw_fde_vms_end_prologue
);
19223 if (fde
->dw_fde_vms_begin_epilogue
)
19224 add_AT_vms_delta (subr_die
, DW_AT_HP_epilogue
,
19225 fde
->dw_fde_begin
, fde
->dw_fde_vms_begin_epilogue
);
19229 add_pubname (decl
, subr_die
);
19232 { /* Generate pubnames entries for the split function code
19234 dw_fde_ref fde
= &fde_table
[current_funcdef_fde
];
19236 if (fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
)
19238 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
19240 /* We should use ranges for non-contiguous code section
19241 addresses. Use the actual code range for the initial
19242 section, since the HOT/COLD labels might precede an
19243 alignment offset. */
19244 bool range_list_added
= false;
19245 add_ranges_by_labels (subr_die
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
19246 fde
->dw_fde_end
, &range_list_added
);
19247 add_ranges_by_labels (subr_die
, fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
,
19248 fde
->dw_fde_second_end
,
19249 &range_list_added
);
19250 add_pubname (decl
, subr_die
);
19251 if (range_list_added
)
19256 /* There is no real support in DW2 for this .. so we make
19257 a work-around. First, emit the pub name for the segment
19258 containing the function label. Then make and emit a
19259 simplified subprogram DIE for the second segment with the
19260 name pre-fixed by __hot/cold_sect_of_. We use the same
19261 linkage name for the second die so that gdb will find both
19262 sections when given "b foo". */
19263 const char *name
= NULL
;
19264 tree decl_name
= DECL_NAME (decl
);
19265 dw_die_ref seg_die
;
19267 /* Do the 'primary' section. */
19268 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
,
19269 fde
->dw_fde_begin
);
19270 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
,
19273 add_pubname (decl
, subr_die
);
19275 /* Build a minimal DIE for the secondary section. */
19276 seg_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
,
19277 subr_die
->die_parent
, decl
);
19279 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
19280 add_AT_flag (seg_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
19282 if (decl_name
!= NULL
19283 && IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name
) != NULL
)
19285 name
= dwarf2_name (decl
, 1);
19286 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
19287 add_src_coords_attributes (seg_die
, decl
);
19289 add_linkage_name (seg_die
, decl
);
19291 gcc_assert (name
!= NULL
);
19292 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (seg_die
, decl
);
19293 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
19294 add_AT_flag (seg_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
19296 name
= concat ("__second_sect_of_", name
, NULL
);
19297 add_AT_lbl_id (seg_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
,
19298 fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
);
19299 add_AT_lbl_id (seg_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
,
19300 fde
->dw_fde_second_end
);
19301 add_name_attribute (seg_die
, name
);
19302 add_pubname_string (name
, seg_die
);
19307 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
);
19308 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, fde
->dw_fde_end
);
19309 add_pubname (decl
, subr_die
);
19313 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
19314 /* Add a reference to the FDE for this routine. */
19315 add_AT_fde_ref (subr_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_fde
, current_funcdef_fde
);
19318 cfa_fb_offset
= CFA_FRAME_BASE_OFFSET (decl
);
19320 /* We define the "frame base" as the function's CFA. This is more
19321 convenient for several reasons: (1) It's stable across the prologue
19322 and epilogue, which makes it better than just a frame pointer,
19323 (2) With dwarf3, there exists a one-byte encoding that allows us
19324 to reference the .debug_frame data by proxy, but failing that,
19325 (3) We can at least reuse the code inspection and interpretation
19326 code that determines the CFA position at various points in the
19328 if (dwarf_version
>= 3)
19330 dw_loc_descr_ref op
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_call_frame_cfa
, 0, 0);
19331 add_AT_loc (subr_die
, DW_AT_frame_base
, op
);
19335 dw_loc_list_ref list
= convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (cfa_fb_offset
);
19336 if (list
->dw_loc_next
)
19337 add_AT_loc_list (subr_die
, DW_AT_frame_base
, list
);
19339 add_AT_loc (subr_die
, DW_AT_frame_base
, list
->expr
);
19342 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to
19343 the CFA. The former is what all stack slots and argument slots
19344 will reference in the rtl; the later is what we've told the
19345 debugger about. We'll need to adjust all frame_base references
19346 by this displacement. */
19347 compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (cfa_fb_offset
);
19349 if (cfun
->static_chain_decl
)
19350 add_AT_location_description (subr_die
, DW_AT_static_link
,
19351 loc_list_from_tree (cfun
->static_chain_decl
, 2));
19354 /* Generate child dies for template paramaters. */
19355 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
19356 gen_generic_params_dies (decl
);
19358 /* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets
19359 (unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list
19360 for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing
19361 `...' at the end of the formal parameter list. In order to find out if
19362 there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type
19363 associated with the FUNCTION_DECL. This will be a node of type
19364 FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this
19365 FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be
19366 an ellipsis at the end. */
19368 /* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we
19369 need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of
19370 its formal parameters. */
19371 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
19373 else if (declaration
)
19374 gen_formal_types_die (decl
, subr_die
);
19377 /* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters. */
19378 tree parm
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl
);
19379 tree generic_decl
= lang_hooks
.decls
.get_generic_function_decl (decl
);
19380 tree generic_decl_parm
= generic_decl
19381 ? DECL_ARGUMENTS (generic_decl
)
19384 /* Now we want to walk the list of parameters of the function and
19385 emit their relevant DIEs.
19387 We consider the case of DECL being an instance of a generic function
19388 as well as it being a normal function.
19390 If DECL is an instance of a generic function we walk the
19391 parameters of the generic function declaration _and_ the parameters of
19392 DECL itself. This is useful because we want to emit specific DIEs for
19393 function parameter packs and those are declared as part of the
19394 generic function declaration. In that particular case,
19395 the parameter pack yields a DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack DIE.
19396 That DIE has children DIEs representing the set of arguments
19397 of the pack. Note that the set of pack arguments can be empty.
19398 In that case, the DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack DIE will not have any
19401 Otherwise, we just consider the parameters of DECL. */
19402 while (generic_decl_parm
|| parm
)
19404 if (generic_decl_parm
19405 && lang_hooks
.function_parameter_pack_p (generic_decl_parm
))
19406 gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (generic_decl_parm
,
19411 dw_die_ref parm_die
= gen_decl_die (parm
, NULL
, subr_die
);
19413 if (parm
== DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl
)
19414 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == METHOD_TYPE
19416 && (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
19417 add_AT_die_ref (subr_die
, DW_AT_object_pointer
, parm_die
);
19419 parm
= DECL_CHAIN (parm
);
19422 if (generic_decl_parm
)
19423 generic_decl_parm
= DECL_CHAIN (generic_decl_parm
);
19426 /* Decide whether we need an unspecified_parameters DIE at the end.
19427 There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration -
19428 this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a
19429 void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a
19430 definition). This just means that we have no info about the
19431 parameters at all. */
19432 if (prototype_p (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))
19434 /* This is the prototyped case, check for.... */
19435 if (stdarg_p (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))
19436 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl
, subr_die
);
19438 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
)
19439 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl
, subr_die
);
19442 /* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function
19443 (if it has one - it may be just a declaration). */
19444 outer_scope
= DECL_INITIAL (decl
);
19446 /* OUTER_SCOPE is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK node created to represent
19447 a function. This BLOCK actually represents the outermost binding contour
19448 for the function, i.e. the contour in which the function's formal
19449 parameters and labels get declared. Curiously, it appears that the front
19450 end doesn't actually put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto
19451 the BLOCK_VARS list for this outer scope, but are strung off of the
19452 DECL_ARGUMENTS list for the function instead.
19454 The BLOCK_VARS list for the `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of
19455 the LABEL_DECL nodes for the function however, and we output DWARF info
19456 for those in decls_for_scope. Just within the `outer_scope' there will be
19457 a BLOCK node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces,
19458 and any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++
19459 constructor function. */
19460 if (! declaration
&& TREE_CODE (outer_scope
) != ERROR_MARK
)
19462 int call_site_note_count
= 0;
19463 int tail_call_site_note_count
= 0;
19465 /* Emit a DW_TAG_variable DIE for a named return value. */
19466 if (DECL_NAME (DECL_RESULT (decl
)))
19467 gen_decl_die (DECL_RESULT (decl
), NULL
, subr_die
);
19469 current_function_has_inlines
= 0;
19470 decls_for_scope (outer_scope
, subr_die
, 0);
19472 if (call_arg_locations
&& !dwarf_strict
)
19474 struct call_arg_loc_node
*ca_loc
;
19475 for (ca_loc
= call_arg_locations
; ca_loc
; ca_loc
= ca_loc
->next
)
19477 dw_die_ref die
= NULL
;
19478 rtx tloc
= NULL_RTX
, tlocc
= NULL_RTX
;
19481 for (arg
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (ca_loc
->call_arg_loc_note
);
19482 arg
; arg
= next_arg
)
19484 dw_loc_descr_ref reg
, val
;
19485 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 1));
19488 next_arg
= XEXP (arg
, 1);
19489 if (REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 0))
19491 && MEM_P (XEXP (XEXP (next_arg
, 0), 0))
19492 && REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (next_arg
, 0), 0), 0))
19493 && REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 0))
19494 == REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (next_arg
, 0), 0), 0)))
19495 next_arg
= XEXP (next_arg
, 1);
19496 if (mode
== VOIDmode
)
19498 mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 0));
19499 if (mode
== VOIDmode
)
19500 mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (arg
, 0));
19502 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) != MODE_INT
19503 || GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
19505 if (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 0) == pc_rtx
)
19507 gcc_assert (ca_loc
->symbol_ref
== NULL_RTX
);
19508 tloc
= XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 1);
19511 else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 0)) == CLOBBER
19512 && XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 0), 0) == pc_rtx
)
19514 gcc_assert (ca_loc
->symbol_ref
== NULL_RTX
);
19515 tlocc
= XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 1);
19518 if (REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 0)))
19519 reg
= reg_loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 0),
19520 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
19521 else if (MEM_P (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 0)))
19522 reg
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0),
19524 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
19529 val
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 1), VOIDmode
,
19530 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
19534 die
= gen_call_site_die (decl
, subr_die
, ca_loc
);
19535 cdie
= new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_call_site_parameter
, die
,
19537 add_AT_loc (cdie
, DW_AT_location
, reg
);
19538 add_AT_loc (cdie
, DW_AT_GNU_call_site_value
, val
);
19539 if (next_arg
!= XEXP (arg
, 1))
19541 val
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 1),
19543 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
19545 add_AT_loc (cdie
, DW_AT_GNU_call_site_data_value
, val
);
19549 && (ca_loc
->symbol_ref
|| tloc
))
19550 die
= gen_call_site_die (decl
, subr_die
, ca_loc
);
19551 if (die
!= NULL
&& (tloc
!= NULL_RTX
|| tlocc
!= NULL_RTX
))
19553 dw_loc_descr_ref tval
= NULL
;
19555 if (tloc
!= NULL_RTX
)
19556 tval
= mem_loc_descriptor (tloc
, VOIDmode
,
19557 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
19559 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_GNU_call_site_target
, tval
);
19560 else if (tlocc
!= NULL_RTX
)
19562 tval
= mem_loc_descriptor (tlocc
, VOIDmode
,
19563 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
19565 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_GNU_call_site_target_clobbered
,
19571 call_site_note_count
++;
19572 if (ca_loc
->tail_call_p
)
19573 tail_call_site_note_count
++;
19577 call_arg_locations
= NULL
;
19578 call_arg_loc_last
= NULL
;
19579 if (tail_call_site_count
>= 0
19580 && tail_call_site_count
== tail_call_site_note_count
19583 if (call_site_count
>= 0
19584 && call_site_count
== call_site_note_count
)
19585 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_GNU_all_call_sites
, 1);
19587 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_GNU_all_tail_call_sites
, 1);
19589 call_site_count
= -1;
19590 tail_call_site_count
= -1;
19592 /* Add the calling convention attribute if requested. */
19593 add_calling_convention_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
19597 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
19600 common_block_die_table_hash (const void *x
)
19602 const_dw_die_ref d
= (const_dw_die_ref
) x
;
19603 return (hashval_t
) d
->decl_id
^ htab_hash_pointer (d
->die_parent
);
19606 /* Return nonzero if decl_id and die_parent of die_struct X is the same
19607 as decl_id and die_parent of die_struct Y. */
19610 common_block_die_table_eq (const void *x
, const void *y
)
19612 const_dw_die_ref d
= (const_dw_die_ref
) x
;
19613 const_dw_die_ref e
= (const_dw_die_ref
) y
;
19614 return d
->decl_id
== e
->decl_id
&& d
->die_parent
== e
->die_parent
;
19617 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object.
19618 Either DECL or ORIGIN must be non-null. */
19621 gen_variable_die (tree decl
, tree origin
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
19625 tree decl_or_origin
= decl
? decl
: origin
;
19626 tree ultimate_origin
;
19627 dw_die_ref var_die
;
19628 dw_die_ref old_die
= decl
? lookup_decl_die (decl
) : NULL
;
19629 dw_die_ref origin_die
;
19630 bool declaration
= (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl_or_origin
)
19631 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
));
19632 bool specialization_p
= false;
19634 ultimate_origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl_or_origin
);
19635 if (decl
|| ultimate_origin
)
19636 origin
= ultimate_origin
;
19637 com_decl
= fortran_common (decl_or_origin
, &off
);
19639 /* Symbol in common gets emitted as a child of the common block, in the form
19640 of a data member. */
19643 dw_die_ref com_die
;
19644 dw_loc_list_ref loc
;
19645 die_node com_die_arg
;
19647 var_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl_or_origin
);
19650 if (get_AT (var_die
, DW_AT_location
) == NULL
)
19652 loc
= loc_list_from_tree (com_decl
, off
? 1 : 2);
19657 /* Optimize the common case. */
19658 if (single_element_loc_list_p (loc
)
19659 && loc
->expr
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_addr
19660 && loc
->expr
->dw_loc_next
== NULL
19661 && GET_CODE (loc
->expr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
)
19663 loc
->expr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
19664 = plus_constant (loc
->expr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
, off
);
19666 loc_list_plus_const (loc
, off
);
19668 add_AT_location_description (var_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
19669 remove_AT (var_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
19675 if (common_block_die_table
== NULL
)
19676 common_block_die_table
19677 = htab_create_ggc (10, common_block_die_table_hash
,
19678 common_block_die_table_eq
, NULL
);
19680 com_die_arg
.decl_id
= DECL_UID (com_decl
);
19681 com_die_arg
.die_parent
= context_die
;
19682 com_die
= (dw_die_ref
) htab_find (common_block_die_table
, &com_die_arg
);
19683 loc
= loc_list_from_tree (com_decl
, 2);
19684 if (com_die
== NULL
)
19687 = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (com_decl
));
19690 com_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_common_block
, context_die
, decl
);
19691 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (com_die
, com_decl
);
19694 add_AT_location_description (com_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
19695 /* Avoid sharing the same loc descriptor between
19696 DW_TAG_common_block and DW_TAG_variable. */
19697 loc
= loc_list_from_tree (com_decl
, 2);
19699 else if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
19700 add_AT_flag (com_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
19701 add_pubname_string (cnam
, com_die
); /* ??? needed? */
19702 com_die
->decl_id
= DECL_UID (com_decl
);
19703 slot
= htab_find_slot (common_block_die_table
, com_die
, INSERT
);
19704 *slot
= (void *) com_die
;
19706 else if (get_AT (com_die
, DW_AT_location
) == NULL
&& loc
)
19708 add_AT_location_description (com_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
19709 loc
= loc_list_from_tree (com_decl
, 2);
19710 remove_AT (com_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
19712 var_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, com_die
, decl
);
19713 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die
, decl
);
19714 add_type_attribute (var_die
, TREE_TYPE (decl
), TREE_READONLY (decl
),
19715 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
), context_die
);
19716 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
19721 /* Optimize the common case. */
19722 if (single_element_loc_list_p (loc
)
19723 && loc
->expr
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_addr
19724 && loc
->expr
->dw_loc_next
== NULL
19725 && GET_CODE (loc
->expr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
) == SYMBOL_REF
)
19726 loc
->expr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
19727 = plus_constant (loc
->expr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
, off
);
19729 loc_list_plus_const (loc
, off
);
19731 add_AT_location_description (var_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
19733 else if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
19734 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
19735 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, var_die
);
19739 /* If the compiler emitted a definition for the DECL declaration
19740 and if we already emitted a DIE for it, don't emit a second
19741 DIE for it again. Allow re-declarations of DECLs that are
19742 inside functions, though. */
19743 if (old_die
&& declaration
&& !local_scope_p (context_die
))
19746 /* For static data members, the declaration in the class is supposed
19747 to have DW_TAG_member tag; the specification should still be
19748 DW_TAG_variable referencing the DW_TAG_member DIE. */
19749 if (declaration
&& class_scope_p (context_die
))
19750 var_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_member
, context_die
, decl
);
19752 var_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, context_die
, decl
);
19755 if (origin
!= NULL
)
19756 origin_die
= add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die
, origin
);
19758 /* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same
19759 static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag.
19761 ??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to
19762 copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT flag on them instead of
19765 ??? Duplicated blocks have been rewritten to use .debug_ranges.
19767 ??? The declare_in_namespace support causes us to get two DIEs for one
19768 variable, both of which are declarations. We want to avoid considering
19769 one to be a specification, so we must test that this DIE is not a
19771 else if (old_die
&& TREE_STATIC (decl
) && ! declaration
19772 && get_AT_flag (old_die
, DW_AT_declaration
) == 1)
19774 /* This is a definition of a C++ class level static. */
19775 add_AT_specification (var_die
, old_die
);
19776 specialization_p
= true;
19777 if (DECL_NAME (decl
))
19779 expanded_location s
= expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
));
19780 struct dwarf_file_data
* file_index
= lookup_filename (s
.file
);
19782 if (get_AT_file (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) != file_index
)
19783 add_AT_file (var_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
19785 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
) != (unsigned) s
.line
)
19786 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, s
.line
);
19788 if (old_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_member
)
19789 add_linkage_name (var_die
, decl
);
19793 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die
, decl
);
19795 if ((origin
== NULL
&& !specialization_p
)
19797 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl_or_origin
)
19798 && variably_modified_type_p (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
),
19799 decl_function_context
19800 (decl_or_origin
))))
19802 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
);
19804 if (decl_by_reference_p (decl_or_origin
))
19805 add_type_attribute (var_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
19807 add_type_attribute (var_die
, type
, TREE_READONLY (decl_or_origin
),
19808 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl_or_origin
), context_die
);
19811 if (origin
== NULL
&& !specialization_p
)
19813 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
19814 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
19816 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
19817 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
19819 add_accessibility_attribute (var_die
, decl
);
19823 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
19825 if (decl
&& (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
) || declaration
|| old_die
== NULL
))
19826 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, var_die
);
19829 && (! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl_or_origin
)
19830 /* Local static vars are shared between all clones/inlines,
19831 so emit DW_AT_location on the abstract DIE if DECL_RTL is
19833 || (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
) == VAR_DECL
19834 && TREE_STATIC (decl_or_origin
)
19835 && DECL_RTL_SET_P (decl_or_origin
)))
19836 /* When abstract origin already has DW_AT_location attribute, no need
19837 to add it again. */
19838 && (origin_die
== NULL
|| get_AT (origin_die
, DW_AT_location
) == NULL
))
19840 if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
) == VAR_DECL
&& TREE_STATIC (decl_or_origin
)
19841 && !TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl_or_origin
)))
19842 defer_location (decl_or_origin
, var_die
);
19844 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die
, decl_or_origin
,
19845 decl
== NULL
, DW_AT_location
);
19846 add_pubname (decl_or_origin
, var_die
);
19849 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (var_die
, decl_or_origin
);
19852 /* Generate a DIE to represent a named constant. */
19855 gen_const_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
19857 dw_die_ref const_die
;
19858 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
19860 const_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_constant
, context_die
, decl
);
19861 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (const_die
, decl
);
19862 add_type_attribute (const_die
, type
, 1, 0, context_die
);
19863 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
19864 add_AT_flag (const_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
19865 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
19866 add_AT_flag (const_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
19867 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (const_die
, decl
);
19870 /* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier. */
19873 gen_label_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
19875 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
19876 dw_die_ref lbl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_label
, context_die
, decl
);
19878 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
19880 if (origin
!= NULL
)
19881 add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die
, origin
);
19883 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die
, decl
);
19885 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
19886 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, lbl_die
);
19889 insn
= DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl
);
19891 /* Deleted labels are programmer specified labels which have been
19892 eliminated because of various optimizations. We still emit them
19893 here so that it is possible to put breakpoints on them. */
19897 && NOTE_KIND (insn
) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL
))))
19899 /* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler
19900 (e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which
19901 represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by
19902 the user. This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch
19903 it if it ever does happen. */
19904 gcc_assert (!INSN_DELETED_P (insn
));
19906 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn
));
19907 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
19912 /* A helper function for gen_inlined_subroutine_die. Add source coordinate
19913 attributes to the DIE for a block STMT, to describe where the inlined
19914 function was called from. This is similar to add_src_coords_attributes. */
19917 add_call_src_coords_attributes (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref die
)
19919 expanded_location s
= expand_location (BLOCK_SOURCE_LOCATION (stmt
));
19921 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
19923 add_AT_file (die
, DW_AT_call_file
, lookup_filename (s
.file
));
19924 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_call_line
, s
.line
);
19929 /* A helper function for gen_lexical_block_die and gen_inlined_subroutine_die.
19930 Add low_pc and high_pc attributes to the DIE for a block STMT. */
19933 add_high_low_attributes (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref die
)
19935 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
19937 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt
)
19938 && (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
19942 if (inlined_function_outer_scope_p (stmt
))
19944 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
,
19945 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
19946 add_AT_lbl_id (die
, DW_AT_entry_pc
, label
);
19949 add_AT_range_list (die
, DW_AT_ranges
, add_ranges (stmt
));
19951 chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt
);
19954 add_ranges (chain
);
19955 chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain
);
19962 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
,
19963 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
19964 add_AT_lbl_id (die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
19965 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
,
19966 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
19967 add_AT_lbl_id (die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label
);
19971 /* Generate a DIE for a lexical block. */
19974 gen_lexical_block_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
19976 dw_die_ref stmt_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block
, context_die
, stmt
);
19978 if (call_arg_locations
)
19980 if (VEC_length (dw_die_ref
, block_map
) <= BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
))
19981 VEC_safe_grow_cleared (dw_die_ref
, heap
, block_map
,
19982 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
) + 1);
19983 VEC_replace (dw_die_ref
, block_map
, BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
), stmt_die
);
19986 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
) && TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt
))
19987 add_high_low_attributes (stmt
, stmt_die
);
19989 decls_for_scope (stmt
, stmt_die
, depth
);
19992 /* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram. */
19995 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
19999 /* The instance of function that is effectively being inlined shall not
20001 gcc_assert (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
));
20003 decl
= block_ultimate_origin (stmt
);
20005 /* Emit info for the abstract instance first, if we haven't yet. We
20006 must emit this even if the block is abstract, otherwise when we
20007 emit the block below (or elsewhere), we may end up trying to emit
20008 a die whose origin die hasn't been emitted, and crashing. */
20009 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl
);
20011 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
))
20013 dw_die_ref subr_die
20014 = new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
, context_die
, stmt
);
20016 if (call_arg_locations
)
20018 if (VEC_length (dw_die_ref
, block_map
) <= BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
))
20019 VEC_safe_grow_cleared (dw_die_ref
, heap
, block_map
,
20020 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
) + 1);
20021 VEC_replace (dw_die_ref
, block_map
, BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
), subr_die
);
20023 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
20024 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt
))
20025 add_high_low_attributes (stmt
, subr_die
);
20026 add_call_src_coords_attributes (stmt
, subr_die
);
20028 decls_for_scope (stmt
, subr_die
, depth
);
20029 current_function_has_inlines
= 1;
20033 /* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure. */
20036 gen_field_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
20038 dw_die_ref decl_die
;
20040 if (TREE_TYPE (decl
) == error_mark_node
)
20043 decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_member
, context_die
, decl
);
20044 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die
, decl
);
20045 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, member_declared_type (decl
),
20046 TREE_READONLY (decl
), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
),
20049 if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
))
20051 add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
20052 add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
20053 add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
20056 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl
)) != UNION_TYPE
)
20057 add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
20059 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
20060 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
20062 add_accessibility_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
20064 /* Equate decl number to die, so that we can look up this decl later on. */
20065 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, decl_die
);
20069 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
20070 Use modified_type_die instead.
20071 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
20072 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
20075 gen_pointer_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
20078 = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
20080 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ptr_die
);
20081 add_type_attribute (ptr_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
20082 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, PTR_SIZE
);
20085 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
20086 Use modified_type_die instead.
20087 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
20088 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
20091 gen_reference_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
20093 dw_die_ref ref_die
, scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
20095 if (TYPE_REF_IS_RVALUE (type
) && use_debug_types
)
20096 ref_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
, scope_die
, type
);
20098 ref_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type
, scope_die
, type
);
20100 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ref_die
);
20101 add_type_attribute (ref_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
20102 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, PTR_SIZE
);
20106 /* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type. */
20109 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
20112 = new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
,
20113 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
20115 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ptr_die
);
20116 add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
20117 lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type
)));
20118 add_type_attribute (ptr_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
20121 /* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */
20124 gen_compile_unit_die (const char *filename
)
20127 char producer
[250];
20128 const char *language_string
= lang_hooks
.name
;
20131 die
= new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit
, NULL
, NULL
);
20135 add_name_attribute (die
, filename
);
20136 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
20137 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (filename
) && filename
[0] != '<')
20138 add_comp_dir_attribute (die
);
20141 sprintf (producer
, "%s %s", language_string
, version_string
);
20143 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
20144 /* The MIPS/SGI compilers place the 'cc' command line options in the producer
20145 string. The SGI debugger looks for -g, -g1, -g2, or -g3; if they do
20146 not appear in the producer string, the debugger reaches the conclusion
20147 that the object file is stripped and has no debugging information.
20148 To get the MIPS/SGI debugger to believe that there is debugging
20149 information in the object file, we add a -g to the producer string. */
20150 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
20151 strcat (producer
, " -g");
20154 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_producer
, producer
);
20156 /* If our producer is LTO try to figure out a common language to use
20157 from the global list of translation units. */
20158 if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU GIMPLE") == 0)
20162 const char *common_lang
= NULL
;
20164 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (tree
, all_translation_units
, i
, t
)
20166 if (!TRANSLATION_UNIT_LANGUAGE (t
))
20169 common_lang
= TRANSLATION_UNIT_LANGUAGE (t
);
20170 else if (strcmp (common_lang
, TRANSLATION_UNIT_LANGUAGE (t
)) == 0)
20172 else if (strncmp (common_lang
, "GNU C", 5) == 0
20173 && strncmp (TRANSLATION_UNIT_LANGUAGE (t
), "GNU C", 5) == 0)
20174 /* Mixing C and C++ is ok, use C++ in that case. */
20175 common_lang
= "GNU C++";
20178 /* Fall back to C. */
20179 common_lang
= NULL
;
20185 language_string
= common_lang
;
20188 language
= DW_LANG_C89
;
20189 if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU C++") == 0)
20190 language
= DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
;
20191 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU F77") == 0)
20192 language
= DW_LANG_Fortran77
;
20193 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Pascal") == 0)
20194 language
= DW_LANG_Pascal83
;
20195 else if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
20197 if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Ada") == 0)
20198 language
= DW_LANG_Ada95
;
20199 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Fortran") == 0)
20200 language
= DW_LANG_Fortran95
;
20201 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Java") == 0)
20202 language
= DW_LANG_Java
;
20203 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Objective-C") == 0)
20204 language
= DW_LANG_ObjC
;
20205 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Objective-C++") == 0)
20206 language
= DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus
;
20209 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_language
, language
);
20213 case DW_LANG_Fortran77
:
20214 case DW_LANG_Fortran90
:
20215 case DW_LANG_Fortran95
:
20216 /* Fortran has case insensitive identifiers and the front-end
20217 lowercases everything. */
20218 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_identifier_case
, DW_ID_down_case
);
20221 /* The default DW_ID_case_sensitive doesn't need to be specified. */
20227 /* Generate the DIE for a base class. */
20230 gen_inheritance_die (tree binfo
, tree access
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
20232 dw_die_ref die
= new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance
, context_die
, binfo
);
20234 add_type_attribute (die
, BINFO_TYPE (binfo
), 0, 0, context_die
);
20235 add_data_member_location_attribute (die
, binfo
);
20237 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (binfo
))
20238 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_virtuality
, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual
);
20240 /* In DWARF3+ the default is DW_ACCESS_private only in DW_TAG_class_type
20241 children, otherwise the default is DW_ACCESS_public. In DWARF2
20242 the default has always been DW_ACCESS_private. */
20243 if (access
== access_public_node
)
20245 if (dwarf_version
== 2
20246 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_class_type
)
20247 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_public
);
20249 else if (access
== access_protected_node
)
20250 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
20251 else if (dwarf_version
> 2
20252 && context_die
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_class_type
)
20253 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
20256 /* Generate a DIE for a class member. */
20259 gen_member_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
20262 tree binfo
= TYPE_BINFO (type
);
20265 /* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its
20266 members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the
20267 members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output
20268 DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type'
20269 function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member
20270 types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type except
20271 for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being
20272 members of this (containing) type themselves. The g++ front- end can
20273 force any given type to be treated as a member of some other (containing)
20274 type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type to point to
20275 the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing) type. */
20277 /* First output info about the base classes. */
20280 VEC(tree
,gc
) *accesses
= BINFO_BASE_ACCESSES (binfo
);
20284 for (i
= 0; BINFO_BASE_ITERATE (binfo
, i
, base
); i
++)
20285 gen_inheritance_die (base
,
20286 (accesses
? VEC_index (tree
, accesses
, i
)
20287 : access_public_node
), context_die
);
20290 /* Now output info about the data members and type members. */
20291 for (member
= TYPE_FIELDS (type
); member
; member
= DECL_CHAIN (member
))
20293 /* If we thought we were generating minimal debug info for TYPE
20294 and then changed our minds, some of the member declarations
20295 may have already been defined. Don't define them again, but
20296 do put them in the right order. */
20298 child
= lookup_decl_die (member
);
20300 splice_child_die (context_die
, child
);
20302 gen_decl_die (member
, NULL
, context_die
);
20305 /* Now output info about the function members (if any). */
20306 for (member
= TYPE_METHODS (type
); member
; member
= DECL_CHAIN (member
))
20308 /* Don't include clones in the member list. */
20309 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (member
))
20312 child
= lookup_decl_die (member
);
20314 splice_child_die (context_die
, child
);
20316 gen_decl_die (member
, NULL
, context_die
);
20320 /* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type. If TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG
20321 is set, we pretend that the type was never defined, so we only get the
20322 member DIEs needed by later specification DIEs. */
20325 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
,
20326 enum debug_info_usage usage
)
20328 dw_die_ref type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
20329 dw_die_ref scope_die
= 0;
20331 int complete
= (TYPE_SIZE (type
)
20332 && (! TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
20333 || ! TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
))));
20334 int ns_decl
= (context_die
&& context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
);
20335 complete
= complete
&& should_emit_struct_debug (type
, usage
);
20337 if (type_die
&& ! complete
)
20340 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
) != NULL_TREE
20341 && (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
20342 || TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)) == NAMESPACE_DECL
))
20345 scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
20347 if (! type_die
|| (nested
&& is_cu_die (scope_die
)))
20348 /* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class. */
20350 dw_die_ref old_die
= type_die
;
20352 type_die
= new_die (TREE_CODE (type
) == RECORD_TYPE
20353 ? record_type_tag (type
) : DW_TAG_union_type
,
20355 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
20357 add_AT_specification (type_die
, old_die
);
20360 add_name_attribute (type_die
, type_tag (type
));
20361 add_gnat_descriptive_type_attribute (type_die
, type
, context_die
);
20365 remove_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
20367 /* Generate child dies for template paramaters. */
20368 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
20369 && COMPLETE_TYPE_P (type
))
20370 schedule_generic_params_dies_gen (type
);
20372 /* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and
20373 then give a list of members. */
20374 if (complete
&& !ns_decl
)
20376 /* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of
20377 this type is expressed in terms of this type itself. */
20378 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
20379 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die
, type
);
20380 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
20382 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
20383 add_accessibility_attribute (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
20386 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
20387 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
20388 if (type_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
20389 add_child_die (scope_die
, type_die
);
20391 push_decl_scope (type
);
20392 gen_member_die (type
, type_die
);
20395 /* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in. */
20396 if (TYPE_VFIELD (type
))
20398 tree vtype
= DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type
));
20400 gen_type_die (vtype
, context_die
);
20401 add_AT_die_ref (type_die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
20402 lookup_type_die (vtype
));
20407 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
20409 /* We don't need to do this for function-local types. */
20410 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
20411 && ! decl_function_context (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)))
20412 VEC_safe_push (tree
, gc
, incomplete_types
, type
);
20415 if (get_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_name
))
20416 add_pubtype (type
, type_die
);
20419 /* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_. */
20422 gen_subroutine_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
20424 tree return_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
20425 dw_die_ref subr_die
20426 = new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type
,
20427 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
20429 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, subr_die
);
20430 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die
, type
);
20431 add_type_attribute (subr_die
, return_type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
20432 gen_formal_types_die (type
, subr_die
);
20434 if (get_AT (subr_die
, DW_AT_name
))
20435 add_pubtype (type
, subr_die
);
20438 /* Generate a DIE for a type definition. */
20441 gen_typedef_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
20443 dw_die_ref type_die
;
20446 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
))
20449 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
) = 1;
20450 type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_typedef
, context_die
, decl
);
20451 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
20452 if (origin
!= NULL
)
20453 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, origin
);
20458 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, decl
);
20459 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
))
20461 type
= DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
);
20463 gcc_assert (type
!= TREE_TYPE (decl
));
20464 equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), type_die
);
20468 type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
20470 if (is_naming_typedef_decl (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
20472 /* Here, we are in the case of decl being a typedef naming
20473 an anonymous type, e.g:
20474 typedef struct {...} foo;
20475 In that case TREE_TYPE (decl) is not a typedef variant
20476 type and TYPE_NAME of the anonymous type is set to the
20477 TYPE_DECL of the typedef. This construct is emitted by
20480 TYPE is the anonymous struct named by the typedef
20481 DECL. As we need the DW_AT_type attribute of the
20482 DW_TAG_typedef to point to the DIE of TYPE, let's
20483 generate that DIE right away. add_type_attribute
20484 called below will then pick (via lookup_type_die) that
20485 anonymous struct DIE. */
20486 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
20487 gen_tagged_type_die (type
, context_die
, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
);
20489 /* This is a GNU Extension. We are adding a
20490 DW_AT_linkage_name attribute to the DIE of the
20491 anonymous struct TYPE. The value of that attribute
20492 is the name of the typedef decl naming the anonymous
20493 struct. This greatly eases the work of consumers of
20494 this debug info. */
20495 add_linkage_attr (lookup_type_die (type
), decl
);
20499 add_type_attribute (type_die
, type
, TREE_READONLY (decl
),
20500 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
), context_die
);
20502 if (is_naming_typedef_decl (decl
))
20503 /* We want that all subsequent calls to lookup_type_die with
20504 TYPE in argument yield the DW_TAG_typedef we have just
20506 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
20508 add_accessibility_attribute (type_die
, decl
);
20511 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
20512 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, type_die
);
20514 if (get_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_name
))
20515 add_pubtype (decl
, type_die
);
20518 /* Generate a DIE for a struct, class, enum or union type. */
20521 gen_tagged_type_die (tree type
,
20522 dw_die_ref context_die
,
20523 enum debug_info_usage usage
)
20527 if (type
== NULL_TREE
20528 || !is_tagged_type (type
))
20531 /* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been written
20532 out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too. This does not apply
20533 to instantiations of member class templates; they need to be added to
20534 the containing class as they are generated. FIXME: This hurts the
20535 idea of combining type decls from multiple TUs, since we can't predict
20536 what set of template instantiations we'll get. */
20537 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)
20538 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
20539 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)))
20541 gen_type_die_with_usage (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
), context_die
, usage
);
20543 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
20546 /* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub. */
20547 push_decl_scope (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
20548 context_die
= lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
20551 else if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
) != NULL_TREE
20552 && (TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)) == FUNCTION_DECL
))
20554 /* If this type is local to a function that hasn't been written
20555 out yet, use a NULL context for now; it will be fixed up in
20556 decls_for_scope. */
20557 context_die
= lookup_decl_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
20558 /* A declaration DIE doesn't count; nested types need to go in the
20560 if (context_die
&& is_declaration_die (context_die
))
20561 context_die
= NULL
;
20566 context_die
= declare_in_namespace (type
, context_die
);
20570 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ENUMERAL_TYPE
)
20572 /* This might have been written out by the call to
20573 declare_in_namespace. */
20574 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
20575 gen_enumeration_type_die (type
, context_die
);
20578 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type
, context_die
, usage
);
20583 /* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix
20584 it up if it is ever completed. gen_*_type_die will set it for us
20585 when appropriate. */
20588 /* Generate a type description DIE. */
20591 gen_type_die_with_usage (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
,
20592 enum debug_info_usage usage
)
20594 struct array_descr_info info
;
20596 if (type
== NULL_TREE
|| type
== error_mark_node
)
20599 if (TYPE_NAME (type
) != NULL_TREE
20600 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == TYPE_DECL
20601 && is_redundant_typedef (TYPE_NAME (type
))
20602 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
20603 /* The DECL of this type is a typedef we don't want to emit debug
20604 info for but we want debug info for its underlying typedef.
20605 This can happen for e.g, the injected-class-name of a C++
20607 type
= DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type
));
20609 /* If TYPE is a typedef type variant, let's generate debug info
20610 for the parent typedef which TYPE is a type of. */
20611 if (typedef_variant_p (type
))
20613 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
20616 /* Prevent broken recursion; we can't hand off to the same type. */
20617 gcc_assert (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) != type
);
20619 /* Use the DIE of the containing namespace as the parent DIE of
20620 the type description DIE we want to generate. */
20621 if (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type
))
20622 && TREE_CODE (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type
))) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
20623 context_die
= get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type
)));
20625 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
20627 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type
), NULL
, context_die
);
20631 /* If type is an anonymous tagged type named by a typedef, let's
20632 generate debug info for the typedef. */
20633 if (is_naming_typedef_decl (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
20635 /* Use the DIE of the containing namespace as the parent DIE of
20636 the type description DIE we want to generate. */
20637 if (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type
))
20638 && TREE_CODE (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type
))) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
20639 context_die
= get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type
)));
20641 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type
), NULL
, context_die
);
20645 /* If this is an array type with hidden descriptor, handle it first. */
20646 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
)
20647 && lang_hooks
.types
.get_array_descr_info
20648 && lang_hooks
.types
.get_array_descr_info (type
, &info
)
20649 && (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
20651 gen_descr_array_type_die (type
, &info
, context_die
);
20652 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
20656 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version
20657 of this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so
20658 get the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type
20659 now. (Vectors are special because the debugging info is in the
20660 cloned type itself). */
20661 if (TREE_CODE (type
) != VECTOR_TYPE
)
20662 type
= type_main_variant (type
);
20664 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
20667 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
20673 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
20674 /* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type. This
20675 ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the
20676 type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */
20677 /* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch
20679 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
20681 /* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a
20682 set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type. */
20683 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
,
20684 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE
);
20688 /* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types.
20689 Output a description of the relevant class type. */
20690 gen_type_die_with_usage (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type
), context_die
,
20691 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE
);
20693 /* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to. */
20694 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
,
20695 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE
);
20697 /* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type
20699 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type
, context_die
);
20702 case FUNCTION_TYPE
:
20703 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
20704 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
,
20705 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
);
20706 gen_subroutine_type_die (type
, context_die
);
20710 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
20711 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
,
20712 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
);
20713 gen_subroutine_type_die (type
, context_die
);
20717 gen_array_type_die (type
, context_die
);
20721 gen_array_type_die (type
, context_die
);
20724 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
20727 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
20728 gen_tagged_type_die (type
, context_die
, usage
);
20734 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE
:
20737 /* No DIEs needed for fundamental types. */
20742 /* Just use DW_TAG_unspecified_type. */
20744 dw_die_ref type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
20745 if (type_die
== NULL
)
20747 tree name
= TYPE_NAME (type
);
20748 if (TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
)
20749 name
= DECL_NAME (name
);
20750 type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_type
, comp_unit_die (), type
);
20751 add_name_attribute (type_die
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
));
20752 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
20758 gcc_unreachable ();
20761 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
20765 gen_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
20767 gen_type_die_with_usage (type
, context_die
, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
);
20770 /* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the
20771 things which are local to the given block. */
20774 gen_block_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
20776 int must_output_die
= 0;
20779 /* Ignore blocks that are NULL. */
20780 if (stmt
== NULL_TREE
)
20783 inlined_func
= inlined_function_outer_scope_p (stmt
);
20785 /* If the block is one fragment of a non-contiguous block, do not
20786 process the variables, since they will have been done by the
20787 origin block. Do process subblocks. */
20788 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (stmt
))
20792 for (sub
= BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
); sub
; sub
= BLOCK_CHAIN (sub
))
20793 gen_block_die (sub
, context_die
, depth
+ 1);
20798 /* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this
20801 /* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented. We
20802 generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them. (See below.) */
20803 must_output_die
= 1;
20806 /* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant"
20807 local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for. */
20808 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
20809 /* We are not in terse mode so *any* local declaration counts
20810 as being a "significant" one. */
20811 must_output_die
= ((BLOCK_VARS (stmt
) != NULL
20812 || BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (stmt
))
20813 && (TREE_USED (stmt
)
20814 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt
)
20815 || BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
)));
20816 else if ((TREE_USED (stmt
)
20817 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt
)
20818 || BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
))
20819 && !dwarf2out_ignore_block (stmt
))
20820 must_output_die
= 1;
20823 /* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block
20824 DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at
20825 all. Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any
20826 needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note
20827 that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant"
20828 local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function
20829 instances and local (nested) function definitions. */
20830 if (must_output_die
)
20834 /* If STMT block is abstract, that means we have been called
20835 indirectly from dwarf2out_abstract_function.
20836 That function rightfully marks the descendent blocks (of
20837 the abstract function it is dealing with) as being abstract,
20838 precisely to prevent us from emitting any
20839 DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIE as a descendent
20840 of an abstract function instance. So in that case, we should
20841 not call gen_inlined_subroutine_die.
20843 Later though, when cgraph asks dwarf2out to emit info
20844 for the concrete instance of the function decl into which
20845 the concrete instance of STMT got inlined, the later will lead
20846 to the generation of a DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIE. */
20847 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
))
20848 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
20851 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
20854 decls_for_scope (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
20857 /* Process variable DECL (or variable with origin ORIGIN) within
20858 block STMT and add it to CONTEXT_DIE. */
20860 process_scope_var (tree stmt
, tree decl
, tree origin
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
20863 tree decl_or_origin
= decl
? decl
: origin
;
20865 if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
20866 die
= lookup_decl_die (decl_or_origin
);
20867 else if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
) == TYPE_DECL
20868 && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl_or_origin
))
20869 die
= lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
));
20873 if (die
!= NULL
&& die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
20874 add_child_die (context_die
, die
);
20875 else if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
) == IMPORTED_DECL
)
20876 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (decl_or_origin
, DECL_NAME (decl_or_origin
),
20877 stmt
, context_die
);
20879 gen_decl_die (decl
, origin
, context_die
);
20882 /* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively)
20883 all of its sub-blocks. */
20886 decls_for_scope (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
20892 /* Ignore NULL blocks. */
20893 if (stmt
== NULL_TREE
)
20896 /* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs
20897 declared directly within this block but not within any nested
20898 sub-blocks. Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been
20899 generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now. */
20900 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (stmt
); decl
!= NULL
; decl
= DECL_CHAIN (decl
))
20901 process_scope_var (stmt
, decl
, NULL_TREE
, context_die
);
20902 for (i
= 0; i
< BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (stmt
); i
++)
20903 process_scope_var (stmt
, NULL
, BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VAR (stmt
, i
),
20906 /* If we're at -g1, we're not interested in subblocks. */
20907 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
20910 /* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared
20911 therein) of this block. */
20912 for (subblocks
= BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
);
20914 subblocks
= BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks
))
20915 gen_block_die (subblocks
, context_die
, depth
+ 1);
20918 /* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting? */
20921 is_redundant_typedef (const_tree decl
)
20923 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
))
20926 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)
20927 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)
20928 && is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))
20929 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))) == TYPE_DECL
20930 && DECL_NAME (decl
) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))))
20931 /* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name. */
20937 /* Return TRUE if TYPE is a typedef that names a type for linkage
20938 purposes. This kind of typedefs is produced by the C++ FE for
20941 typedef struct {...} foo;
20943 In that case, there is no typedef variant type produced for foo.
20944 Rather, the TREE_TYPE of the TYPE_DECL of foo is the anonymous
20948 is_naming_typedef_decl (const_tree decl
)
20950 if (decl
== NULL_TREE
20951 || TREE_CODE (decl
) != TYPE_DECL
20952 || !is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl
))
20953 || DECL_IS_BUILTIN (decl
)
20954 || is_redundant_typedef (decl
)
20955 /* It looks like Ada produces TYPE_DECLs that are very similar
20956 to C++ naming typedefs but that have different
20957 semantics. Let's be specific to c++ for now. */
20961 return (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
) == NULL_TREE
20962 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == decl
20963 && (TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl
))
20964 != TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (decl
))));
20967 /* Returns the DIE for a context. */
20969 static inline dw_die_ref
20970 get_context_die (tree context
)
20974 /* Find die that represents this context. */
20975 if (TYPE_P (context
))
20977 context
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (context
);
20978 return strip_naming_typedef (context
, force_type_die (context
));
20981 return force_decl_die (context
);
20983 return comp_unit_die ();
20986 /* Returns the DIE for decl. A DIE will always be returned. */
20989 force_decl_die (tree decl
)
20991 dw_die_ref decl_die
;
20992 unsigned saved_external_flag
;
20993 tree save_fn
= NULL_TREE
;
20994 decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
20997 dw_die_ref context_die
= get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
));
20999 decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
21003 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
21005 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
21006 /* Clear current_function_decl, so that gen_subprogram_die thinks
21007 that this is a declaration. At this point, we just want to force
21008 declaration die. */
21009 save_fn
= current_function_decl
;
21010 current_function_decl
= NULL_TREE
;
21011 gen_subprogram_die (decl
, context_die
);
21012 current_function_decl
= save_fn
;
21016 /* Set external flag to force declaration die. Restore it after
21017 gen_decl_die() call. */
21018 saved_external_flag
= DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
);
21019 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) = 1;
21020 gen_decl_die (decl
, NULL
, context_die
);
21021 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) = saved_external_flag
;
21024 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
21025 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
21026 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
21028 /* DWARF2 has neither DW_TAG_module, nor DW_TAG_namespace. */
21029 decl_die
= comp_unit_die ();
21032 case TRANSLATION_UNIT_DECL
:
21033 decl_die
= comp_unit_die ();
21037 gcc_unreachable ();
21040 /* We should be able to find the DIE now. */
21042 decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
21043 gcc_assert (decl_die
);
21049 /* Returns the DIE for TYPE, that must not be a base type. A DIE is
21050 always returned. */
21053 force_type_die (tree type
)
21055 dw_die_ref type_die
;
21057 type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
21060 dw_die_ref context_die
= get_context_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
21062 type_die
= modified_type_die (type
, TYPE_READONLY (type
),
21063 TYPE_VOLATILE (type
), context_die
);
21064 gcc_assert (type_die
);
21069 /* Force out any required namespaces to be able to output DECL,
21070 and return the new context_die for it, if it's changed. */
21073 setup_namespace_context (tree thing
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
21075 tree context
= (DECL_P (thing
)
21076 ? DECL_CONTEXT (thing
) : TYPE_CONTEXT (thing
));
21077 if (context
&& TREE_CODE (context
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
21078 /* Force out the namespace. */
21079 context_die
= force_decl_die (context
);
21081 return context_die
;
21084 /* Emit a declaration DIE for THING (which is either a DECL or a tagged
21085 type) within its namespace, if appropriate.
21087 For compatibility with older debuggers, namespace DIEs only contain
21088 declarations; all definitions are emitted at CU scope. */
21091 declare_in_namespace (tree thing
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
21093 dw_die_ref ns_context
;
21095 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
21096 return context_die
;
21098 /* If this decl is from an inlined function, then don't try to emit it in its
21099 namespace, as we will get confused. It would have already been emitted
21100 when the abstract instance of the inline function was emitted anyways. */
21101 if (DECL_P (thing
) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (thing
))
21102 return context_die
;
21104 ns_context
= setup_namespace_context (thing
, context_die
);
21106 if (ns_context
!= context_die
)
21110 if (DECL_P (thing
))
21111 gen_decl_die (thing
, NULL
, ns_context
);
21113 gen_type_die (thing
, ns_context
);
21115 return context_die
;
21118 /* Generate a DIE for a namespace or namespace alias. */
21121 gen_namespace_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
21123 dw_die_ref namespace_die
;
21125 /* Namespace aliases have a DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN of the namespace
21126 they are an alias of. */
21127 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
) == NULL
)
21129 /* Output a real namespace or module. */
21130 context_die
= setup_namespace_context (decl
, comp_unit_die ());
21131 namespace_die
= new_die (is_fortran ()
21132 ? DW_TAG_module
: DW_TAG_namespace
,
21133 context_die
, decl
);
21134 /* For Fortran modules defined in different CU don't add src coords. */
21135 if (namespace_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_module
&& DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
21137 const char *name
= dwarf2_name (decl
, 0);
21139 add_name_attribute (namespace_die
, name
);
21142 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die
, decl
);
21143 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
21144 add_AT_flag (namespace_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
21145 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, namespace_die
);
21149 /* Output a namespace alias. */
21151 /* Force out the namespace we are an alias of, if necessary. */
21152 dw_die_ref origin_die
21153 = force_decl_die (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
));
21155 if (DECL_FILE_SCOPE_P (decl
)
21156 || TREE_CODE (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
21157 context_die
= setup_namespace_context (decl
, comp_unit_die ());
21158 /* Now create the namespace alias DIE. */
21159 namespace_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration
, context_die
, decl
);
21160 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die
, decl
);
21161 add_AT_die_ref (namespace_die
, DW_AT_import
, origin_die
);
21162 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, namespace_die
);
21166 /* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL.
21167 The return value is currently only meaningful for PARM_DECLs,
21168 for all other decls it returns NULL. */
21171 gen_decl_die (tree decl
, tree origin
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
21173 tree decl_or_origin
= decl
? decl
: origin
;
21174 tree class_origin
= NULL
, ultimate_origin
;
21176 if (DECL_P (decl_or_origin
) && DECL_IGNORED_P (decl_or_origin
))
21179 switch (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
))
21185 if (!is_fortran () && !is_ada ())
21187 /* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output
21188 the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself. */
21192 /* Emit its type. */
21193 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
21195 /* And its containing namespace. */
21196 context_die
= declare_in_namespace (decl
, context_die
);
21198 gen_const_die (decl
, context_die
);
21201 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
21202 /* Don't output any DIEs to represent mere function declarations,
21203 unless they are class members or explicit block externs. */
21204 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl_or_origin
) == NULL_TREE
21205 && DECL_FILE_SCOPE_P (decl_or_origin
)
21206 && (current_function_decl
== NULL_TREE
21207 || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl_or_origin
)))
21212 /* This doesn't work because the C frontend sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN
21213 on local redeclarations of global functions. That seems broken. */
21214 if (current_function_decl
!= decl
)
21215 /* This is only a declaration. */;
21218 /* If we're emitting a clone, emit info for the abstract instance. */
21219 if (origin
|| DECL_ORIGIN (decl
) != decl
)
21220 dwarf2out_abstract_function (origin
21221 ? DECL_ORIGIN (origin
)
21222 : DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
));
21224 /* If we're emitting an out-of-line copy of an inline function,
21225 emit info for the abstract instance and set up to refer to it. */
21226 else if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl
)
21227 && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
)
21228 && ! class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
)
21229 /* dwarf2out_abstract_function won't emit a die if this is just
21230 a declaration. We must avoid setting DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN in
21231 that case, because that works only if we have a die. */
21232 && DECL_INITIAL (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
21234 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl
);
21235 set_decl_origin_self (decl
);
21238 /* Otherwise we're emitting the primary DIE for this decl. */
21239 else if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
21241 /* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we
21242 have its containing type. */
21244 origin
= decl_class_context (decl
);
21245 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
)
21246 gen_type_die (origin
, context_die
);
21248 /* And its return type. */
21249 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)), context_die
);
21251 /* And its virtual context. */
21252 if (DECL_VINDEX (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
21253 gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
), context_die
);
21255 /* Make sure we have a member DIE for decl. */
21256 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
)
21257 gen_type_die_for_member (origin
, decl
, context_die
);
21259 /* And its containing namespace. */
21260 context_die
= declare_in_namespace (decl
, context_die
);
21263 /* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself. */
21265 gen_subprogram_die (decl
, context_die
);
21269 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
21270 actual typedefs. */
21271 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
21274 /* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the declaration
21275 of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as having been
21276 instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node (e.g. one which
21277 was generated within the original definition of an inline function) we
21278 used to generate a special (abbreviated) DW_TAG_structure_type,
21279 DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type DIE here. But nothing
21280 should be actually referencing those DIEs, as variable DIEs with that
21281 type would be emitted already in the abstract origin, so it was always
21282 removed during unused type prunning. Don't add anything in this
21284 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
) && decl_ultimate_origin (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
21287 if (is_redundant_typedef (decl
))
21288 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
21290 /* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself. */
21291 gen_typedef_die (decl
, context_die
);
21295 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
21296 gen_label_die (decl
, context_die
);
21301 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
21302 variable declarations or definitions. */
21303 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
21306 /* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data
21308 if (decl_by_reference_p (decl_or_origin
))
21309 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
)), context_die
);
21311 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
), context_die
);
21313 /* And its containing type. */
21314 class_origin
= decl_class_context (decl_or_origin
);
21315 if (class_origin
!= NULL_TREE
)
21316 gen_type_die_for_member (class_origin
, decl_or_origin
, context_die
);
21318 /* And its containing namespace. */
21319 context_die
= declare_in_namespace (decl_or_origin
, context_die
);
21321 /* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself. This gets
21322 complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really
21323 represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline
21325 ultimate_origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl_or_origin
);
21326 if (ultimate_origin
!= NULL_TREE
21327 && TREE_CODE (ultimate_origin
) == PARM_DECL
)
21328 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl
, origin
,
21329 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
21332 gen_variable_die (decl
, origin
, context_die
);
21336 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle C++
21337 anonymous unions and structs. */
21338 if (DECL_NAME (decl
) != NULL_TREE
21339 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == UNION_TYPE
21340 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == RECORD_TYPE
)
21342 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl
), context_die
);
21343 gen_field_die (decl
, context_die
);
21348 if (DECL_BY_REFERENCE (decl_or_origin
))
21349 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
)), context_die
);
21351 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
), context_die
);
21352 return gen_formal_parameter_die (decl
, origin
,
21353 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
21356 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
21357 case IMPORTED_DECL
:
21358 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
21359 gen_namespace_die (decl
, context_die
);
21363 /* Probably some frontend-internal decl. Assume we don't care. */
21364 gcc_assert ((int)TREE_CODE (decl
) > NUM_TREE_CODES
);
21371 /* Output debug information for global decl DECL. Called from toplev.c after
21372 compilation proper has finished. */
21375 dwarf2out_global_decl (tree decl
)
21377 /* Output DWARF2 information for file-scope tentative data object
21378 declarations, file-scope (extern) function declarations (which
21379 had no corresponding body) and file-scope tagged type declarations
21380 and definitions which have not yet been forced out. */
21381 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FUNCTION_DECL
|| !DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
21382 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
21385 /* Output debug information for type decl DECL. Called from toplev.c
21386 and from language front ends (to record built-in types). */
21388 dwarf2out_type_decl (tree decl
, int local
)
21391 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
21394 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl DECL.
21395 NAME is non-NULL name in the lexical block if the decl has been renamed.
21396 LEXICAL_BLOCK is the lexical block (which TREE_CODE is a BLOCK)
21397 that DECL belongs to.
21398 LEXICAL_BLOCK_DIE is the DIE of LEXICAL_BLOCK. */
21400 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (tree decl
,
21402 tree lexical_block
,
21403 dw_die_ref lexical_block_die
)
21405 expanded_location xloc
;
21406 dw_die_ref imported_die
= NULL
;
21407 dw_die_ref at_import_die
;
21409 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == IMPORTED_DECL
)
21411 xloc
= expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
));
21412 decl
= IMPORTED_DECL_ASSOCIATED_DECL (decl
);
21416 xloc
= expand_location (input_location
);
21418 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == CONST_DECL
)
21420 at_import_die
= force_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
21421 /* For namespace N { typedef void T; } using N::T; base_type_die
21422 returns NULL, but DW_TAG_imported_declaration requires
21423 the DW_AT_import tag. Force creation of DW_TAG_typedef. */
21424 if (!at_import_die
)
21426 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
);
21427 gen_typedef_die (decl
, get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)));
21428 at_import_die
= lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
21429 gcc_assert (at_import_die
);
21434 at_import_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
21435 if (!at_import_die
)
21437 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
21438 emitted the member decl for this field. Emit it now. */
21439 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
)
21441 tree type
= DECL_CONTEXT (decl
);
21443 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)
21444 && TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
21445 && !should_emit_struct_debug (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
),
21446 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
))
21448 gen_type_die_for_member (type
, decl
,
21449 get_context_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)));
21451 at_import_die
= force_decl_die (decl
);
21455 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
21457 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
21458 imported_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_imported_module
,
21465 imported_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration
,
21469 add_AT_file (imported_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, lookup_filename (xloc
.file
));
21470 add_AT_unsigned (imported_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, xloc
.line
);
21472 add_AT_string (imported_die
, DW_AT_name
,
21473 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
));
21474 add_AT_die_ref (imported_die
, DW_AT_import
, at_import_die
);
21477 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl DECL.
21478 NAME is non-NULL name in context if the decl has been renamed.
21479 CHILD is true if decl is one of the renamed decls as part of
21480 importing whole module. */
21483 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree decl
, tree name
, tree context
,
21486 /* dw_die_ref at_import_die; */
21487 dw_die_ref scope_die
;
21489 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
21494 /* To emit DW_TAG_imported_module or DW_TAG_imported_decl, we need two DIEs.
21495 We need decl DIE for reference and scope die. First, get DIE for the decl
21498 /* Get the scope die for decl context. Use comp_unit_die for global module
21499 or decl. If die is not found for non globals, force new die. */
21501 && TYPE_P (context
)
21502 && !should_emit_struct_debug (context
, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
))
21505 if (!(dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
21508 scope_die
= get_context_die (context
);
21512 gcc_assert (scope_die
->die_child
);
21513 gcc_assert (scope_die
->die_child
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_imported_module
);
21514 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) != NAMESPACE_DECL
);
21515 scope_die
= scope_die
->die_child
;
21518 /* OK, now we have DIEs for decl as well as scope. Emit imported die. */
21519 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (decl
, name
, context
, scope_die
);
21523 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
21526 dwarf2out_decl (tree decl
)
21528 dw_die_ref context_die
= comp_unit_die ();
21530 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
21535 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
21536 /* What we would really like to do here is to filter out all mere
21537 file-scope declarations of file-scope functions which are never
21538 referenced later within this translation unit (and keep all of ones
21539 that *are* referenced later on) but we aren't clairvoyant, so we have
21540 no idea which functions will be referenced in the future (i.e. later
21541 on within the current translation unit). So here we just ignore all
21542 file-scope function declarations which are not also definitions. If
21543 and when the debugger needs to know something about these functions,
21544 it will have to hunt around and find the DWARF information associated
21545 with the definition of the function.
21547 We can't just check DECL_EXTERNAL to find out which FUNCTION_DECL
21548 nodes represent definitions and which ones represent mere
21549 declarations. We have to check DECL_INITIAL instead. That's because
21550 the C front-end supports some weird semantics for "extern inline"
21551 function definitions. These can get inlined within the current
21552 translation unit (and thus, we need to generate Dwarf info for their
21553 abstract instances so that the Dwarf info for the concrete inlined
21554 instances can have something to refer to) but the compiler never
21555 generates any out-of-lines instances of such things (despite the fact
21556 that they *are* definitions).
21558 The important point is that the C front-end marks these "extern
21559 inline" functions as DECL_EXTERNAL, but we need to generate DWARF for
21560 them anyway. Note that the C++ front-end also plays some similar games
21561 for inline function definitions appearing within include files which
21562 also contain `#pragma interface' pragmas. */
21563 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
)
21566 /* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're
21567 a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. If
21568 we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE. */
21569 if (decl_function_context (decl
)
21570 /* But if we're in terse mode, we don't care about scope. */
21571 && debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
21572 context_die
= NULL
;
21576 /* Ignore this VAR_DECL if it refers to a file-scope extern data object
21577 declaration and if the declaration was never even referenced from
21578 within this entire compilation unit. We suppress these DIEs in
21579 order to save space in the .debug section (by eliminating entries
21580 which are probably useless). Note that we must not suppress
21581 block-local extern declarations (whether used or not) because that
21582 would screw-up the debugger's name lookup mechanism and cause it to
21583 miss things which really ought to be in scope at a given point. */
21584 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) && !TREE_USED (decl
))
21587 /* For local statics lookup proper context die. */
21588 if (TREE_STATIC (decl
) && decl_function_context (decl
))
21589 context_die
= lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
));
21591 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
21592 variable declarations or definitions. */
21593 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
21598 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
21600 if (!is_fortran () && !is_ada ())
21602 if (TREE_STATIC (decl
) && decl_function_context (decl
))
21603 context_die
= lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
));
21606 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
21607 case IMPORTED_DECL
:
21608 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
21610 if (lookup_decl_die (decl
) != NULL
)
21615 /* Don't emit stubs for types unless they are needed by other DIEs. */
21616 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (decl
))
21619 /* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the
21620 normal built-in types for the language we are compiling. */
21621 if (DECL_IS_BUILTIN (decl
))
21624 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types. */
21625 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
21628 /* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL;
21629 this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */
21630 if (decl_function_context (decl
))
21631 context_die
= NULL
;
21639 gen_decl_die (decl
, NULL
, context_die
);
21642 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
21645 dwarf2out_function_decl (tree decl
)
21647 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
21648 call_arg_locations
= NULL
;
21649 call_arg_loc_last
= NULL
;
21650 call_site_count
= -1;
21651 tail_call_site_count
= -1;
21652 VEC_free (dw_die_ref
, heap
, block_map
);
21653 htab_empty (decl_loc_table
);
21654 htab_empty (cached_dw_loc_list_table
);
21657 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for
21658 a lexical block. */
21661 dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
21662 unsigned int blocknum
)
21664 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
21665 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
, blocknum
);
21668 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a
21672 dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, unsigned int blocknum
)
21674 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
21675 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
, blocknum
);
21678 /* Returns nonzero if it is appropriate not to emit any debugging
21679 information for BLOCK, because it doesn't contain any instructions.
21681 Don't allow this for blocks with nested functions or local classes
21682 as we would end up with orphans, and in the presence of scheduling
21683 we may end up calling them anyway. */
21686 dwarf2out_ignore_block (const_tree block
)
21691 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (block
); decl
; decl
= DECL_CHAIN (decl
))
21692 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
21693 || (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
&& TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
)))
21695 for (i
= 0; i
< BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (block
); i
++)
21697 decl
= BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VAR (block
, i
);
21698 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
21699 || (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
&& TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
)))
21706 /* Hash table routines for file_hash. */
21709 file_table_eq (const void *p1_p
, const void *p2_p
)
21711 const struct dwarf_file_data
*const p1
=
21712 (const struct dwarf_file_data
*) p1_p
;
21713 const char *const p2
= (const char *) p2_p
;
21714 return filename_cmp (p1
->filename
, p2
) == 0;
21718 file_table_hash (const void *p_p
)
21720 const struct dwarf_file_data
*const p
= (const struct dwarf_file_data
*) p_p
;
21721 return htab_hash_string (p
->filename
);
21724 /* Lookup FILE_NAME (in the list of filenames that we know about here in
21725 dwarf2out.c) and return its "index". The index of each (known) filename is
21726 just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename. We
21727 need such numbers for the sake of generating labels (in the .debug_sfnames
21728 section) and references to those files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo
21729 and.debug_macinfo sections). If the filename given as an argument is not
21730 found in our current list, add it to the list and assign it the next
21731 available unique index number. In order to speed up searches, we remember
21732 the index of the filename was looked up last. This handles the majority of
21735 static struct dwarf_file_data
*
21736 lookup_filename (const char *file_name
)
21739 struct dwarf_file_data
* created
;
21741 /* Check to see if the file name that was searched on the previous
21742 call matches this file name. If so, return the index. */
21743 if (file_table_last_lookup
21744 && (file_name
== file_table_last_lookup
->filename
21745 || filename_cmp (file_table_last_lookup
->filename
, file_name
) == 0))
21746 return file_table_last_lookup
;
21748 /* Didn't match the previous lookup, search the table. */
21749 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (file_table
, file_name
,
21750 htab_hash_string (file_name
), INSERT
);
21752 return (struct dwarf_file_data
*) *slot
;
21754 created
= ggc_alloc_dwarf_file_data ();
21755 created
->filename
= file_name
;
21756 created
->emitted_number
= 0;
21761 /* If the assembler will construct the file table, then translate the compiler
21762 internal file table number into the assembler file table number, and emit
21763 a .file directive if we haven't already emitted one yet. The file table
21764 numbers are different because we prune debug info for unused variables and
21765 types, which may include filenames. */
21768 maybe_emit_file (struct dwarf_file_data
* fd
)
21770 if (! fd
->emitted_number
)
21772 if (last_emitted_file
)
21773 fd
->emitted_number
= last_emitted_file
->emitted_number
+ 1;
21775 fd
->emitted_number
= 1;
21776 last_emitted_file
= fd
;
21778 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
21780 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.file %u ", fd
->emitted_number
);
21781 output_quoted_string (asm_out_file
,
21782 remap_debug_filename (fd
->filename
));
21783 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
21787 return fd
->emitted_number
;
21790 /* Schedule generation of a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIE.
21791 That generation should happen after function debug info has been
21792 generated. The value of the attribute is the constant value of ARG. */
21795 append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (dw_die_ref die
, tree arg
)
21797 die_arg_entry entry
;
21802 if (!tmpl_value_parm_die_table
)
21803 tmpl_value_parm_die_table
21804 = VEC_alloc (die_arg_entry
, gc
, 32);
21808 VEC_safe_push (die_arg_entry
, gc
,
21809 tmpl_value_parm_die_table
,
21813 /* Return TRUE if T is an instance of generic type, FALSE
21817 generic_type_p (tree t
)
21819 if (t
== NULL_TREE
|| !TYPE_P (t
))
21821 return lang_hooks
.get_innermost_generic_parms (t
) != NULL_TREE
;
21824 /* Schedule the generation of the generic parameter dies for the
21825 instance of generic type T. The proper generation itself is later
21826 done by gen_scheduled_generic_parms_dies. */
21829 schedule_generic_params_dies_gen (tree t
)
21831 if (!generic_type_p (t
))
21834 if (generic_type_instances
== NULL
)
21835 generic_type_instances
= VEC_alloc (tree
, gc
, 256);
21837 VEC_safe_push (tree
, gc
, generic_type_instances
, t
);
21840 /* Add a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIEs that were scheduled
21841 by append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table. This function must
21842 be called after function DIEs have been generated. */
21845 gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute (void)
21847 if (tmpl_value_parm_die_table
)
21852 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (die_arg_entry
, tmpl_value_parm_die_table
, i
, e
)
21853 tree_add_const_value_attribute (e
->die
, e
->arg
);
21857 /* Generate generic parameters DIEs for instances of generic types
21858 that have been previously scheduled by
21859 schedule_generic_params_dies_gen. This function must be called
21860 after all the types of the CU have been laid out. */
21863 gen_scheduled_generic_parms_dies (void)
21868 if (generic_type_instances
== NULL
)
21871 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (tree
, generic_type_instances
, i
, t
)
21872 gen_generic_params_dies (t
);
21876 /* Replace DW_AT_name for the decl with name. */
21879 dwarf2out_set_name (tree decl
, tree name
)
21885 die
= TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (decl
);
21889 dname
= dwarf2_name (name
, 0);
21893 attr
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_name
);
21896 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
21898 node
= find_AT_string (dname
);
21899 /* replace the string. */
21900 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
= node
;
21904 add_name_attribute (die
, dname
);
21907 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a var location. We
21908 use it to drop labels in the right places, and throw the location in
21909 our lookup table. */
21912 dwarf2out_var_location (rtx loc_note
)
21914 char loclabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
+ 2];
21915 struct var_loc_node
*newloc
;
21917 static const char *last_label
;
21918 static const char *last_postcall_label
;
21919 static bool last_in_cold_section_p
;
21923 if (!NOTE_P (loc_note
))
21925 if (CALL_P (loc_note
))
21928 if (SIBLING_CALL_P (loc_note
))
21929 tail_call_site_count
++;
21934 var_loc_p
= NOTE_KIND (loc_note
) == NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION
;
21935 if (var_loc_p
&& !DECL_P (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note
)))
21938 next_real
= next_real_insn (loc_note
);
21940 /* If there are no instructions which would be affected by this note,
21941 don't do anything. */
21943 && next_real
== NULL_RTX
21944 && !NOTE_DURING_CALL_P (loc_note
))
21947 if (next_real
== NULL_RTX
)
21948 next_real
= get_last_insn ();
21950 /* If there were any real insns between note we processed last time
21951 and this note (or if it is the first note), clear
21952 last_{,postcall_}label so that they are not reused this time. */
21953 if (last_var_location_insn
== NULL_RTX
21954 || last_var_location_insn
!= next_real
21955 || last_in_cold_section_p
!= in_cold_section_p
)
21958 last_postcall_label
= NULL
;
21963 decl
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note
);
21964 newloc
= add_var_loc_to_decl (decl
, loc_note
,
21965 NOTE_DURING_CALL_P (loc_note
)
21966 ? last_postcall_label
: last_label
);
21967 if (newloc
== NULL
)
21976 /* If there were no real insns between note we processed last time
21977 and this note, use the label we emitted last time. Otherwise
21978 create a new label and emit it. */
21979 if (last_label
== NULL
)
21981 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loclabel
, "LVL", loclabel_num
);
21982 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, "LVL", loclabel_num
);
21984 last_label
= ggc_strdup (loclabel
);
21989 struct call_arg_loc_node
*ca_loc
21990 = ggc_alloc_cleared_call_arg_loc_node ();
21991 rtx prev
= prev_real_insn (loc_note
), x
;
21992 ca_loc
->call_arg_loc_note
= loc_note
;
21993 ca_loc
->next
= NULL
;
21994 ca_loc
->label
= last_label
;
21997 || (NONJUMP_INSN_P (prev
)
21998 && GET_CODE (PATTERN (prev
)) == SEQUENCE
21999 && CALL_P (XVECEXP (PATTERN (prev
), 0, 0)))));
22000 if (!CALL_P (prev
))
22001 prev
= XVECEXP (PATTERN (prev
), 0, 0);
22002 ca_loc
->tail_call_p
= SIBLING_CALL_P (prev
);
22003 x
= PATTERN (prev
);
22004 if (GET_CODE (x
) == PARALLEL
)
22005 x
= XVECEXP (x
, 0, 0);
22006 if (GET_CODE (x
) == SET
)
22008 if (GET_CODE (x
) == CALL
&& MEM_P (XEXP (x
, 0)))
22010 x
= XEXP (XEXP (x
, 0), 0);
22011 if (GET_CODE (x
) == SYMBOL_REF
22012 && SYMBOL_REF_DECL (x
)
22013 && TREE_CODE (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (x
)) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
22014 ca_loc
->symbol_ref
= x
;
22016 ca_loc
->block
= insn_scope (prev
);
22017 if (call_arg_locations
)
22018 call_arg_loc_last
->next
= ca_loc
;
22020 call_arg_locations
= ca_loc
;
22021 call_arg_loc_last
= ca_loc
;
22023 else if (!NOTE_DURING_CALL_P (loc_note
))
22024 newloc
->label
= last_label
;
22027 if (!last_postcall_label
)
22029 sprintf (loclabel
, "%s-1", last_label
);
22030 last_postcall_label
= ggc_strdup (loclabel
);
22032 newloc
->label
= last_postcall_label
;
22035 last_var_location_insn
= next_real
;
22036 last_in_cold_section_p
= in_cold_section_p
;
22039 /* Note in one location list that text section has changed. */
22042 var_location_switch_text_section_1 (void **slot
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
22044 var_loc_list
*list
= (var_loc_list
*) *slot
;
22046 list
->last_before_switch
22047 = list
->last
->next
? list
->last
->next
: list
->last
;
22051 /* Note in all location lists that text section has changed. */
22054 var_location_switch_text_section (void)
22056 if (decl_loc_table
== NULL
)
22059 htab_traverse (decl_loc_table
, var_location_switch_text_section_1
, NULL
);
22062 /* Create a new line number table. */
22064 static dw_line_info_table
*
22065 new_line_info_table (void)
22067 dw_line_info_table
*table
;
22069 table
= ggc_alloc_cleared_dw_line_info_table_struct ();
22070 table
->file_num
= 1;
22071 table
->line_num
= 1;
22072 table
->is_stmt
= DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START
;
22077 /* Lookup the "current" table into which we emit line info, so
22078 that we don't have to do it for every source line. */
22081 set_cur_line_info_table (section
*sec
)
22083 dw_line_info_table
*table
;
22085 if (sec
== text_section
)
22086 table
= text_section_line_info
;
22087 else if (sec
== cold_text_section
)
22089 table
= cold_text_section_line_info
;
22092 cold_text_section_line_info
= table
= new_line_info_table ();
22093 table
->end_label
= cold_end_label
;
22098 const char *end_label
;
22100 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition
)
22102 if (in_cold_section_p
)
22103 end_label
= crtl
->subsections
.cold_section_end_label
;
22105 end_label
= crtl
->subsections
.hot_section_end_label
;
22109 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
22110 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
22111 current_function_funcdef_no
);
22112 end_label
= ggc_strdup (label
);
22115 table
= new_line_info_table ();
22116 table
->end_label
= end_label
;
22118 VEC_safe_push (dw_line_info_table_p
, gc
, separate_line_info
, table
);
22121 cur_line_info_table
= table
;
22125 /* We need to reset the locations at the beginning of each
22126 function. We can't do this in the end_function hook, because the
22127 declarations that use the locations won't have been output when
22128 that hook is called. Also compute have_multiple_function_sections here. */
22131 dwarf2out_begin_function (tree fun
)
22133 section
*sec
= function_section (fun
);
22135 if (sec
!= text_section
)
22136 have_multiple_function_sections
= true;
22138 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition
&& !cold_text_section
)
22140 gcc_assert (current_function_decl
== fun
);
22141 cold_text_section
= unlikely_text_section ();
22142 switch_to_section (cold_text_section
);
22143 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, cold_text_section_label
);
22144 switch_to_section (sec
);
22147 dwarf2out_note_section_used ();
22148 call_site_count
= 0;
22149 tail_call_site_count
= 0;
22151 set_cur_line_info_table (sec
);
22154 /* Add OPCODE+VAL as an entry at the end of the opcode array in TABLE. */
22157 push_dw_line_info_entry (dw_line_info_table
*table
,
22158 enum dw_line_info_opcode opcode
, unsigned int val
)
22160 dw_line_info_entry e
;
22163 VEC_safe_push (dw_line_info_entry
, gc
, table
->entries
, &e
);
22166 /* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry
22167 and record information relating to this source line, in
22168 'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */
22169 /* ??? The discriminator parameter ought to be unsigned. */
22172 dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int line
, const char *filename
,
22173 int discriminator
, bool is_stmt
)
22175 unsigned int file_num
;
22176 dw_line_info_table
*table
;
22178 if (debug_info_level
< DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
|| line
== 0)
22181 /* The discriminator column was added in dwarf4. Simplify the below
22182 by simply removing it if we're not supposed to output it. */
22183 if (dwarf_version
< 4 && dwarf_strict
)
22186 table
= cur_line_info_table
;
22187 file_num
= maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename
));
22189 /* ??? TODO: Elide duplicate line number entries. Traditionally,
22190 the debugger has used the second (possibly duplicate) line number
22191 at the beginning of the function to mark the end of the prologue.
22192 We could eliminate any other duplicates within the function. For
22193 Dwarf3, we ought to include the DW_LNS_set_prologue_end mark in
22194 that second line number entry. */
22195 /* Recall that this end-of-prologue indication is *not* the same thing
22196 as the end_prologue debug hook. The NOTE_INSN_PROLOGUE_END note,
22197 to which the hook corresponds, follows the last insn that was
22198 emitted by gen_prologue. What we need is to preceed the first insn
22199 that had been emitted after NOTE_INSN_FUNCTION_BEG, i.e. the first
22200 insn that corresponds to something the user wrote. These may be
22201 very different locations once scheduling is enabled. */
22203 if (0 && file_num
== table
->file_num
22204 && line
== table
->line_num
22205 && discriminator
== table
->discrim_num
22206 && is_stmt
== table
->is_stmt
)
22209 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
22211 /* If requested, emit something human-readable. */
22212 if (flag_debug_asm
)
22213 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START
, filename
, line
);
22215 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
22217 /* Emit the .loc directive understood by GNU as. */
22218 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.loc %d %d 0", file_num
, line
);
22219 if (is_stmt
!= table
->is_stmt
)
22220 fprintf (asm_out_file
, " is_stmt %d", is_stmt
? 1 : 0);
22221 if (SUPPORTS_DISCRIMINATOR
&& discriminator
!= 0)
22222 fprintf (asm_out_file
, " discriminator %d", discriminator
);
22223 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
22227 unsigned int label_num
= ++line_info_label_num
;
22229 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, LINE_CODE_LABEL
, label_num
);
22231 push_dw_line_info_entry (table
, LI_set_address
, label_num
);
22232 if (file_num
!= table
->file_num
)
22233 push_dw_line_info_entry (table
, LI_set_file
, file_num
);
22234 if (discriminator
!= table
->discrim_num
)
22235 push_dw_line_info_entry (table
, LI_set_discriminator
, discriminator
);
22236 if (is_stmt
!= table
->is_stmt
)
22237 push_dw_line_info_entry (table
, LI_negate_stmt
, 0);
22238 push_dw_line_info_entry (table
, LI_set_line
, line
);
22241 table
->file_num
= file_num
;
22242 table
->line_num
= line
;
22243 table
->discrim_num
= discriminator
;
22244 table
->is_stmt
= is_stmt
;
22245 table
->in_use
= true;
22248 /* Record the beginning of a new source file. */
22251 dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned int lineno
, const char *filename
)
22253 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
&& ! use_debug_types
)
22255 /* Record the beginning of the file for break_out_includes. */
22256 dw_die_ref bincl_die
;
22258 bincl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
, comp_unit_die (), NULL
);
22259 add_AT_string (bincl_die
, DW_AT_name
, remap_debug_filename (filename
));
22262 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
22265 e
.code
= DW_MACINFO_start_file
;
22267 e
.info
= xstrdup (filename
);
22268 VEC_safe_push (macinfo_entry
, gc
, macinfo_table
, &e
);
22272 /* Record the end of a source file. */
22275 dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
22277 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
&& ! use_debug_types
)
22278 /* Record the end of the file for break_out_includes. */
22279 new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
, comp_unit_die (), NULL
);
22281 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
22284 e
.code
= DW_MACINFO_end_file
;
22287 VEC_safe_push (macinfo_entry
, gc
, macinfo_table
, &e
);
22291 /* Called from debug_define in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
22292 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
22293 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
22296 dwarf2out_define (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
22297 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
22299 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
22302 e
.code
= DW_MACINFO_define
;
22304 e
.info
= xstrdup (buffer
);;
22305 VEC_safe_push (macinfo_entry
, gc
, macinfo_table
, &e
);
22309 /* Called from debug_undef in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
22310 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
22311 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
22314 dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
22315 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
22317 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
22320 e
.code
= DW_MACINFO_undef
;
22322 e
.info
= xstrdup (buffer
);;
22323 VEC_safe_push (macinfo_entry
, gc
, macinfo_table
, &e
);
22328 output_macinfo (void)
22331 unsigned long length
= VEC_length (macinfo_entry
, macinfo_table
);
22332 macinfo_entry
*ref
;
22337 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (macinfo_entry
, macinfo_table
, i
, ref
); i
++)
22341 case DW_MACINFO_start_file
:
22343 int file_num
= maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (ref
->info
));
22344 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_start_file
, "Start new file");
22345 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128
22346 (ref
->lineno
, "Included from line number %lu",
22347 (unsigned long)ref
->lineno
);
22348 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (file_num
, "file %s", ref
->info
);
22351 case DW_MACINFO_end_file
:
22352 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file
, "End file");
22354 case DW_MACINFO_define
:
22355 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_define
, "Define macro");
22356 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (ref
->lineno
, "At line number %lu",
22357 (unsigned long)ref
->lineno
);
22358 dw2_asm_output_nstring (ref
->info
, -1, "The macro");
22360 case DW_MACINFO_undef
:
22361 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_undef
, "Undefine macro");
22362 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (ref
->lineno
, "At line number %lu",
22363 (unsigned long)ref
->lineno
);
22364 dw2_asm_output_nstring (ref
->info
, -1, "The macro");
22367 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "%s unrecognized macinfo code %lu\n",
22368 ASM_COMMENT_START
, (unsigned long)ref
->code
);
22374 /* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */
22377 dwarf2out_init (const char *filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
22379 /* Allocate the file_table. */
22380 file_table
= htab_create_ggc (50, file_table_hash
,
22381 file_table_eq
, NULL
);
22383 /* Allocate the decl_die_table. */
22384 decl_die_table
= htab_create_ggc (10, decl_die_table_hash
,
22385 decl_die_table_eq
, NULL
);
22387 /* Allocate the decl_loc_table. */
22388 decl_loc_table
= htab_create_ggc (10, decl_loc_table_hash
,
22389 decl_loc_table_eq
, NULL
);
22391 /* Allocate the cached_dw_loc_list_table. */
22392 cached_dw_loc_list_table
22393 = htab_create_ggc (10, cached_dw_loc_list_table_hash
,
22394 cached_dw_loc_list_table_eq
, NULL
);
22396 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_scope_table. */
22397 decl_scope_table
= VEC_alloc (tree
, gc
, 256);
22399 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table. */
22400 abbrev_die_table
= ggc_alloc_cleared_vec_dw_die_ref
22401 (ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
);
22402 abbrev_die_table_allocated
= ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
22403 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
22404 abbrev_die_table_in_use
= 1;
22406 /* Allocate the pubtypes and pubnames vectors. */
22407 pubname_table
= VEC_alloc (pubname_entry
, gc
, 32);
22408 pubtype_table
= VEC_alloc (pubname_entry
, gc
, 32);
22410 incomplete_types
= VEC_alloc (tree
, gc
, 64);
22412 used_rtx_array
= VEC_alloc (rtx
, gc
, 32);
22414 debug_info_section
= get_section (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
,
22415 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
22416 debug_abbrev_section
= get_section (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
,
22417 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
22418 debug_aranges_section
= get_section (DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
,
22419 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
22420 debug_macinfo_section
= get_section (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
,
22421 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
22422 debug_line_section
= get_section (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
,
22423 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
22424 debug_loc_section
= get_section (DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
,
22425 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
22426 debug_pubnames_section
= get_section (DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
,
22427 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
22428 debug_pubtypes_section
= get_section (DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION
,
22429 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
22430 debug_str_section
= get_section (DEBUG_STR_SECTION
,
22431 DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS
, NULL
);
22432 debug_ranges_section
= get_section (DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
,
22433 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
22434 debug_frame_section
= get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
,
22435 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
22437 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label
, TEXT_END_LABEL
, 0);
22438 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (abbrev_section_label
,
22439 DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
22440 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_section_label
, TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
22441 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_text_section_label
,
22442 COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
22443 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_end_label
, COLD_END_LABEL
, 0);
22445 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_info_section_label
,
22446 DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
22447 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label
,
22448 DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
22449 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ranges_section_label
,
22450 DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
22451 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (macinfo_section_label
,
22452 DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
22454 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
22455 macinfo_table
= VEC_alloc (macinfo_entry
, gc
, 64);
22457 switch_to_section (text_section
);
22458 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, text_section_label
);
22460 /* Make sure the line number table for .text always exists. */
22461 text_section_line_info
= new_line_info_table ();
22462 text_section_line_info
->end_label
= text_end_label
;
22465 /* Called before cgraph_optimize starts outputtting functions, variables
22466 and toplevel asms into assembly. */
22469 dwarf2out_assembly_start (void)
22471 if (HAVE_GAS_CFI_SECTIONS_DIRECTIVE
22472 && dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ()
22473 && (!(flag_unwind_tables
|| flag_exceptions
)
22474 || targetm
.except_unwind_info (&global_options
) != UI_DWARF2
))
22475 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_sections\t.debug_frame\n");
22478 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
22479 htab_traverse. Emit one queued .debug_str string. */
22482 output_indirect_string (void **h
, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
22484 struct indirect_string_node
*node
= (struct indirect_string_node
*) *h
;
22486 if (node
->label
&& node
->refcount
)
22488 switch_to_section (debug_str_section
);
22489 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, node
->label
);
22490 assemble_string (node
->str
, strlen (node
->str
) + 1);
22496 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
22497 /* Verify that all marks are clear. */
22500 verify_marks_clear (dw_die_ref die
)
22504 gcc_assert (! die
->die_mark
);
22505 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, verify_marks_clear (c
));
22507 #endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */
22509 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children.
22510 Be cool if the mark isn't set. */
22513 prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
22519 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unmark_dies (c
));
22522 /* Given DIE that we're marking as used, find any other dies
22523 it references as attributes and mark them as used. */
22526 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref die
)
22531 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
22533 if (a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
== dw_val_class_die_ref
)
22535 /* A reference to another DIE.
22536 Make sure that it will get emitted.
22537 If it was broken out into a comdat group, don't follow it. */
22538 if (! use_debug_types
22539 || a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_specification
22540 || a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
->die_id
.die_type_node
== NULL
)
22541 prune_unused_types_mark (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
, 1);
22543 /* Set the string's refcount to 0 so that prune_unused_types_mark
22544 accounts properly for it. */
22545 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
22546 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
= 0;
22550 /* Mark the generic parameters and arguments children DIEs of DIE. */
22553 prune_unused_types_mark_generic_parms_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
22557 if (die
== NULL
|| die
->die_child
== NULL
)
22559 c
= die
->die_child
;
22562 switch (c
->die_tag
)
22564 case DW_TAG_template_type_param
:
22565 case DW_TAG_template_value_param
:
22566 case DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param
:
22567 case DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack
:
22568 prune_unused_types_mark (c
, 1);
22574 } while (c
&& c
!= die
->die_child
);
22577 /* Mark DIE as being used. If DOKIDS is true, then walk down
22578 to DIE's children. */
22581 prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref die
, int dokids
)
22585 if (die
->die_mark
== 0)
22587 /* We haven't done this node yet. Mark it as used. */
22589 /* If this is the DIE of a generic type instantiation,
22590 mark the children DIEs that describe its generic parms and
22592 prune_unused_types_mark_generic_parms_dies (die
);
22594 /* We also have to mark its parents as used.
22595 (But we don't want to mark our parents' kids due to this.) */
22596 if (die
->die_parent
)
22597 prune_unused_types_mark (die
->die_parent
, 0);
22599 /* Mark any referenced nodes. */
22600 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die
);
22602 /* If this node is a specification,
22603 also mark the definition, if it exists. */
22604 if (get_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_declaration
) && die
->die_definition
)
22605 prune_unused_types_mark (die
->die_definition
, 1);
22608 if (dokids
&& die
->die_mark
!= 2)
22610 /* We need to walk the children, but haven't done so yet.
22611 Remember that we've walked the kids. */
22614 /* If this is an array type, we need to make sure our
22615 kids get marked, even if they're types. If we're
22616 breaking out types into comdat sections, do this
22617 for all type definitions. */
22618 if (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_array_type
22619 || (use_debug_types
22620 && is_type_die (die
) && ! is_declaration_die (die
)))
22621 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unused_types_mark (c
, 1));
22623 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unused_types_walk (c
));
22627 /* For local classes, look if any static member functions were emitted
22628 and if so, mark them. */
22631 prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (dw_die_ref die
)
22635 if (die
->die_mark
== 2)
22638 switch (die
->die_tag
)
22640 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
22641 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
22642 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
22645 case DW_TAG_subprogram
:
22646 if (!get_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_declaration
)
22647 || die
->die_definition
!= NULL
)
22648 prune_unused_types_mark (die
, 1);
22655 /* Mark children. */
22656 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (c
));
22659 /* Walk the tree DIE and mark types that we actually use. */
22662 prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref die
)
22666 /* Don't do anything if this node is already marked and
22667 children have been marked as well. */
22668 if (die
->die_mark
== 2)
22671 switch (die
->die_tag
)
22673 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
22674 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
22675 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
22676 if (die
->die_perennial_p
)
22679 for (c
= die
->die_parent
; c
; c
= c
->die_parent
)
22680 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
22683 /* Finding used static member functions inside of classes
22684 is needed just for local classes, because for other classes
22685 static member function DIEs with DW_AT_specification
22686 are emitted outside of the DW_TAG_*_type. If we ever change
22687 it, we'd need to call this even for non-local classes. */
22689 prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (die
);
22691 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
22694 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
22695 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
22696 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
22697 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
22698 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
:
22699 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
22700 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
22701 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
22702 case DW_TAG_interface_type
:
22703 case DW_TAG_friend
:
22704 case DW_TAG_variant_part
:
22705 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
22706 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
22707 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
22708 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
22709 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
22710 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
22711 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
22712 if (die
->die_perennial_p
)
22715 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
22719 /* Mark everything else. */
22723 if (die
->die_mark
== 0)
22727 /* Now, mark any dies referenced from here. */
22728 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die
);
22733 /* Mark children. */
22734 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unused_types_walk (c
));
22737 /* Increment the string counts on strings referred to from DIE's
22741 prune_unused_types_update_strings (dw_die_ref die
)
22746 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
22747 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
22749 struct indirect_string_node
*s
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
;
22751 /* Avoid unnecessarily putting strings that are used less than
22752 twice in the hash table. */
22754 == ((DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS
& SECTION_MERGE
) ? 1 : 2))
22757 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash
, s
->str
,
22758 htab_hash_string (s
->str
),
22760 gcc_assert (*slot
== NULL
);
22766 /* Remove from the tree DIE any dies that aren't marked. */
22769 prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref die
)
22773 gcc_assert (die
->die_mark
);
22774 prune_unused_types_update_strings (die
);
22776 if (! die
->die_child
)
22779 c
= die
->die_child
;
22781 dw_die_ref prev
= c
;
22782 for (c
= c
->die_sib
; ! c
->die_mark
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
22783 if (c
== die
->die_child
)
22785 /* No marked children between 'prev' and the end of the list. */
22787 /* No marked children at all. */
22788 die
->die_child
= NULL
;
22791 prev
->die_sib
= c
->die_sib
;
22792 die
->die_child
= prev
;
22797 if (c
!= prev
->die_sib
)
22799 prune_unused_types_prune (c
);
22800 } while (c
!= die
->die_child
);
22803 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
22804 htab_traverse. Clear .debug_str strings that we haven't already
22805 decided to emit. */
22808 prune_indirect_string (void **h
, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
22810 struct indirect_string_node
*node
= (struct indirect_string_node
*) *h
;
22812 if (!node
->label
|| !node
->refcount
)
22813 htab_clear_slot (debug_str_hash
, h
);
22818 /* Remove dies representing declarations that we never use. */
22821 prune_unused_types (void)
22824 limbo_die_node
*node
;
22825 comdat_type_node
*ctnode
;
22828 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
22829 /* All the marks should already be clear. */
22830 verify_marks_clear (comp_unit_die ());
22831 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
22832 verify_marks_clear (node
->die
);
22833 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
22834 verify_marks_clear (ctnode
->root_die
);
22835 #endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */
22837 /* Mark types that are used in global variables. */
22838 premark_types_used_by_global_vars ();
22840 /* Set the mark on nodes that are actually used. */
22841 prune_unused_types_walk (comp_unit_die ());
22842 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
22843 prune_unused_types_walk (node
->die
);
22844 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
22846 prune_unused_types_walk (ctnode
->root_die
);
22847 prune_unused_types_mark (ctnode
->type_die
, 1);
22850 /* Also set the mark on nodes referenced from the
22852 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (pubname_entry
, pubname_table
, i
, pub
)
22853 prune_unused_types_mark (pub
->die
, 1);
22855 /* Get rid of nodes that aren't marked; and update the string counts. */
22856 if (debug_str_hash
&& debug_str_hash_forced
)
22857 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash
, prune_indirect_string
, NULL
);
22858 else if (debug_str_hash
)
22859 htab_empty (debug_str_hash
);
22860 prune_unused_types_prune (comp_unit_die ());
22861 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
22862 prune_unused_types_prune (node
->die
);
22863 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
22864 prune_unused_types_prune (ctnode
->root_die
);
22866 /* Leave the marks clear. */
22867 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die ());
22868 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
22869 prune_unmark_dies (node
->die
);
22870 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
22871 prune_unmark_dies (ctnode
->root_die
);
22874 /* Set the parameter to true if there are any relative pathnames in
22877 file_table_relative_p (void ** slot
, void *param
)
22879 bool *p
= (bool *) param
;
22880 struct dwarf_file_data
*d
= (struct dwarf_file_data
*) *slot
;
22881 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (d
->filename
))
22889 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of comdat type units. */
22892 htab_ct_hash (const void *of
)
22895 const comdat_type_node
*const type_node
= (const comdat_type_node
*) of
;
22897 memcpy (&h
, type_node
->signature
, sizeof (h
));
22902 htab_ct_eq (const void *of1
, const void *of2
)
22904 const comdat_type_node
*const type_node_1
= (const comdat_type_node
*) of1
;
22905 const comdat_type_node
*const type_node_2
= (const comdat_type_node
*) of2
;
22907 return (! memcmp (type_node_1
->signature
, type_node_2
->signature
,
22908 DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
));
22911 /* Move a DW_AT_{,MIPS_}linkage_name attribute just added to dw_die_ref
22912 to the location it would have been added, should we know its
22913 DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME when we added other attributes. This will
22914 probably improve compactness of debug info, removing equivalent
22915 abbrevs, and hide any differences caused by deferring the
22916 computation of the assembler name, triggered by e.g. PCH. */
22919 move_linkage_attr (dw_die_ref die
)
22921 unsigned ix
= VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
);
22922 dw_attr_node linkage
= *VEC_index (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
- 1);
22924 gcc_assert (linkage
.dw_attr
== DW_AT_linkage_name
22925 || linkage
.dw_attr
== DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
);
22929 dw_attr_node
*prev
= VEC_index (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
- 1);
22931 if (prev
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_decl_line
|| prev
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_name
)
22935 if (ix
!= VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
) - 1)
22937 VEC_pop (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
);
22938 VEC_quick_insert (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, &linkage
);
22942 /* Helper function for resolve_addr, attempt to resolve
22943 one CONST_STRING, return non-zero if not successful. Similarly verify that
22944 SYMBOL_REFs refer to variables emitted in the current CU. */
22947 resolve_one_addr (rtx
*addr
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
22951 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST_STRING
)
22953 size_t len
= strlen (XSTR (rtl
, 0)) + 1;
22954 tree t
= build_string (len
, XSTR (rtl
, 0));
22955 tree tlen
= build_int_cst (NULL_TREE
, len
- 1);
22957 = build_array_type (char_type_node
, build_index_type (tlen
));
22958 rtl
= lookup_constant_def (t
);
22959 if (!rtl
|| !MEM_P (rtl
))
22961 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
22962 VEC_safe_push (rtx
, gc
, used_rtx_array
, rtl
);
22967 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SYMBOL_REF
22968 && SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl
))
22970 if (TREE_CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl
))
22972 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (DECL_INITIAL (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl
))))
22975 else if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl
)))
22979 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST
22980 && for_each_rtx (&XEXP (rtl
, 0), resolve_one_addr
, NULL
))
22986 /* Helper function for resolve_addr, handle one location
22987 expression, return false if at least one CONST_STRING or SYMBOL_REF in
22988 the location list couldn't be resolved. */
22991 resolve_addr_in_expr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
22993 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
22994 if (((loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_addr
|| loc
->dtprel
)
22995 && resolve_one_addr (&loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
, NULL
))
22996 || (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_implicit_value
22997 && loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
== dw_val_class_addr
22998 && resolve_one_addr (&loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_addr
, NULL
)))
23000 else if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer
23001 && loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
== dw_val_class_decl_ref
)
23004 = lookup_decl_die (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_decl_ref
);
23007 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
23008 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= ref
;
23009 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
23014 /* Resolve DW_OP_addr and DW_AT_const_value CONST_STRING arguments to
23015 an address in .rodata section if the string literal is emitted there,
23016 or remove the containing location list or replace DW_AT_const_value
23017 with DW_AT_location and empty location expression, if it isn't found
23018 in .rodata. Similarly for SYMBOL_REFs, keep only those that refer
23019 to something that has been emitted in the current CU. */
23022 resolve_addr (dw_die_ref die
)
23026 dw_loc_list_ref
*curr
, *start
, loc
;
23029 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
23030 switch (AT_class (a
))
23032 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
23033 start
= curr
= AT_loc_list_ptr (a
);
23036 /* The same list can be referenced more than once. See if we have
23037 already recorded the result from a previous pass. */
23039 *curr
= loc
->dw_loc_next
;
23040 else if (!loc
->resolved_addr
)
23042 /* As things stand, we do not expect or allow one die to
23043 reference a suffix of another die's location list chain.
23044 References must be identical or completely separate.
23045 There is therefore no need to cache the result of this
23046 pass on any list other than the first; doing so
23047 would lead to unnecessary writes. */
23050 gcc_assert (!(*curr
)->replaced
&& !(*curr
)->resolved_addr
);
23051 if (!resolve_addr_in_expr ((*curr
)->expr
))
23053 dw_loc_list_ref next
= (*curr
)->dw_loc_next
;
23054 if (next
&& (*curr
)->ll_symbol
)
23056 gcc_assert (!next
->ll_symbol
);
23057 next
->ll_symbol
= (*curr
)->ll_symbol
;
23062 curr
= &(*curr
)->dw_loc_next
;
23065 loc
->resolved_addr
= 1;
23069 loc
->dw_loc_next
= *start
;
23074 remove_AT (die
, a
->dw_attr
);
23078 case dw_val_class_loc
:
23079 if (!resolve_addr_in_expr (AT_loc (a
)))
23081 remove_AT (die
, a
->dw_attr
);
23085 case dw_val_class_addr
:
23086 if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_const_value
23087 && resolve_one_addr (&a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
, NULL
))
23089 remove_AT (die
, a
->dw_attr
);
23092 if (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_call_site
23093 && a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_abstract_origin
)
23095 tree tdecl
= SYMBOL_REF_DECL (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
);
23096 dw_die_ref tdie
= lookup_decl_die (tdecl
);
23098 && DECL_EXTERNAL (tdecl
)
23099 && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (tdecl
) == NULL_TREE
)
23101 force_decl_die (tdecl
);
23102 tdie
= lookup_decl_die (tdecl
);
23106 a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
23107 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= tdie
;
23108 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
23112 remove_AT (die
, a
->dw_attr
);
23121 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, resolve_addr (c
));
23124 /* Helper routines for optimize_location_lists.
23125 This pass tries to share identical local lists in .debug_loc
23128 /* Iteratively hash operands of LOC opcode. */
23130 static inline hashval_t
23131 hash_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, hashval_t hash
)
23133 dw_val_ref val1
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
;
23134 dw_val_ref val2
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
;
23136 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
23138 case DW_OP_const4u
:
23139 case DW_OP_const8u
:
23143 case DW_OP_const1u
:
23144 case DW_OP_const1s
:
23145 case DW_OP_const2u
:
23146 case DW_OP_const2s
:
23147 case DW_OP_const4s
:
23148 case DW_OP_const8s
:
23152 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
23188 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
23189 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
23190 hash
= iterative_hash_object (val1
->v
.val_int
, hash
);
23197 gcc_assert (val1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_loc
);
23198 offset
= val1
->v
.val_loc
->dw_loc_addr
- (loc
->dw_loc_addr
+ 3);
23199 hash
= iterative_hash_object (offset
, hash
);
23202 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
23203 hash
= iterative_hash_object (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, hash
);
23204 switch (val2
->val_class
)
23206 case dw_val_class_const
:
23207 hash
= iterative_hash_object (val2
->v
.val_int
, hash
);
23209 case dw_val_class_vec
:
23211 unsigned int elt_size
= val2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
;
23212 unsigned int len
= val2
->v
.val_vec
.length
;
23214 hash
= iterative_hash_object (elt_size
, hash
);
23215 hash
= iterative_hash_object (len
, hash
);
23216 hash
= iterative_hash (val2
->v
.val_vec
.array
,
23217 len
* elt_size
, hash
);
23220 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
23221 hash
= iterative_hash_object (val2
->v
.val_double
.low
, hash
);
23222 hash
= iterative_hash_object (val2
->v
.val_double
.high
, hash
);
23224 case dw_val_class_addr
:
23225 hash
= iterative_hash_rtx (val2
->v
.val_addr
, hash
);
23228 gcc_unreachable ();
23232 case DW_OP_bit_piece
:
23233 hash
= iterative_hash_object (val1
->v
.val_int
, hash
);
23234 hash
= iterative_hash_object (val2
->v
.val_int
, hash
);
23240 unsigned char dtprel
= 0xd1;
23241 hash
= iterative_hash_object (dtprel
, hash
);
23243 hash
= iterative_hash_rtx (val1
->v
.val_addr
, hash
);
23245 case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer
:
23246 hash
= iterative_hash_object (val2
->v
.val_int
, hash
);
23248 case DW_OP_GNU_entry_value
:
23249 hash
= hash_loc_operands (val1
->v
.val_loc
, hash
);
23253 /* Other codes have no operands. */
23259 /* Iteratively hash the whole DWARF location expression LOC. */
23261 static inline hashval_t
23262 hash_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, hashval_t hash
)
23264 dw_loc_descr_ref l
;
23265 bool sizes_computed
= false;
23266 /* Compute sizes, so that DW_OP_skip/DW_OP_bra can be checksummed. */
23267 size_of_locs (loc
);
23269 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->dw_loc_next
)
23271 enum dwarf_location_atom opc
= l
->dw_loc_opc
;
23272 hash
= iterative_hash_object (opc
, hash
);
23273 if ((opc
== DW_OP_skip
|| opc
== DW_OP_bra
) && !sizes_computed
)
23275 size_of_locs (loc
);
23276 sizes_computed
= true;
23278 hash
= hash_loc_operands (l
, hash
);
23283 /* Compute hash of the whole location list LIST_HEAD. */
23286 hash_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref list_head
)
23288 dw_loc_list_ref curr
= list_head
;
23289 hashval_t hash
= 0;
23291 for (curr
= list_head
; curr
!= NULL
; curr
= curr
->dw_loc_next
)
23293 hash
= iterative_hash (curr
->begin
, strlen (curr
->begin
) + 1, hash
);
23294 hash
= iterative_hash (curr
->end
, strlen (curr
->end
) + 1, hash
);
23296 hash
= iterative_hash (curr
->section
, strlen (curr
->section
) + 1,
23298 hash
= hash_locs (curr
->expr
, hash
);
23300 list_head
->hash
= hash
;
23303 /* Return true if X and Y opcodes have the same operands. */
23306 compare_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref x
, dw_loc_descr_ref y
)
23308 dw_val_ref valx1
= &x
->dw_loc_oprnd1
;
23309 dw_val_ref valx2
= &x
->dw_loc_oprnd2
;
23310 dw_val_ref valy1
= &y
->dw_loc_oprnd1
;
23311 dw_val_ref valy2
= &y
->dw_loc_oprnd2
;
23313 switch (x
->dw_loc_opc
)
23315 case DW_OP_const4u
:
23316 case DW_OP_const8u
:
23320 case DW_OP_const1u
:
23321 case DW_OP_const1s
:
23322 case DW_OP_const2u
:
23323 case DW_OP_const2s
:
23324 case DW_OP_const4s
:
23325 case DW_OP_const8s
:
23329 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
23365 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
23366 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
23367 return valx1
->v
.val_int
== valy1
->v
.val_int
;
23370 gcc_assert (valx1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_loc
23371 && valy1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_loc
23372 && x
->dw_loc_addr
== y
->dw_loc_addr
);
23373 return valx1
->v
.val_loc
->dw_loc_addr
== valy1
->v
.val_loc
->dw_loc_addr
;
23374 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
23375 if (valx1
->v
.val_unsigned
!= valy1
->v
.val_unsigned
23376 || valx2
->val_class
!= valy2
->val_class
)
23378 switch (valx2
->val_class
)
23380 case dw_val_class_const
:
23381 return valx2
->v
.val_int
== valy2
->v
.val_int
;
23382 case dw_val_class_vec
:
23383 return valx2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
== valy2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
23384 && valx2
->v
.val_vec
.length
== valy2
->v
.val_vec
.length
23385 && memcmp (valx2
->v
.val_vec
.array
, valy2
->v
.val_vec
.array
,
23386 valx2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
23387 * valx2
->v
.val_vec
.length
) == 0;
23388 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
23389 return valx2
->v
.val_double
.low
== valy2
->v
.val_double
.low
23390 && valx2
->v
.val_double
.high
== valy2
->v
.val_double
.high
;
23391 case dw_val_class_addr
:
23392 return rtx_equal_p (valx2
->v
.val_addr
, valy2
->v
.val_addr
);
23394 gcc_unreachable ();
23397 case DW_OP_bit_piece
:
23398 return valx1
->v
.val_int
== valy1
->v
.val_int
23399 && valx2
->v
.val_int
== valy2
->v
.val_int
;
23402 return rtx_equal_p (valx1
->v
.val_addr
, valy1
->v
.val_addr
);
23403 case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer
:
23404 return valx1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_die_ref
23405 && valx1
->val_class
== valy1
->val_class
23406 && valx1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
== valy1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
23407 && valx2
->v
.val_int
== valy2
->v
.val_int
;
23408 case DW_OP_GNU_entry_value
:
23409 return compare_loc_operands (valx1
->v
.val_loc
, valy1
->v
.val_loc
);
23411 /* Other codes have no operands. */
23416 /* Return true if DWARF location expressions X and Y are the same. */
23419 compare_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref x
, dw_loc_descr_ref y
)
23421 for (; x
!= NULL
&& y
!= NULL
; x
= x
->dw_loc_next
, y
= y
->dw_loc_next
)
23422 if (x
->dw_loc_opc
!= y
->dw_loc_opc
23423 || x
->dtprel
!= y
->dtprel
23424 || !compare_loc_operands (x
, y
))
23426 return x
== NULL
&& y
== NULL
;
23429 /* Return precomputed hash of location list X. */
23432 loc_list_hash (const void *x
)
23434 return ((const struct dw_loc_list_struct
*) x
)->hash
;
23437 /* Return 1 if location lists X and Y are the same. */
23440 loc_list_eq (const void *x
, const void *y
)
23442 const struct dw_loc_list_struct
*a
= (const struct dw_loc_list_struct
*) x
;
23443 const struct dw_loc_list_struct
*b
= (const struct dw_loc_list_struct
*) y
;
23446 if (a
->hash
!= b
->hash
)
23448 for (; a
!= NULL
&& b
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_loc_next
, b
= b
->dw_loc_next
)
23449 if (strcmp (a
->begin
, b
->begin
) != 0
23450 || strcmp (a
->end
, b
->end
) != 0
23451 || (a
->section
== NULL
) != (b
->section
== NULL
)
23452 || (a
->section
&& strcmp (a
->section
, b
->section
) != 0)
23453 || !compare_locs (a
->expr
, b
->expr
))
23455 return a
== NULL
&& b
== NULL
;
23458 /* Recursively optimize location lists referenced from DIE
23459 children and share them whenever possible. */
23462 optimize_location_lists_1 (dw_die_ref die
, htab_t htab
)
23469 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
23470 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
)
23472 dw_loc_list_ref list
= AT_loc_list (a
);
23473 /* TODO: perform some optimizations here, before hashing
23474 it and storing into the hash table. */
23475 hash_loc_list (list
);
23476 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (htab
, list
, list
->hash
,
23479 *slot
= (void *) list
;
23481 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
= (dw_loc_list_ref
) *slot
;
23484 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, optimize_location_lists_1 (c
, htab
));
23487 /* Optimize location lists referenced from DIE
23488 children and share them whenever possible. */
23491 optimize_location_lists (dw_die_ref die
)
23493 htab_t htab
= htab_create (500, loc_list_hash
, loc_list_eq
, NULL
);
23494 optimize_location_lists_1 (die
, htab
);
23495 htab_delete (htab
);
23498 /* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file,
23499 and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info. */
23502 dwarf2out_finish (const char *filename
)
23504 limbo_die_node
*node
, *next_node
;
23505 comdat_type_node
*ctnode
;
23506 htab_t comdat_type_table
;
23509 gen_scheduled_generic_parms_dies ();
23510 gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute ();
23512 /* Add the name for the main input file now. We delayed this from
23513 dwarf2out_init to avoid complications with PCH. */
23514 add_name_attribute (comp_unit_die (), remap_debug_filename (filename
));
23515 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (filename
))
23516 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die ());
23517 else if (get_AT (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_comp_dir
) == NULL
)
23520 htab_traverse (file_table
, file_table_relative_p
, &p
);
23522 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die ());
23525 for (i
= 0; i
< VEC_length (deferred_locations
, deferred_locations_list
); i
++)
23527 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (
23528 VEC_index (deferred_locations
, deferred_locations_list
, i
)->die
,
23529 VEC_index (deferred_locations
, deferred_locations_list
, i
)->variable
,
23534 /* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links. The only
23535 dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of
23536 inline functions, and the comp_unit_die. We can ignore the comp_unit_die.
23537 For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract
23539 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= next_node
)
23541 dw_die_ref die
= node
->die
;
23542 next_node
= node
->next
;
23544 if (die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
23546 dw_die_ref origin
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
);
23549 add_child_die (origin
->die_parent
, die
);
23550 else if (is_cu_die (die
))
23552 else if (seen_error ())
23553 /* It's OK to be confused by errors in the input. */
23554 add_child_die (comp_unit_die (), die
);
23557 /* In certain situations, the lexical block containing a
23558 nested function can be optimized away, which results
23559 in the nested function die being orphaned. Likewise
23560 with the return type of that nested function. Force
23561 this to be a child of the containing function.
23563 It may happen that even the containing function got fully
23564 inlined and optimized out. In that case we are lost and
23565 assign the empty child. This should not be big issue as
23566 the function is likely unreachable too. */
23567 tree context
= NULL_TREE
;
23569 gcc_assert (node
->created_for
);
23571 if (DECL_P (node
->created_for
))
23572 context
= DECL_CONTEXT (node
->created_for
);
23573 else if (TYPE_P (node
->created_for
))
23574 context
= TYPE_CONTEXT (node
->created_for
);
23576 gcc_assert (context
23577 && (TREE_CODE (context
) == FUNCTION_DECL
23578 || TREE_CODE (context
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
));
23580 origin
= lookup_decl_die (context
);
23582 add_child_die (origin
, die
);
23584 add_child_die (comp_unit_die (), die
);
23589 limbo_die_list
= NULL
;
23591 resolve_addr (comp_unit_die ());
23593 for (node
= deferred_asm_name
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
23595 tree decl
= node
->created_for
;
23596 if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
) != DECL_NAME (decl
))
23598 add_linkage_attr (node
->die
, decl
);
23599 move_linkage_attr (node
->die
);
23603 deferred_asm_name
= NULL
;
23605 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
23606 emit full debugging info for them. */
23607 retry_incomplete_types ();
23609 if (flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types
)
23610 prune_unused_types ();
23612 /* Generate separate CUs for each of the include files we've seen.
23613 They will go into limbo_die_list. */
23614 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
&& ! use_debug_types
)
23615 break_out_includes (comp_unit_die ());
23617 /* Generate separate COMDAT sections for type DIEs. */
23618 if (use_debug_types
)
23620 break_out_comdat_types (comp_unit_die ());
23622 /* Each new type_unit DIE was added to the limbo die list when created.
23623 Since these have all been added to comdat_type_list, clear the
23625 limbo_die_list
= NULL
;
23627 /* For each new comdat type unit, copy declarations for incomplete
23628 types to make the new unit self-contained (i.e., no direct
23629 references to the main compile unit). */
23630 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
!= NULL
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
23631 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (ctnode
->root_die
);
23632 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (comp_unit_die ());
23634 /* In the process of copying declarations from one unit to another,
23635 we may have left some declarations behind that are no longer
23636 referenced. Prune them. */
23637 prune_unused_types ();
23640 /* Traverse the DIE's and add add sibling attributes to those DIE's
23641 that have children. */
23642 add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die ());
23643 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
23644 add_sibling_attributes (node
->die
);
23645 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
!= NULL
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
23646 add_sibling_attributes (ctnode
->root_die
);
23648 /* Output a terminator label for the .text section. */
23649 switch_to_section (text_section
);
23650 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, TEXT_END_LABEL
, 0);
23651 if (cold_text_section
)
23653 switch_to_section (cold_text_section
);
23654 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, COLD_END_LABEL
, 0);
23657 /* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code was
23659 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
23660 || (dwarf_version
< 3 && dwarf_strict
))
23662 /* Don't add if the CU has no associated code. */
23663 if (text_section_used
)
23665 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_low_pc
, text_section_label
);
23666 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_high_pc
, text_end_label
);
23671 unsigned fde_idx
= 0;
23672 bool range_list_added
= false;
23674 if (text_section_used
)
23675 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die (), text_section_label
,
23676 text_end_label
, &range_list_added
);
23677 if (cold_text_section_used
)
23678 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die (), cold_text_section_label
,
23679 cold_end_label
, &range_list_added
);
23681 for (fde_idx
= 0; fde_idx
< fde_table_in_use
; fde_idx
++)
23683 dw_fde_ref fde
= &fde_table
[fde_idx
];
23685 if (!fde
->in_std_section
)
23686 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die (), fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
23687 fde
->dw_fde_end
, &range_list_added
);
23688 if (fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
&& !fde
->second_in_std_section
)
23689 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die (), fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
,
23690 fde
->dw_fde_second_end
, &range_list_added
);
23693 if (range_list_added
)
23695 /* We need to give .debug_loc and .debug_ranges an appropriate
23696 "base address". Use zero so that these addresses become
23697 absolute. Historically, we've emitted the unexpected
23698 DW_AT_entry_pc instead of DW_AT_low_pc for this purpose.
23699 Emit both to give time for other tools to adapt. */
23700 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_low_pc
, const0_rtx
);
23701 if (! dwarf_strict
&& dwarf_version
< 4)
23702 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_entry_pc
, const0_rtx
);
23708 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
23709 add_AT_lineptr (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_stmt_list
,
23710 debug_line_section_label
);
23712 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
23713 add_AT_macptr (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_macro_info
, macinfo_section_label
);
23715 if (have_location_lists
)
23716 optimize_location_lists (comp_unit_die ());
23718 /* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that
23719 the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */
23720 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
23721 output_comp_unit (node
->die
, 0);
23723 comdat_type_table
= htab_create (100, htab_ct_hash
, htab_ct_eq
, NULL
);
23724 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
!= NULL
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
23726 void **slot
= htab_find_slot (comdat_type_table
, ctnode
, INSERT
);
23728 /* Don't output duplicate types. */
23729 if (*slot
!= HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY
)
23732 /* Add a pointer to the line table for the main compilation unit
23733 so that the debugger can make sense of DW_AT_decl_file
23735 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
23736 add_AT_lineptr (ctnode
->root_die
, DW_AT_stmt_list
,
23737 debug_line_section_label
);
23739 output_comdat_type_unit (ctnode
);
23742 htab_delete (comdat_type_table
);
23744 /* Output the main compilation unit if non-empty or if .debug_macinfo
23745 will be emitted. */
23746 output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die (), debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
);
23748 /* Output the abbreviation table. */
23749 switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section
);
23750 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, abbrev_section_label
);
23751 output_abbrev_section ();
23753 /* Output location list section if necessary. */
23754 if (have_location_lists
)
23756 /* Output the location lists info. */
23757 switch_to_section (debug_loc_section
);
23758 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loc_section_label
,
23759 DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
23760 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, loc_section_label
);
23761 output_location_lists (comp_unit_die ());
23764 /* Output public names table if necessary. */
23765 if (!VEC_empty (pubname_entry
, pubname_table
))
23767 gcc_assert (info_section_emitted
);
23768 switch_to_section (debug_pubnames_section
);
23769 output_pubnames (pubname_table
);
23772 /* Output public types table if necessary. */
23773 /* ??? Only defined by DWARF3, but emitted by Darwin for DWARF2.
23774 It shouldn't hurt to emit it always, since pure DWARF2 consumers
23775 simply won't look for the section. */
23776 if (!VEC_empty (pubname_entry
, pubtype_table
))
23778 bool empty
= false;
23780 if (flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types
)
23782 /* The pubtypes table might be emptied by pruning unused items. */
23786 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (pubname_entry
, pubtype_table
, i
, p
)
23787 if (p
->die
->die_offset
!= 0)
23795 gcc_assert (info_section_emitted
);
23796 switch_to_section (debug_pubtypes_section
);
23797 output_pubnames (pubtype_table
);
23801 /* Output the address range information. We only put functions in the
23802 arange table, so don't write it out if we don't have any. */
23803 if (info_section_emitted
)
23805 unsigned long aranges_length
= size_of_aranges ();
23807 /* Empty .debug_aranges would contain just header and
23808 terminating 0,0. */
23810 != (unsigned long) (DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE
23811 + 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
))
23813 switch_to_section (debug_aranges_section
);
23814 output_aranges (aranges_length
);
23818 /* Output ranges section if necessary. */
23819 if (ranges_table_in_use
)
23821 switch_to_section (debug_ranges_section
);
23822 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, ranges_section_label
);
23826 /* Output the source line correspondence table. We must do this
23827 even if there is no line information. Otherwise, on an empty
23828 translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty,
23829 .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when
23830 examining the file. This is done late so that any filenames
23831 used by the debug_info section are marked as 'used'. */
23832 switch_to_section (debug_line_section
);
23833 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_line_section_label
);
23834 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
23835 output_line_info ();
23837 /* Have to end the macro section. */
23838 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
23840 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section
);
23841 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, macinfo_section_label
);
23842 if (!VEC_empty (macinfo_entry
, macinfo_table
))
23844 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit");
23847 /* If we emitted any DW_FORM_strp form attribute, output the string
23849 if (debug_str_hash
)
23850 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash
, output_indirect_string
, NULL
);
23853 #include "gt-dwarf2out.h"